Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

FR Family

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 160

FACTORY AUTOMATION

FR-FAMILY
Frequency inverters

ƒ Cost-effective ƒ User-friendly
ƒ Reliable ƒ Network-capable
ƒ Safe ƒ Flexible
Global player

Global impact of
Mitsubishi Electric

Through Mitsubishi Electric’s vision, “Changes for the Better“ are possible for a brighter future.

Mitsubishi Electric is involved in many areas including the following

We bring together the best minds to create Energy and electric systems
the best technologies. At Mitsubishi A wide range of power and electrical products from generators to large-scale displays.
Electric, we understand that technology
is the driving force of change in our Electronic devices
lives. By bringing greater comfort to A wide portfolio of cutting-edge semiconductor devices for systems and products.
daily life, maximizing the efficiency of
businesses and keeping things running Home appliance
across society, we integrate technology Dependable consumer products like air conditioners and home entertainment
and innovation to bring changes for the systems.
better.
Information and communication systems
Commercial and consumer-centric equipment, products and systems.

Industrial automation systems


Maximising productivity and efficiency with cutting-edge automation technology.

2
Contents

Contents

The six ingredients for success5

The right solution everytime6

FR-A800 – Leading drive performance7–8

FR-F800 – Power saving inverters9

FR-E800 – Compact inverters10

FR-D700 SC – Standard inverters11

FR-C80 – Micro inverters 12–13

TMdrive®-MVe2/MVG2 series –
14
Energy saving medium voltage inverter

Peripherals and software15

Increased productivity16

Optimum speed17

Extreme cost efficiency18

Potential savings19

Technical information section

3
Mitsubishi Electric frequency inverters

Universally accepted
Drives for all conceivable applications: there’s something for everyone at Mitsubishi Electric! With more than 32 million of our
frequency inverters installed we are one of the largest manufacturers in the world. Day after day, in heavy-duty industrial use,
our frequency inverters prove their high levels of cost-effectiveness, reliability, functionality and flexibility.
Frequency inverters developed by Mitsubishi Electric are used routinely in many sectors and systems – and that’s not all.
Mitsubishi Electric know-how also features in many frequency inverters made by other manufacturers who are utterly convinced
by its technical edge and economic benefit.

Always one step ahead Meeting global norms


of technology and standards
Innovative technologies applied by Mitsubishi Electric’s frequency
Mitsubishi Electric in developing their inverters meet all the standards and
frequency inverters result in highly specifications laid down in the EU Low
dynamic drive systems and genuine Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC and the
power misers. Examples of this Machinery Directive 98/37/EC. Needless
innovative power are the new functions to say, all the units carry the CE mark Frequency inverters made by Mitsubishi Electric
RSV control (Real Sensorless Vector and are certified as conforming to UL, carry all the major national and international marks
Control) and AOEC control (Advanced cUL and EAC. of conformity.
Optimum Excitation Control).

4
The success factors

The six ingredients


for success
Easily replaced fan unit
during servicing Removable parameter unit
Connection of the parameter unit with digital dial operation
to the communication interface
RS485 via RJ-45 connector

Choice of several easy-to-install


boards available as frequency
inverter add-ons

EtherNet Port

Integrated EMC filter with


­disable function
Removable terminal block

Cost effectiveness Standards Flexibility


Energy savings of up to 60 % can be In addition to complying with Compatible with all major field
made by using Mitsubishi Electric well‑known international norms and bus systems such as CC-Link IE TSN
frequency inverters, thereby also standards, the f­requency inverters are ( Time sensitve Network), CC-Link IE
reducing CO2 emissions and protecting also certified by DNV, ABS, BV, LR and NK. Field, CC-Link IE Field basic, CC-Link,
the environment. Profibus DP/V1, Profinet, DeviceNet®,
An increased level of safety is ensured
EtherNet IP, EtherCat, CanOpen,
in some frequency inverter ranges by
SSCNET III/H, LonWorks, BACnet (many
Reliability the integrated emergency stop function
of the networks are embedded based
(Safety Stop).
Safe and fault-free operation is on series).
guaranteed by various protective
mechanisms and overload functions, Convenience
top-quality temperature-resistant
Functionality
The integral multifunction user panel,
capacitors, permanently lubricated Functionality, compatibility and perfect
complete with digital dial, facilitates
fans and dual-coated power and control mecha­nical design are the main features
rapid and efficient input of all necessary
PCBs. of the frequency inverters supplied by
drive parameters. It can also provide
Mitsubishi Electric.
The Six Sigma certified production display of various performance data and
5
ensures a high-quality level at Mitsubishi error messages. Not all features are available on all Inverters.
Please check applicability.
Electric.
Extensive product range

The right solution


every time
0.4–7.5 kW
0.1–2.2 kW FR-D700 SC

0.4–15 kW
FR-CS80
0.4–2.2 kW
0.1–30 kW FR-E800
0.1–2.2 kW
INVERTER

FR-A800 0.4–1500 kW

FR-F800 0.75–630 kW

MVe2 200–5000 kVA


MVG2 200–19500 kVA
CAPACITY

A diverse product range helps you make the right product choice.

Well said In many cases, a smaller frequency Our current range of modern frequency
inverter can be used – logically resulting inverters is complemented by the
Mitsubishi Electric always has the right in reduced purchase costs, lower smallest regenerative medium-voltage
drive system for straightforward and running costs and a smaller footprint. frequency inverter on the market, the
complex applications alike. With so TMdrive®-MVe2, and the powerful
many sizes, outputs and features, the Some of the frequency inverters
TMdrive®-MVG2.
right frequency inverter solution is supplied by Mitsubishi Electric come as
available for every conceivable drive standard with 250 % overload capacity.
requirement. The benefit for the user is that our
frequency inverters offer more than
Indeed, in applications where space is at the double output of comparable types
a premium, it can pay to know that made by our competitors.
Mitsubishi Electric frequency inverters
have numerous overload versions.

6
FR-A800 / Leading drive performance

FR-A800 –
Leading drive performance
The frequency inverters, developed by
Mitsubishi Electric, boast cutting-edge
technologies for optimum motor torque
and speed control.
The FR-A800 is equipped with the latest
high-speed processors from Mitsubishi
Electric. With better than ever control
performance and response level, a safe
and accurate operation is assured in
a diverse range of applications.
Some of the outstanding features are the
integrated USB ports for programming
and parameter copying, an-easy to-read
control panel, optimum power usage,
and energy saving functions, improved
system safety, three expansion slots for a
range of option and supported network
cards.
With its impressive versatility to meet The FR-A800 is suitable for use in a broad range of applications e.g. conveying and handling systems.
equipment system needs ranging from
machining and molding to winding, the
FR-A800 is an extremely economical The FR-A800 series is fully backward In order to match the former machine
and highly-versatile solution for a wide compatible with the FR-A700 series. response time, the input/output signals
range of applications. Parameters can be easily copied by of the FR-A800 can be delayed.
FR Configurator2.

FR-A800 at a glance
‹
POWER RANGE 0.4–630 kW PROTECTION
(In parallel operation up to approx. FR-A840/A820: up to 30 kW IP20
1500 kW) FR-A840/A820: from 37 kW IP00
FR-A860: IP00, FR-A870: IP00/IP20
INPUT
200/400/500/600/690 V CONTROL
3 ph (50/60 Hz) V/f, OEC, RSV, CLV, built-in PLC,
­autotuning for AC and PM
OUTPUT FREQUENCY
(Permanent Magnet) motors
0–590 Hz
INTERFACES
SAFETY
Modbus®/RTU, Modbus®/TCP/IP,
Integrated STO function (SIL3 PLe)
SLMP, ­CC-Link, ­CC-Link IE Field,
CC-Link IE Field Basic, CanOpen,
­­P ROFINET, Profibus DP V1,
DeviceNet®, EtherNet IP, EtherCat,
SSCNET III/H, CAN-Bus, RS485, USB
OPTIONAL EXTRAS
Analogue + digital I/Os, encoder
feedback Intelligent solutions for every requirement.
EMC PROTECTION
Integrated 7
FR-A800 / Leading drive performance

The drive behind


your success

Clear user interface layout with project navigator Tuning made simple
Easy operation with GOT for rapid programming

Intelligent functions Boost productivity Integrated positioning


for any application while saving energy All FR-A800 series drives can be used
Sensorless vector control (RSV) Energy-saving functions well suited to within a motion system. Connection
the system and purpose application An is simple and can be used with all our
Equipped with their innovative RSV
energy monitor lets you confirm energy- standard SSCNETIII/H motion modules,
function (Real Sensorless Vector Control),
saving at a glance. Measured values for if you do not have a PLC then you can
Mitsubishi Electric frequency inverters
power output can also be output as use the drives integral positioning
have the ability to control the speed
pulse signals. An external 24 V DC power table giving you ultimate flexibility. The
and torque of an AC motor without
source can be used to operate control FR‑A800 can even work as a leading axis
an encoder. The result is maximum
circuits other than the drive unit. drive. As such, there is no reason why
performance across the full speed range
the drives cannot be integrated further
in terms of dynamic response, precision
in existing control concepts.
and control. The motor thus sustains PLC functions
optimum dynamic speed characteristics,
The PLC function is integrated into the
smooth rotation, and high starting
entire “800” series, allowing optimum
Fourfold overload capacity
torque. As such, the FR-A800 is capable
of achievements which used to be the tailoring requirements of the user. Many manufacturers of frequency
reserve of high-end DC or servo systems. The PLC offers direct access to all the inverters have specified various overload
drive parameters and will, on request, rating classes for their products – but
Simple positioning undertake plant management as rarely more than two. The FR-A800 is
The FR-A800 can also be used for a stand-alone control and monitoring designed for no less than four overload
positioning in conjunction with the unit. Password protection prevents ranges! This makes it easier to select
“Closed Loop Vector Control”. Full point unauthorized access to the PLC code. the best frequency inverter for any
to point positioning including different application.
FR Configurator2 supports all PLC
homing functions is available. programming functionality eliminating

Optimum excitation control


the need for additional programming Simple visualization
software. of the plant status
Optimum control of the excitation
current maximizes motor efficiency The 800 series also allows the
for additional energy savings. As an connection of a Mitsubishi Electric
example, an approximately 15 % graphical operation terminal (GOT ).
increase in efficiency is obtained at a The connection to GOT2000 series is
motor load torque of 10 % compared made by just plug and play (automatic
to conventional V/F control. setting of all needed parameters). The
GOT provides operators with an easy-
to-follow and intuitively high-resolution
8
display and facilitates easy operation via
a touch panel.
FR-F800 / The power saving inverter

FR-F800 –
The power saving inverter
The frequency inverters in the FR-F800
range have been especially designed
for pump and fan applications as well as
heating, ventilation and air-conditioning
installations (HVAC). Besides their
protection rating IP00/IP20, the
outstanding features of these power-
saving frequency inverters include
their simple but safe operation and
start-up, perfect control management
and optional network-capability. The
FR-F846 frequency inverter with a
protective structure of IP55 is suitable
for use under harsh environmental
conditions.
Built-in functions, such as the pre-charge
function or the PLC functionality, help to
reduce the costs and the complexity of Pump systems in industry – one domain of the FR-F800 frequency inverters
many applications, because additional
components are eliminated.
consumption. Energy costs can be Additional energy savings are realized by
slashed by up to 60 %, notably in the the cutting-edge “Advanced Optimum
Effective energy savings lower speed or light load range of such Excitation Control (AOEC) algorithm”
Pumps and fans are particularly good applications. developed by Mitsubishi Electric. It
targets for great reductions in energy supplies the motor with the optimum
magnetic flux at any given time, thereby
reducing losses. The result is maximum
FR-F800 at a glance
‹
motor performance teamed with
supreme efficiency.
POWER RANGE OPTIONAL EXTRAS
0.75–630 kW Analogue + digital I/Os
INPUT EMC PROTECTION
User-friendly operation
200/400 V AC 3 ph (50/60 Hz) Integrated The built-in “digital dial” permits the
OUTPUT FREQUENCY efficient input of all the necessary drive
0–590 Hz parameters, cutting down on both
programming and start-up time.
PROTECTION
FR-F840/F820: up to 30kW IP20
FR-F840/F820: from 37kW IP00 Long service life
FR-F846: IP55
The FR-F800 can lay claim to a 10-year
SAFETY service life thanks to advanced capacitors
Integrated STO function (SIL3 PLe)
and ventilators. These features, along
CONTROL with its simple maintenance and
V/f, AOEC, SMFV, Built-in PLC automatic warning signals, make the
INTERFACES FR-F800 one of the most reliable
inverters on the market.
Modbus®/RTU, Modbus®/TCP/IP,
CC-Link, ­CC-Link IE Field, CC-Link 9
IE Field Basic, ­­P ROFINET, Profibus
DP V1, DeviceNet®, EtherNet IP,
EtherCat, CAN-Bus, BacNet,
BacNet IP, BacNet MSTP, RS485, USB
FR-E800 / The compact inverter

FR-E800 –
The compact inverter
gas environment detection circuit and
the industry’s first AI-based diagnostic
functions.

Three different models


ƒ Standard models
ƒ Ethernet models, which allows
switching between Ethernet
protocols simply by changing
internal parameters
ƒ Safety communication models
that support Ethernet-based safety
communication protocols certified
as compliant with international
standards.

Material transport systems like this example in a printing works are just one of the many applications
for the new FR-E700 series.

The multi-purpose inverter These frequency inverters, with safety


functionality meeting IEC 61508 standards,
The FR-E800 series frequency inverter is support various networks such as Ethernet
built upon Mitsubishi Electric’s proven or CC-Link IE TSN, a next-generation
variable speed control technology open industrial network, and make
throughout years of reliable operation manufacturing smarter in various fields
across various constant and variable by integrating the world’s first corrosive
torque applications. Designed to save
energy and minimize cost, the FR-E800 FR-E800 at a glance
brings together advances in quality, ‹
performance, and predictive maintenance POWER RANGE INTERFACES
capabilities in one multi-purpose inverter. 0.1–2.2 kW 1 ph, 0.1–11 kW 3 ph Modbus®/RTU, Modbus®/TCP/IP,
SLMP, CC-Link IE TSN, CC-Link IE
INPUT
Field, CC-Link IE Field Basic, CC-Link,
200 V 1/3 ph, 400 V and 600 V 3 ph
Profinet, DeviceNet®, EtherNet IP,
(50/60 Hz)
­EtherCat, BacNet IP, Mitsubishi­
OUTPUT FREQUENCY Electric frequency inverter protocol,
0.2–590 Hz RS485, USB
PROTECTION
IP20
SAFETY
STO integrated
CONTROL
V/f, optimum excitation control,
10
vector, advanced magnetic flux
vector control
FR-D700 SC / The standard inverter

FR-D700 SC –
The standard inverter
Enter the new
drive universe
The inverters of the FR-D700 SC
series set standards for small-format
drives and provide an easy entry to
the world of modern variable-speed
drive technology. Despite their ultra-
compact dimensions, they feature a
wealth of advanced functions. The­
FR-D700 SC series is ideal for simple
drive applications in environments
where space is limited.
Improved functions and device
properties such as simplified cabling
thanks to spring clamps, the integrated
Digital Dial with LED display, improved
performance yield in the low-speed
range make the FR-D700 the new
standard in the ultra-compact class.

Door and gate drives are only some of the multiple applications of the FR-D700 SC series
Built-in emergency
stop function (STO)
The FR-D700 SC series features a dual- Simple operation
channel emergency stop function The user-friendliness of the FR-D700 SC
for a safe torque off. With that, the series makes these units a particularly
FR-D700 SC conforms to ISO 13849-1, good choice for standard applications.
PLd and IEC 60204-1 Cat 0. Entering drive parameters and settings
is quick and easy with the one-touch
Digital Dial on the integrated control
panel, saving time and cutting costs.
These features make the FR-D700 SC
FR-D700 SC at a glance
‹ an excellent performer for both simple
and more demanding tasks. Typical
POWER RANGE INTERFACES
0.1–2.2 kW 1 ph, 0.4–7.5 kW 3 ph Modbus®/RTU, Mitsubishi­Electric applications include feed and conveyor
frequency inverter protocol, RS485 drives, machine tools and door and gate
INPUT
drives.
100 V 1 ph/200 V
1/3 ph/400 V 3 ph (50/60 Hz)
OUTPUT FREQUENCY Space-saving installation
0.2–400 Hz
The ultra-compact FR-D700 SC can be
PROTECTION mounted directly side by side. This saves
IP20 valuable space in the cabinet.
SAFETY
STO integrated
11
CONTROL
V/f, optimum excitation control,
general-purpose magnetic flux
vector control
FR-CS80 / The micro inverter

FR-CS80 –
The micro inverter
Environment consciousness
in global standard
Compliant with the EU RoHS
directive
Being RoHS compliant, the inverter is
friendly to people and the environment.

EMC directive compliant noise


filter
EMC compliant to EN61800-3 2nd
environment, when an optional EMC
filter is connected.

Compatibility with various


standards
The inverters are compatible with UL,
cUL, EAC, EC directives (CE marking).

The FR-C80 series many applications include food processing machinery, conveyor systems, and
processing machinery.

Easy connection with GOT Easy wiring to the control circuit


When the automatic connection is Spring clamp terminals provide high
enabled, the inverter can communicate reliability and easy wiring.
with the GOT2000 series simply by
connecting the GOT. Protected in hazardous
environments
Reduced wiring check time The circuit board coating conforms to
The wiring can be checked easily by IEC 60721-3-3 3C2/3S2 for improved
lifting the control terminal cover, which environmental resistance.
makes maintenance easier.

12
FR-CS80 / The micro inverter

The FR-CS80 series of inverters sets


new standards for the micro range of
inverters. If you are looking for advanced
motor control and space is a concern
then the FR-CS80 is the inverter for you.
The FR-CS80 is the most compact
inverter in our portfolio and with the
ability to mount these inverters without
the standard air gap, considerably space Easy maintenance
can be saved in your control system.

But do not let its compact size fool you.


The FR-CS80 supports general-purpose
Conventional model magnetic flux vector control, allowing

2 units
you to control demanding applications
as well as supporting the Mitsubishi
Electric Optimum excitation control
allowing you to realise substantial
energy saving.
With the addition of spring clamp
terminal.
FR-CS84-012-60

3 units

FR-CS80 at a glance
‹
POWER RANGE INTERFACES
0.4–2.2 kW 1 ph, 0.4–15 kW 3 ph RS485, Modbus®/RTU, Mitsubishi­
Electric frequency inverter protocol
INPUT
200 V 1 ph, 400 V 3 ph (50/60 Hz)
OUTPUT FREQUENCY
0.2–400 Hz
PROTECTION
IP20
CONTROL
V/f control, optimum excitation
control or general-purpose
magnetic flux vector control 13
TMdrive®-MVe2/MVG2 series

TMdrive®-MVe2/MVG2 series
Energy saving medium
voltage inverter
[%]
MVe2
100
Energy recovered
80

Speed
60

40

20
friendly 0
Time

Regenerative power feed-


back to the power supply
The power regeneration function
enables stopping of large inertia loads
in a short time. During deceleration,
the rotational energy is returned to the
power supply, which contributes to a
reduction in energy consumption and
a reduction in electricity costs.

TMdrive®-MVG2 –
Designed for the most
demanding applications
Units up to 6.6 kV-1600 kVA can be The MVG2 family of medium voltage
transported as a single enclosure, variable frequency AC drives seamlessly
simplifying transport, unloading and integrates into a broad range of industrial
installation.
applications with a choice of 3/3.3 kV,
Since the input transformer and the 4.16 kV, 6/6.6 kV, 10kV or 11 kV options.
frequency inverter enclosure are placed The MVG2 can be applied to existing
side by side, external cable work is not motors and cabling, making them an
The TMdrive®-MVe2 and TMdrive®-MVG2
required. excellent option in modernization/
are medium voltage, AC fed drives
*1: Smallest in the 6 kV class (based on the result of our retrofit applications, like oil pumps, fans,
designed for high-efficiency and power- survey)
mixers etc.
friendly operation in a broad range of
industrial applications. High reliability, Accurate torque control is key in
low harmonic distortion, and high
Reduced load on air controlling large conveyors. The MVG2’s
power factor operation are designed
conditioning systems flux vector algorithm provides the
into the drive. When there is limited space in the accuracy and response for constant
switch room, the input transformer torque applications. Regardless of the
torque profile, MVG2 drives are designed
can be installed externally (optional).
World’s smallest class size*1 The switchroom heating load can be
to meet motor control needs in a variety
of industries.
The compact design of the TMdrive®- reduced (by 50 %), which lightens the
MVe2 contributes to significant load to the air conditioning system.
construction cost reduction, the Consequentially the running costs of
enclosure height is 2100 mm for the the air conditioning system are reduced.
classes up to 6.6 kV-3000 kVA.

14
Peripherals and software

Peripherals and software


Wide range of
expansion options
Optional extras are available to
optimize and expand system capability.
Additional brake components, reactors
and filters guarantee operation even in
difficult conditions.
The range of functions can be expanded
by optional boards, such as additional
analog/digital inputs/outputs.

Effective Harmonic
Converters
In most cases, the energy given off by
a motor in the regenerative mode is
converted to heat by braking resistors Connector system for time-saving installation
and thereby is lost. The Harmonic
Converter FR-HC2 returns this energy
back to the power source or supplies
Handy parameter units User-friendly
it to other inverters. The Harmonic
For added ease and convenience users
set-up Software
Converters is equipped with high-
quality filters to effectively suppress may opt for integrated parameter The user-friendly set-up software
harmonics. units (FR-E/FR-D700 only) or clip-on FR-Configurator 2 runs on Windows®,
parameter units (for all other inverters). i.e. the inverters can be configured
A numeric keypad is available for direct using standard PCs. Several inverters
input of numerical values. A four- can be set up, operated and monitored
line LCD display provides plain text in parallel in one network. A connection
information about performance data, is possible either via an RS485 interface,
parameter names, status signals and USB port or the optional SC-FR PC
error messages – in eight languages. adapter cable.

Power regeneration combined with effctive


harmonic suppression, the FR-HC2.

FR-Configurartor FR-Configurartor
Mobile APP Google Mobile APP APPLE

15
Configuring the drive via a Windows® laptop
Paper production

Increased productivity

Synchronization –
the ultimate priority
Precise synchronism of the drives
is synonymous with maximum
productivity and top quality in the
printing and paper production industry.
The drives need to retain control of the
sheets throughout the entire printing
and production process. The intelligent
motor control function in Mitsubishi
Electric frequency inverters processes
the actual values and matches the
speed and torque to the specified
setpoint. This prevents the sheets from
tearing or bunching.
Another feature which helps in this
regard is the power-down braking
function which controls the deceleration
of all the drives after a power failure or an
emergency machine shutdown. All this
translates into maximum productivity
and quality.

Productivity in paper production has one size parameter: tonnes per hour An advanced version of this control
has the ability to operate up to four
motors consecutively in alternate and/
or changeover mode via one single
frequency inverter.

Prepared for the


­toughest applications
High temperatures and high air humidity
are routine conditions in the printing
and paper industry. The capacitors
in the top-of-the-range models are
therefore designed to withstand internal
temperatures of 105 °C. The power and
control PCBs support IC60721-3-3 level
3C2 compliant coating, the cooling fans
are housed in sealed, specially lubricated
industrial bearings. There is no better
way to prepare frequency inverters
to meet human and mechanical
Simplified schematic of paper production requirements.

16
Conveyor belts

Optimum speed

Rapid response This is precisely where top speed and


times essential torque response times are required
for efficient compensation for sudden
Conveyor belts and stock logistics changes in load. Response times of
systems need constant speeds and no more than 5 ms are guaranteed to
velocities for rapid and systematic prevent product congestion and avert
transportation of products. As such, any risk to the follow-up process.
the dynamic response generated by
the drives needs to be the same when
the conveyor belt is empty and when it Rapid installation
is full. If there are sudden variations in and start-up
load, e. g. caused by materials piling up
Customers in the haulage and logistics
in an uncontrolled way on the conveyor
sector want Plug and Play in order to
belt, then the drives need to react as
cut installation and start-up times. Many
quickly as possible in order to smooth
of our frequency inverters are therefore
the flow of materials.
fitted as standard with an integrated
EMC filter / integrated brake unit. All
part of being prepared for anything.

Saving where motors never stop, Mitsubishi


Electric inverters work round the clock!

Palletising and warehousing in a high rack stacking system

17
Stirring machine

Extreme cost efficiency


Frequency inverter Following digital-to-
analog conversion
the set rotation speed
of a motor is relayed to
a frequency inverter.

The temperature is adjusted


to help the fluid maintain the
correct viscosity.

Analog-to-digital conversion
helps to control the flow rate.

The conversion of analog values is an important aspect of automation technology and facilitates process control.

Variable speed Saving energy when


and efficiency starting and braking
Maximum efficiency is required from The AOEC technology (Advanced
each individual drive in pump and fan Optimum Excitation Control) developed
applications as well as in mixers and by Mitsubishi Electric combines
stirrers. maximum drive efficiency with
minimum power consumption. The
In comparison with mechanical
only thing supplied to the connected
solutions, frequency inverters developed
motor is the magnetic flux which brings
by Mitsubishi Electric are always able to
about the optimum degree of efficiency
tap the full potential when it comes to
at all times. This leads to inordinate
savings in energy consumption.
improvement in energy efficiency is
Optimum energy efficiency, e.g. in complex Replacing conventional DC drives with achieved, particularly in the acceleration
pumping applications modern AC variable seed drive removes and braking phases.
one less maintenance procedure, by
utilizing the drives inbuilt predictive
maintenance function costly plant
failures can all but be eliminated.
18
Potential savings

Potential savings

Too powerful and


too expensive!
Energy costs are rising all the time.
Over half of the power consumed
in the industry is accounted for by
electric motors. Up to 96 % of the life
cycle costs of a motor are accounted
for by energy costs. Unfortunately, when
analyzing costs, it is precisely this point
which is paid precious little attention
or is ignored altogether. The biggest
potential source of savings is frequently
disregarded.
For example, in order to guarantee that
an air handling plant will run smoothly
even at full load, which is seldom the
case, and to have spare capacity for
expansion the systems fans are often A Mitsubishi Electric frequency inverter is a safe investment
over-specified. In some cases, fans in
these applications can be operating at
an average efficiency of 65 % or less. by mechanical ventilation flaps which
slashes efficiency levels, especially with
In addition, in conventional systems,
medium loads. The flap control function
the equipment is usually controlled
can very easily be replaced by the use
of frequency inverters and the power
Energy costs example consumption reduced by 20 to 60 %.
‹
A motor controlled by a frequency
inverter (blue line) is using the energy
Result: wasted energy
to extract air. The mechanically Oversized fan, pump and motor systems
throttled motor doing the same combined with continuous operation
task but operated directly on the Save on energy costs by investing in the Mitsubishi
at maximum capacity means many
mains (yellow line) is wasting a large systems are operated at levels far below
Electric family of inverters
amount of the energy.
ideal in terms of efficiency. This leads to
excess power consumption which can
Vent flap (conventional) only really be explained by ignorance or
100 poor practice.
90
80
70 Countermeasures
POWER CONSUMPTION (%)

60 Energy The power consumption of slow


50 saving
running motors can be reduced if the
40 speed is controlled by changing the
30 Control via frequency. The frequency inverter allows
20 frequency
the motor to be adjusted to the load.
inverter
10 Frequency inverters which generate
19
0 variable frequencies and voltage levels
0 40 60 80 100
save energy, reduce wear on the motor
AIR QUANTITY (%)
and minimize wear and tear on the
motor drive train.
Application solutions

A world of applications

ƒ Leisure
– Multiplex cinema projection
– Animated mechatronics
(museums/theme parks)
ƒ Medical
– Respiration machine testing
– Sterilization
ƒ Pharmaceutical/chemical
– Dosing control
– Pollution measurement systems
– Cryogenic freezing
– Gas chromatography
– Packaging
ƒ Plastics
– Plastic welding systems
– Energy management systems for
injection moulding machines
– Loading/unloading machines
– Blow moulding test machines
– Injection moulding machines
Mitsubishi Electric frequency inverters are used in a wide range of areas.
ƒ Printing
ƒ Textiles
Mitsubishi Electric operates 13 branches ƒ Agriculture
ƒ Transportation
in Europe, where it has maintained a – Irrigation systems
– Sanitation on passenger ships
presence for more than 35 years and – Plant handling systems
– Fire tender, pump management
developed a constantly growing and – Sawmills
– Waste disposal truck management
far-extending network comprising
ƒ Building management
links to other companies and reliable ƒ Utilities
– Smoke detection monitoring
partnerships. – Waste water treatment
– Ventilation and temperature
– Fresh water pumping
On the technical side, three control
manufacturing and automation centers – Lift (elevator) control ƒ Rail
form the basis of tailored automated – Automated revolving doors – from railways
solutions, further centers already being – Telephone management
planned. – Energy management
– Swimming pool management
A Europe-wide network provides
interfaces to experienced engineers and ƒ Construction
offers distributors support throughout – Steel bridge manufacturing
every phase of the project. – Tunnel boring systems
Mitsubishi Electric products are found ƒ Food and drink
in a variety of industrial, infrastructure – Bread manufacture (mixing/
and service sector contexts, ranging baking)
from critical applications in the – Food processing
pharmaceuticals industry to state- (washing/sorting/slicing/
of-the-art leisure and entertainment packaging)
20 facilities. Here are just a few examples
of recent applications:
FR-D700 SC / FR-E800 SC / FR-F800 / FR-A741 / FR-A800 / FR-CS80 / MVe2/MVG2

Technical Information Section


Further publications within the Mitsubishi Electric family

Modular PLC family


Product catalogues for modular programmable logic controllers and
accessories for the MELSEC iQ-R series, MELSEC System Q, and MELSEC L series
https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com/fa/en/dl/9774/C_iQ-R_Q_L-Family_D_

Brochures
UK_260570.pdf

load
e/down Compact PLC family
n/servic
.com/fa/e
bishielectric Product catalogue for compact programmable logic controllers and
u3a.mitsu
https://e accessories for the MELSEC FX family
https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com/fa/en/dl/835/C_FX_Family_I_
UK_167840.pdf

HMI family
Product catalogue for operator terminals, supervision software
and accessories
https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com/fa/en/dl/11153/207075.pdf

MR family
Product catalogue for servo amplifiers and servo motors as well as
motion controller and accessories
https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com/fa/en/dl/5886/209265.pdf

Robots family
Product catalogue for industrial robots and accessories
https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com/fa/en/dl/4786/203684.pdf

LVS family
Product catalogue for low voltage switchgears, magnetic contactors
and circuit breakers
https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com/fa/en/dl/6481/216798.pdf

Automation book
Overview on all Mitsubishi Electric automation products,
like frequency inverters, servo/motion, robots etc.
https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com/fa/en/dl/2341/170021.pdf

Further service supplies


This product catalogue is designed to give an overview of the extensive range of the Mitsubishi Electric frequency inverters.
If you cannot find the information you require in this catalogue, there are a number of ways you can get further details on
configuration and technical issues, pricing and availability.
For technical issues visit the https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com website. Our website provides a simple and fast way of accessing
further technical data and up to the minute details on our products and services. Manuals and catalogues are available in several
different languages and can be downloaded for free.
Scan or click QR code for
For technical, configuration, pricing and availability issues contact our distributors and partners. Mitsubishi Electric partners and Inverter Selection Tool
distributors are only too happy to help answer your technical questions or help with configuration building. For a list of Mitsubishi
Electric partners please see the back of this catalogue or alternatively take a look at the “contact us” section of our website.

About this product catalogue


This product catalogue is a guide to the range of products available. For detailed configuration rules, system building, installation and configuration the
associated product manuals must be read. You must satisfy yourself that any system you design with the products in this catalogue is fit for purpose,
meets your requires and conforms to the product configuration rules as defined in the product manuals.
Specifications are subject to change without notice. All trademarks acknowledged.
© Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V., Factory Automation

2 The products of Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V., that are listed and described in this document, are neither subject to approval for
export nor subject to the Dual-Use List.
Contents

1 Inverter series
1
Š Product overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Š Special functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Š System Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 2
2 Specifications 3
Š The FR-CS80 series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Š
Š
The FR-D700 SC series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
The FR-E800 series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
4
Š The FR-F800 series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Š The FR-A700 series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 5
Š The FR-A800 series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Š MVe2/MVG2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Š Parameter overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Š General operating conditions for all frequency inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Š Overseas types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

3 Accessories
Š Overview of internal and external options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Š Noise filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Š du/dt filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Š Sinusoidal filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Š Harmonic filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Š AC chokes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Š DC chokes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Š External heatsinks and floor standing units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Š Parameter units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Š Brake units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Š Brake resistors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Š Harmonic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Š Software FR Configurator2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

4 Dimensions
Š Parameter units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Š Frequency inverters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Š Noise filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Š du/dt filters and sinusoidal filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Š Harmonic filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Š AC chokes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Š DC chokes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Š Brake units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Š Brake resistors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Š Harmonic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

5 Appendix
Š Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

3
Product overview

Mitsubishi Electric frequency inverters

The great variety of the Mitsubishi Electric have active current limiting. This provides the RS485/Modbus® RTU, SSCNet making it possible
frequency inverter models makes it easy for perfect response characteristics of the current to integrate frequency inverters as part of
the user to choose the optimum inverter for his vector system and gives you the confidence you a complete automation system.
application. need for demanding drive applications. Mitsubishi Electric inverters are real energy
There are basically six different inverter series: The system instantly identifies over currents and savers achieving maximum drive capacity
The frequency inverters are available with an limits them automatically with fast response, utilisation with minimum power consumption.
output range from 0.1 kW to 630 kW. allowing the motor to continue operating Flux optimisation ensures that the connected
1 The Mitsubishi Electric frequency inverters have
normally at the current threshold.
Mitsubishi Electric frequency inverters are
motor only gets exactly the amount of magnetic
flux required for optimum efficiency. This is
an overload capacity of 250 % as standard. This particularly important at low speeds as motors
also able to communicate with industry
Inverter series

means they deliver double the performance are normally using a voltage/frequency control
of the competing frequency inverters with the standard bus systems like CC-Link, CC-Link IE
Field, Profibus DP/V1, Profinet, DeviceNet™, system.
same rating. Mitsubishi Electric inverters also
EtherNet IP, EtherCat, CanOpen, LonWorks,

D
D720S SC
1-phase

E820S 0.1–2.2 kW
CS82S

D740 SC 0.4–7.5 kW

E820 0.1–11 kW

E840 0.4–11 kW

E860 0.75–11 kW

CS84 0.4–15 kW

A741 5.5–55 kW

A820 0.2–132 kW

A840 0.2–355 kW
3-phase

A842 280–1200 kW

A860 0.4–250 kW

A862 220–630 kW

A870 160–400 kW Up to 1500 kW on request

F820 0.75–132 kW

F840 0.75–355 kW

F842 355–1500 kW

F846 0.4–160 kW

FR-CC2-H 315–1350 kW

FR-CC2-C 220–630 kW

MVe2 3.3 kV–5000 kVA

MVG2 3.3 kV–19500 kVA

Power

4
Product overview

FR-CS80 FR-D700 SC FR-A700

CS-80
D700-SC

1
200 V 400 V 200 V 400 V 400 V

Inverter series
Type FR-CS82S-m-60 FR-CS84S-m-60 FR-D720S-mSC-EC FR-D740-mSC-EC FR-A741-m
Rated motor output range 0.4–2.2 KW 0.4–15 KW 0.1–2.2 kW 0.4–7.5 kW 5.5–55 kW
Frequency range 0.2–400 Hz 0.2–400 Hz 0.2–400 Hz 0.2–400 Hz
3-phase, 200–240 V 3-phase, 380–480 V 1-phase, 200–240 V (-15 %/+10 3-phase, 380–480 V (-15 %/+10 3-phase, 380–480 V
Power supply (-15 %/+10 %) (-15 %/+10 %) %) %) (-15 %/+10 %)
Protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP00
Specifications Refer to page 16 Refer to page 20 Refer to page 20 Refer to page 42

FR-E800

E800 E800

200 V 400 V 600 V


FR-E820S-m-4 FR-E820-m-4 FR-E840-m-4 FR-E860-m-5
FR-E820S-m-EPA FR-E820-m-EPA FR-E840-m-EPA FR-E860-m-EPA
Type FR-E820S-m-EPB FR-E820-m-EPB FR-E840-m-EPB FR-E860-m-EPB
FR-E820S-m-SCEPA FR-E820-m-SCEPA FR-E840-m-SCEPA FR-E860-m-SCEPA
FR-E820S-m-SCEPB FR-E820-m-SCEPB FR-E840-m-SCEPB FR-E860-m-SCEPB
Rated motor output range 0.1–2.2 kW 0.4–11 KW 0.75–11 KW
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz 0.2–590 Hz
Power supply 1-phase, 200–240 V (-15 %/+10 %) 3-phase, 200–240 V (-15 %/+10 %) 3-phase, 380–480 V (-15 %/+10 %) 3-phase, 525–600 V (-15 %/+10 %)
Protection IP20 IP20
Specifications Refer to page 24 Refer to page 24

5
Product overview

FR-A800

1
200 V 400 V 600 V 690 V
Inverter series

FR-A840-m-E2-60 FR-A842-m-E2-60 1 FR-A860-m-1-N6 FR-A870-m-E2-60


FR-A820-m-E1-N6 FR-A840-m-2-60R2R FR-A842-m-2-60R2R1 FR-A860-m-E1-N6 FR-A870-m-E2-60B
Type FR-A820-m-E1-60 FR-A840-m-E2-60CRN FR-A842-m-E2-60CRN 1 FR-A860-m-1-60 FR-A862-m-1-60 2 FR-A870-m-E2-06B
FR-A820-m-E1-U6 FR-A840-m-E2-60-SCM FR-F842-m-E2-60-SCM 1 FR-A860-m-E1-60 FR-A870-m-2-60LC
FR-A840-m-2-60LC FR-A842-m-2-60P 1 FR-A870-m-E2-60LC
Rated motor output range 0.2–132 kW 0.2–355kW 280–630 kW 0.4–250 kW 220–630 kW 160–1500kW
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz 0.2–590 Hz 0.2–590 Hz 0.2–590 Hz 0.2–590 Hz 50 Hz/60 Hz
3-phase, 200–240 V 3-phase, 380–500 V 3-phase, 380–500 V 3-phase, 525–600 V 3-phase, 525–600 V 3-phase, 525–690 V
Power supply (-15 %/+10 %) (-15 %/+10 %) (-15 %/+10 %) (-15 %/+10 %) (-15 %/+10 %) (-15 %/+10 %)
Protection IP20 IP00/IP20 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP20
Specifications Refer to page 54 Refer to page 48 Refer to page 52 Refer to page 56 Refer to page 57 Refer to page 58
a Set of frequency inverter and converter unit FR-CC2-H (refer to the table below) 2 Set of frequency inverter and converter unit FR-CC2-C (refer to the table below)

FR-F800

200 V 400 V
FR-F820-m-E2-60
FR-F820-m-E3-N6 FR-F840-m-E2-60 FR-F842-m-E2-60
Type FR-F846-m-E2-60L2
FR-F820-m-E3-60 FR-F840-m-E2-60-SCM FR-F842-m-E2-60-SCM 1
FR-F820-m-E3-U6
Rated motor output range 0.75–132 kW 0.75–355 kW 355–630 kW 0.4–160 kW
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz 0.2–590 Hz 0.2–590 Hz 0.2–590 Hz
3-phase, 200–240 V 3-phase, 380–500 V 3-phase, 380–500 V 3-phase, 380–500 V
Power supply (-15 %/+10 %) (-15 %/+10 %) (-15 %/+10 %) (-15 %/+10 %)
Protection IP20 IP00/IP20 IP00 IP55
Specifications Refer to page 38 Refer to page 34 Refer to page 36 Refer to page 37
a Set of frequency inverter and converter unit FR-CC2-H (refer to the table below)

FR-CC2 TMdrive®

600 V Medium-voltage devices


FR-CC2-HmK-60
Type FR-CC2-CmK-60 MVe2 MVG2
FR-CC2-HmK-60P
Rated motor output range 315–1350 kW 220–630 kW 5000 kVA 19500 kVA
Frequency range — — 0–60 Hz 0–60 Hz
6 3-phase, 380–500 V 3-phase, 525–600 V AC, 3-phase, 3–11 kV AC 3-phase, 3–11 kV AC
Power supply (-15 %/+10 %) (-15 %/+10 %) (±10 %/±5 %) (±10 %/±5 %)
Protection IP00 IP00 IP30 (except fan) IP30 (except fan)
Specifications Refer to page 36, and page 52 Refer to page 68 Refer to page 70
Special functions

„ Safety function “Safe Torque Off” (STO) according EN 61800-5-2


 þD700 ¨CS80 þE800 þA700 þA800 þF800
The “Safe Torque Off” function (STO) disconnects the power from the
motor and prevents an unexpected re-start. Thereupon the motor coasts
to a halt. Compared to the traditional technology with contactors, this
integrated Safety function reduces the effort in hardware, wiring and
maintenance and offers higher performance and lifetime.
The STO function is standard integrated into the frequency inverters and
certified according to EN61800-5-2.
1

Inverter series
„ Flexible 5-point V/f curve
 ¨D700 ¨CS80 ¨E800 þA700 þA800 þF800
By setting a desired V/f characteristic from the start up to the base
frequency or base voltage with the V/f control (frequency voltage/ V/f characteristic
frequency), a dedicated V/f pattern can be generated.
Optimal V/f pattern matching the torque characteristics of the facility
can be set.
z By setting the V/f1 (first frequency voltage/first frequency) to V/f5

Voltage
V/f pattern
parameters in advance, a desired V/f characteristic can be obtained.
z For an example, with the equipment with large static friction factor
and small dynamic friction factor, large torque is required only at the
start up, so a V/f pattern that will raise the voltage only at the low- Torque
speed range is set. characteristic
Base frequency

„ Magnetic flux vector control


 þD700 þCS80 þE800 þA700 þA800 þF800
The integrated flux vector control of the inverter system makes it Fast response/high accuracy speed control (zero speed control,
possible to achieve high torques, even at low motor speeds. servo lock), torque control, and position control can be performed.
The sensorless vector control system of the FR-A700 series enables fast, Vector control offers excellent control characteristics when compared
high-precision speed and torque regulation, even when using general- to V/f control and other control techniques, achieving the control
purpose motors without an encoder. characteristics equal to those of DC machines.
When the FR-A8AP is mounted either to A800 or E800, full-scale vector
control operation can be performed using a motor with encoder.

„ PM sensorless vector control


 ¨D700 ¨CS80 þE800 ¨A700 þA800 þF800
What is a permanent magnet (PM) motor?
Inverter
Power supply

A PM motor is a synchronous motor with strong permanent magnets


embedded in its rotor. The two major PM motor types are: the interior Current Sensorless
permanent magnet (IPM) motor with its magnets embedded inside Main circuit area detection PM
motor
the rotor, and the surface permanent magnet (SPM) motor with its
permanent magnets attached on the rotor surface. Control area Encoder
Model adaptive
What is PM sensorless vector control? speed control
The speed and magnetic pole positions, the two essential bits of
Speed detection
information to control a PM motor, are detected without a sensor
(encoder). The speed detection internally-performed in an inverter Encoder
enables highly accurate control of a PM motor, almost as accurate as an not required 7
AC servo system, without the need of a sensor (encoder). PM sensorless vector control
Special functions

„ Regeneration avoidance function


 þD700 þCS80 þE800 þA700 þA800 þF800
The regeneration avoidance function can prevent the inverter For example, this function can prevent a shutdown with an overvoltage
from being shut down by regenerative overvoltages when strong error when the speed of a fan controlled by the inverter is increased by
regenerative loads cause power to be released into the frequency the draft from another fan operating in the same ventilation duct.
inverter (for example when braking the motor or with loads that actively The function then temporarily increases the output frequency above the
drive the motor). setpoint value.
The inverter can automatically increase the output frequency or disable This function can also be used to brake loads with the DC bus voltage,
1 the braking ramp when a programmed threshold value is reached. The
response sensitivity, dynamics and working range are all adjustable.
without using braking modules.
Inverter series

„ Automatic restart after instantaneous power failures


 þD700 þCS80 þE800 þA700 þA800 þF800
In pump and fan applications normal operation can be continued
automatically after brief power failures. The system simply reactivates Power supply
the coasting motor and automatically accelerates it back up to its
setpoint speed.
The graphic below shows how the frequency inverter can respond
to a brief power outage. Instead of coasting down completely and
stopping, the motor is automatically “caught” by the frequency inverter Output frequency
and re-accelerated back up to its previous speed.

Restart
Deceleration
acceleration

„ The cutting-edge auto tuning function


 ¨D700 ¨CS80 þE800 ¨A700 þA800 þF800
Connect any motor
The PM motor auto tuning function, which has been newly developed, PM motor by
enables operation of other manufacturers' permanent magnet (PM) Mitsubishi Electric
other manufacturers
general-purpose (induction)
motors. Induction and synchronous motors by Mitsubishi Electric and by motor SF-HR
other manufactures are all operable. That means you need less motors
for spare and stocks.
Sharing the spare inverter
One spare inverter is enough for the two types of motors (IM and PM);
the number of required spare inverters is halved. Induction
motor by other
manufacturers

IPM motor
MM-EFS
IPM motor
Vector control dedicated motor MM-CF
SF-V5RU

8
Special functions

„ Easy monitoring and Fault diagnosis


 ¨D700 ¨CS80 þE800 ¨A700 þA800 þF800
The operating status, including output frequency immediately before an
activation of a protective function, can be output to a standard USB stick
(trace function) This can then be imported to FR Configurator2 to aid
with diagnosis of the trip condition.
Clock setting is now available in addition to the already-available
cumulative energization time. The time and date at a protective
function activation are easily identified. (The clock is reset at power-
OFF.) The date and time are also saved with the trace data, making the
1
fault analysis easier. Real Time clock is also available with the optional

Inverter series
FR-LU08 (to be released soon). The real-time clock is not reset even at
power-OFF.

„ Standard 24 V DC power supply for the control circuit


 ¨D700 ¨CS80 þE800 ¨A700 þA800 þF800
With the addition of a separate 24 V DC powers supply, power to the
control board can be maintained when the mains supply is removed,
this allows safe maintenance to be carried out on the drive while giving
full accesses to parameter changes and maintaining any network
options installed in the drive.
PU MON IM

The memorized operating status includes the output frequency, etc.


EX T PRM PM
NET P.RUN

FWD

The E800 is not equipped whith a 24 V DC input. However, an option REV

S TOP

allows connection to a separate 24 V DC power supply.


RES ET
24 V DC
OFF

„ Parameter setting protection with password function


 ¨D700 þCS80 þE800 ¨A700 þA800 þF800
Parameter reading and writing can be restricted by setting a 4-digit
password, thus eliminating the need to rewrite parameter settings due
to misoperation.

„ Surrounding air temperature measured by inverter


 ¨D700 ¨CS80 ¨E800 ¨A700 þA800 þF800
You can easily select the installation method and determine whether the
operating conditions are acceptable.
If the surrounding air temperature exceeds the specified range,
a warning is issued and the temperature at a warning occurrence is
recorded, helping to prevent trouble.

9
Special functions

„ Ready for crane applications due to


 ¨D700 ¨CS80 ¨E800 ¨A700 þA800 ¨F800
z Built-in 100 % ED brake transistor
z Intergrated crane functions
e. g. Anti sway function
z Control of 2 motors
z Zero speed torque

1
Inverter series

„ Braking without resistor


 ¨D700 ¨CS80 þE800 ¨A700 þA800 þF800
The inverter applies over excitation current to the motor, in order to Deceleration with over excitation Deceleration without over excitation
convert regenerative energy during deceleration without a brake
resistor.
DC bus

Output
voltage

Output
current
Output
frequency

„ Advanced PID controller


 ¨D700 ¨CS80 ¨E800 ¨A700 þA800 þF800
Fan, pump and compressor control is easily handled without the need
for external controllers. Furthermore the built in PLC means true stand-
alone capability. Some of the new PID functions are;
Mani-
PID multiple loops (two loops) pulated Motor Pump
amount 1 M
PID pre-charge function PID
operation
Measured value 1 Detector
Multi-pump function unit 1

PID output shutoff (sleep) function PID Manipulated amount 2


operation
PID automatic switchover function unit 2 Measured value 2

Detector Valve

„ Intelligent load detection


 ¨D700 ¨CS80 þE800 ¨A700 ¨A800 þF800
Through a unique algorithm we are able to accurately detect the fan or Torque
pump curve of the attached load and alarm when the load falls outside
Torque 5
of adjustable limits. This means that we can detect for example, jammed <Overload range>
pumps, dirty impellors or broken belts. Because we utilise this method Clogged filter,
of detection, nuisance trips that are associated with other systems are clogged pipe, etc. Fault detection
Torque 4 width
avoided.
Torque 3 <Light load range>
Torque 2 Broken belt, broken blade,
Torque 1 idling, etc.

10
Output
Minimum Frequency Frequency Frequency Maximum frequency
frequency range 1/4 range 1/2 range 3/4 frequency Seit 4
Special functions

„ Pump clean function (de ragging)


 ¨D700 ¨CS80 ¨E800 ¨A700 ¨A800 þF800
If impellers or fans of pumps are blocked by debris, the motor stop can
be resolved by repeating forward and reverse run.
Use this function, when backwashing is no problem.
This function can also be started automatically, when the measured
result of the load characteristic lays outside the allowable range
(overload).
1

Inverter series
„ Motor preheat function
 ¨D700 þCS80 þE800 þA700 þA800 þF800
The motor preheat function can be used to avoid moisture collecting
on the motor windings in periods of inactivity and prior to motor start
up. This can also be used to reduce condensation, or freezing of a pump
station.

„ Mechanical resonance suppression


 þD700 ¨CS80 þE800 þA700 þA800 þF800
Vibration due to natural resonance can be compensated by this
function, extending mechanical life of the system.

„ Fire override mode


 ¨D700 ¨CS80 ¨E800 ¨A700 ¨A800 þF800
In cases of emergencies such as fires, continuing to drive the extraction
or pressurisation fan motor is often the highest priority. This function
can be used to allow the drive to continue to operate the motor until
destruction, ignoring protective functions even if the inverter detects
a fault.

11

Seit 4
Special functions

„ Intelligent energy optimisation


þD700 ¨CS80 þE800 þA700 þA800 þF800
All Mitsubishi Electric drives allow the user to save energy, however
the FR-F800 has many dedicated functions that allow for even more 100
efficiency. For example we have developed a tuning algorithm called

Motor efficiency [%]


AOEC, Advanced Optimum Excitation Control. This all new feature 80 Optimum excitation control
means that even for loads that require high torque for acceleration or
60 More energy saving
deceleration energy saving can be maximised.

1 The drive is able to control for example the external cooling fans
through the built in environmental temperature detection, maximising
40
V/F control

system efficiency. This also reduces the ingress of external air which may 20
[Compared to our
Inverter series

0 20 40 60 80 100
be polluted. Motor load factor [%]
conventional product]

Similar to the start/stop function used in modern cars, the 800 series (When the inverter running frequency is 60 Hz and the SF-PR 4P motor (15 kW) is used)

drives feature the ability that during standby all unnecessary circuits
are shut down to reduce energy usage, so only 24 VDC is supplied to
keep control alive. Restart happens within 1 second meaning there is no
effect on system availability.
The effect of the energy saving can be distributed by Network or Display.

„ Easy to start up
¨D700 ¨CS80 þE800 ¨A700 þA800 þF800
By using USB stick or FR-Configurator2 sofware package, you can
comfortably down/upload Parameters. Or use the integrated application
wizard. The integrated Oscilloscope / Trace function are perfect tools
to assist with fault finding and commissioning. An additional feature is
the integrated free PLC programming software based on GX Works2, so
programming can be done by just one connection.

„ Easy configuration with parameter unit


þD700 ¨CS80 ¨E800 þA700 ¨A800 ¨F800
The parameter unit FR-DU08 is included as standard equipment with
the inverters FR-F800 and FR-A800. The FR-D700 SC and FR-E800 are
equipped with an integrated operation panel. All these panels use a
digital dial for making the settings. For the FR-D700 SC and FR-E800 the
parameter unit FR-PA07 is optional.
The parameter unit makes operation of the inverter simple and intuitive
and displays operating parameters and alarm messages. The integrated
digital dial control provides fast and efficient access to all key drive
parameters.
The optional FR-PU07 parameter unit features a long-life LC display with
a backlight and integrated numeric keypad for direct entry of operating
parameters. The user interface can be displayed in eight different
languages. This panel is designed as a remote unit that is connected
FR-DU08
to the inverter with a cable. The panel is compatible with all inverter FR-PU07
models.
For FR-F800/A800 inverters a fixed installation is also possible. It also
supports definition of user groups. Editable parameter sets can be
implemented, which can be selected according to specific application
requirements.
The operation panel equipped with an LCD panel (FR-LU08) is optionally
available for an enhanced display.
12
Special functions

„ Easy-to-read operation panel


¨D700 ¨CS80 þE800 ¨A700 þA800 þF800
The parameter unit FR-DU08 is the standard equipment for all FR-A800/
FR-F800 inverters. A 5-digit 12-segment display is employed for the
operation panel to provide an easy-to-follow view to the users. The
operation panel equipped with an LCD panel (FR-LU08) is optionally
available for an enhanced display.
PWR

The FR-LU08 supports up to ALM

z 5 lines of text or trend graphs 1


z Start up wizard

Inverter series
z Real Time clock with Battery buffer
z “HELP” button for Parameter explanation
z Exchange of language packs or up/download of Parameter files by the
integrated USB port.
z USB connection with PC FR-DU08 12-segment type FR-LU08 LCD type (option)

z Direct setting for PID set-point


z Unit indicator for the application
z Display of process values in selctable units e. g. m/s, bar, ppm etc.

13
System description

Communication

Extended I/Os for additional control Expansion slot Support for integration in larger networks
­functions The frequency inverters have up to 3 expansion Open communications with standard industrial
The following I/Os are included as standard slots (except FR-D700 SC) that can be used to bus systems can be implemented easily with
equipment on the inverters. The number of I/Os install an I/O expansion module or a network optional expansion cards (except FR-D700 SC).
depends on the inverter model. module. These modules are cards that are This makes it possible to integrate the frequency
installed by plugging them into the slot of the inverter in large-scale automation systems.
z Digital inputs
inverter.
1 z Analog inputs
z Analog outputs
The following networks are supported by the
inverters:
Communications capability
z Open collector outputs as a standard function z CC-Link
Inverter series

z Relay outputs z CC-Link IE Field


All frequency inverters have an RS485 interface
The digital inputs, open collector outputs and (Mitsubishi frequency inverter protocol, z CC-Link IE Field Basic
relay outputs can all be used for a wide range of Modbus® RTU protocol) for data communication, z Modbus® TCP
functions. e. g. with a PC. The FR-F800/A800 does have z Profibus DP
The switching status of the input and output standard Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet connection. z Profibus DPV1
terminals can be displayed on the control panel. The FR-E800 does support multiple Ethernet z Profinet
protocols, depending on FR-E800 version.
In addition the FR-A800 is equipped with a pulse z DeviceNet™
input for positioning. Many frequency inverters can also be connected z EtherNet IP
via USB.
z EtherCat
Remote I/Os z CANopen
Instead of using the remote I/Os of a PLC you z SSCNETIII/H
can use a network connection to read out the z LonWorks
status of the frequency inverter’s inputs and set z BACnet
its outputs.
z BACnet IP
z ControlNet
z TSN ( Time sensiteive Network )

FR-F800

FR-A800

FR-E800

E800

FR-F800

14
Special functions

Maintenance and standards

Simplified maintenance
Easy installation and maintenance Service timer The alarms for the main circuit capacitors,
control circuit capacitor, inrush current limiter
Since the control and power terminal block is The frequency inverters offer up to 3 integrated
and internal fans can all be output to a network
easy to access, the installation and maintenance service timers that automatically triggers a
or via the optional FR-A8AY module.
of the inverter is also very easy. diagnostic alarm after a set number of operating
hours. This feature can be used for monitoring This makes it possible to prevent malfunctions
All connection points are designed as screw
terminals or spring clamps. The housing the frequency inverter itself or a peripheral by configuring diagnostics alarms to be
triggered when the end of the service life is
1
includes a cable routing facility which can be component. The values of the average output
current and the service timer can also be output reached.

Inverter series
removed for installing.
as analog signals. The inverter also has an internal program that
can evaluate the ageing of the main circuit
Easy access to cooling fans
Modern diagnostics functions and capacitors. This feature is only available when
The easily accessible cooling fans can be industry 1st further extend service life a motor is connected to the inverter.
replaced quickly and easily if required. Due to built-in environment temperature sensor
The ageing of the main circuit capacitors, the
The integrated cooling fan can be switched OFF the real cooling situation can be judged more
control circuit power capacitor, the internal
automatically in stand-by operation to increase precisely and e. g. IGBT overtemperature alarms
cooling fans, and the inrush current limiter
its lifetime significantly. can be avoided.
circuit can be checked with the monitoring
Even the cabinet fan can be activated based on functions.
environment temp measurement of the Inverter.
If the inrush resistor overheats an alarm is
displayed.
The ability to internally monitor corosive gases,
such as H2S contamination , is an industry 1st
for Mitsubishi Elecktric

Environment-friendly and international compliance


Electromagnetic compatibility In order to meet these standards, the inverters Circuit boards with two coats of
are fitted with a new, Integrated EMC filter, protective varnish
Latest technologies have been used to
which can easily be deactivated with a jumper if
significantly reduce the interference levels The twin coating on the internal PCBs provides
necessary.
generated by this frequency inverter. even better protection against environmental
You can also further limit the make current influences. This is particularly important in
Regarding its electromagnetic compatibility, the
and reduce network interference by fitting the sewage plant applications where the switchgear
frequency inverters comply with the European
input of the inverter with an optional AC choke cabinets are exposed to aggressive fermentation
EMC directives.
and a DC choke, which is connected to special gases that can reduce the service life of the
To meet these standards noise filters have been terminals on the inverter unit. equipment.
developed for each performance range.
The FR-A800 and FR-F800 series complies to the
The FR-A800 and FR-F800 have a built-in EMC
Environmental requirements of IEC60721-3-3
filter and comply to the strict electromagnetic
level 3C2 as standard.
compatibility regulations of the European Union
(EMC Directive, Environment 2, EN 61800-3).

International standards
The inverters are designed so that they can z Multilingual programming/control unit
be used worldwide without any additional (optional)
modifications or certifications. z Support for a variety of international
z The units conform to the international industrial bus systems
standards CE, UL, cUL, EAC, CCC, ISO 9001, ISO z Internationally standardised, frequency
14001 and C-Tick (FR-A741: CE/UL/cUL/GOST). inverter configuration software package
In addition, the series FR-A800 conform to for MS Windows®, with multilingual user
DNV/GL, ABS/BV/LR/NK marine approvals. interface.
z User-selectable positive or negative switching These features make the inverters a truly
logic. Users can select positive or negative international product that meets all relevant
switching logic for input and output signals, standards and can be easily adjusted for
enabling flexible and simple adaptation of the national requirements.
units for varying world market requirements.

15
Specifications FR-CS80

The FR-CS80 series

„By providing general-purpose magnetic-flux


control in the world’s smallest compact body,
the FR-CS80 offers cost-efficient solutions.
This makes the FR-CS80 suitable for almost all
industrial applications.“

2
CS-80
Specifications

Technical details FR-CS80


FR-CS82S-m-60 FR-CS84-m-60
Product line
025 042 070 0100 012 022 036 050 080 120 160 230 295
Rated motor capacity a kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15
Rated output capacity b kVA 1.0 1.7 2.8 4.0 0.9 1.7 2.7 3.8 6.1 9.1 12.2 17.5 22.5
1.2 2.2 3.6 5.0 8.0 12.0 16.0 23.0 29.5
Rated current c A 2.5 4.2 7.0 10.0 (1.0) (1.9) (3.1) (4.3) (6.8) (10.2) (13.6) (19.6) (25.1)
Output Overload capacity 4 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 0.5 s
Voltage 5 3-phase 200 to 240 V 3-phase 380 to 480 V
Frequency range Hz 0.2–400
Control method V/f control, optimum excitation control or general-purpose magnetic flux vector control
Modulation control Sine evaluated PWM, soft PWM
Power supply voltage 1-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 % 3-phase, 380–480 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 170 to 264 V, 50/60 Hz 325 to 528 V, 50/60 Hz
Input
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Power supply capacity 6 kVA 0.6 0.6 1.4 1.4 1.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 9.5 12.0 17.0 20.0 28.0
Fan
Others Cooling Self cooling Self cooling Fan cooling
cooling
Storage temperature -20 to +65 °C
Weight  kg 0.6 1.4 0.6 0.9 1.4 1.9 3.5
108x128
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 68x128x118 108x128x160 68x128x118 108x128x130 197.5x150x134 180x260x165
x160

Order information  Art. no.


Remarks:
a The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor.
b The specifications of the rated output capacity are related to a motor voltage of 230 V.
c Setting 2 kHz or more in Pr. 72 PWM frequency selection to perform low acoustic noise operation with the ambient temperature exceeding 40 °C, the rated output current is the value in parenthesis.
d The % value of the overload capacity indicated is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
For single-phase power input model, the bus voltage decreases to power failure detection level and the load of 100 % or higher may not be available if the automatic restart after instantaneous power failure function (Pr.57) or the
power failure stop function (Pr.261) is set and power supply voltage is low while the load increases.
e The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range. However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged
at about√2 that of the power supply.
f The power supply capacity varies with the value of the power supply side inverter impedance (including those of the input choke and cables).

16
Specifications FR-CS80

FR-CS80 Description
0.06 Hz/0–60 Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0–10 V/10 Bit)
Frequency Analog input 0.12 Hz/0–60 Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0–5 V/9 Bit)
setting 0.06 Hz/0–60 Hz (terminal 4: 0–20 mA/10 Bit)
resolution
Digital input 0.01 Hz
0.2 % of the maximum output frequency (temperature range 25 °C ±10 °C) via analog input;
Frequency accuracy ±0.01 % of the set output frequency (via digital input)
Control Base frequency adjustable from 0 to 400 Hz
Voltage/frequency characteristics
specifi- Constant torque/variable torque pattern can be selected
cations Starting torque ≥150 %/1 Hz (for vector control oder slip compensation)
Torque boost Manual torque boost
Acceleration/deceleration time 0.1 to 3600 s (may be set individually for acceleration and deceleration)
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode selectable
DC injection brake Operation frequency: 0 to 120 Hz, operation time: 0 to 10 s, operation voltage: 0 to 30 % variable
Stall prevention operation level Operation current level setting 0–200 %, user adjustable
Terminal 2: Selectable from 0 to 10 V / 0 to 5 V
2
Frequency Analog input 2 Terminal 4: Selectable from 0 to 10 V / 0 to 5 V / 4 to 20 mA

Specifications
setting signal
Digital input Input from the operation panel or parameter unit, with selectable frequency setting increments
Start signal Separate forward/reverse signal, with selectable start self-holding input (3-wire input)
Using Pr.178 to Pr.182 (Input terminal function selection), the signal can be selected from the following:
Multi-speed selection, Remote setting, Second acceleration/deceleration function selection, Terminal 4 input selection, JOG operation selection, PID
Input signals 5 control valid terminal, External thermal relay input, Output stop, Start self-holding selection, Forward rotation command, Reverse rotation command,
Control
signals for Inverter reset, Traverse function selection
operation Maximum frequency, minimum frequency, frequency jump operation, external thermal relay input selection, automatic restart after instantaneous
power failure operation, forward/reverse rotation prevention, remote setting, second acceleration/deceleration function, multi-speed operation,
Operational function regeneration avoidance, slip compensation, operation mode selection, offline auto tuning, PID control, computer link operation (RS-485 communica-
tion), Optimum excitation control, power failure stop, MODBUS RTU, increased magnetic excitation deceleration.
Using Pr.195 Output terminal function selection, the signal can be selected from the following:
Output signal Inverter running, Up to frequency, Overload warning, Output frequency detection, Electronic thermal O/L relay pre-alarm, Inverter operation ready,
Relay output 1 Output current detection, PID lower limit, PID upper limit, PID forward/reverse rotation output, Heatsink overheat pre-alarm, During deceleration at
occurrence of power failure, During PID control activated, PID output interruption, During retry, Alarm output, Fault output, Fault output 3.
Selectable from the following:
output frequency, output current(steady state), output voltage, frequency setting, cumulative energization time, actual operation time, converter
Operating status monitoring
Operation panel output voltage, electronic thermal relay function load factor, motor load factor, PID set point, PID measured value, PID deviation, inverter I/O terminal
Indication Parameter unit monitor, output power, cumulative power, motor thermal load factor, inverter thermal load factor.
(FR-PU07) Fault record is displayed when a protective function is activated. Past 8 fault records are stored. (output voltage, output current, frequency, and
Fault monitoring cumulative energization time right before the protective function is activated.)
Interactive guidance Help function for operation guide 1
Overcurrent during acceleration, Overcurrent during constant speed, Overcurrent during deceleration, Overvoltage during acceleration, Overvoltage
during constant speed, Overvoltage during deceleration, Inverter overload trip
(electronic thermal relay function), Motor overload trip (electronic thermal relay function), Heatsink overheat, Input
Fault phase loss 3, Output side earth (ground) fault overcurrent as start, Output short circuit, Output phase loss, External thermal relay operation 2,
Protection Protective Parameter error, PU disconnection 2, Retry count excess 2, CPU fault, Inrush current
functions limit circuit fault, 4 mA input fault 2, Stall prevention stop, Output current detection value exceeded 2, Inverter output
fault 5, Undervoltage
Overcurrent stall prevention, Overvoltage stall prevention, PU stop, Parameter write error, Electronic thermal O/L relay pre-alarm, Undervoltage,
Warning Inrush current limit resistor heating, Operation panel lock, Password locked, Inverter reset
-10 to +40 °C (non-freezing) 4,
Surrounding air temperature or -10 to +50 °C (non-freezing) at the rated current reduced by 15 %
Surrounding air humidity 95 % RH or less (non-condensing)for models with circuit board coating
Others Storage temperature 6 -20 °C to +65 °C
Ambience Indoors (free from corrosive gas, flammable gas, oil mist, dust or dirt)
2500 m or less (For the installation at an altitude above 1000 m, consider a 3 % reduction in the rated current per 500 m increase in altitude.)
Altitude/vibration / 5.9 m/s2 or less at 10 to 55 Hz (directions of X, Y, Z axes)
Remarks:
a Available for the option parameter unit (FR-PU07) only.
b Not available in the initial status.
c Available for the three-phase power input models.
d When using the inverters at the surrounding air temperature of 40 °C or less, the inverters can be installed closely attached (0 cm clearance).
e Available for the FR-CS84-160 or lower or the FR-CS82S.
f Applicable to conditions for a short time, for example, in transit.

17
Specifications FR-CS80

Block diagram FR-CS80

2
Specifications

18
Specifications FR-CS80

Assignment of signal terminals (FR-CS80)


Function Terminal Designation Description
Control STF Forward rotation start The motor rotates forward, if a signal is applied to terminal STF.
connection STR Reverse rotation start The motor rotates reverse, if a signal is applied to terminal STR.
(programmable) RH, RM, RL Multi-speed selection Preset of 15 different output frequencies according to the combination of the RH, RM and RL signals.
Common terminal for contact input terminal (sink logic); Connect this terminal to the power supply common terminal of a transistor output
Reference potential (0 V)
SD for the PC terminal (24 V)
(open collector output) device, such as a programmable controller, in the source logic to avoid malfunction by undesirable current.
Common terminal for the 24 V DC power supply (terminal PC, terminal +24) Isolated from terminals 5 and SE.
Common
Connect this terminal to the power supply common terminal of a transistor output (open collector output) device, such as a programmable
PC 24 V DC output controller, in the source logic to avoid malfunction by undesirable current. Common terminal for contact input terminal (source logic).
Can be used as a 24 V DC 0.1 A power supply.
Voltage output for Output voltage 10 V DC. Max. output current 10 mA. Recommended potentiometer: 1 kΩ, 2 W linear
10 potentiometer Output voltage 5 V DC. Max. output current 10 mA. Recommended potentiometer: 1 kΩ, 2 W linear

Setting value 2
Input for frequency setting
value signal
The setting value 0–5 V DC (or 0–10 V, 0/4–20 mA) is applied to this terminal. You can switch between voltage and current setpoint values with
parameter 73. The input resistance is 10 kΩ.
2
specification Frequency setting common Terminal 5 provides the common reference potential (0 V) for all analog set point values and for the analog output signals CA (current) and AM
5

Specifications
and analog outputs (voltage). The terminal is isolated from the digital circuit’s reference potential (SD). This terminal should not be grounded.
The setting value 0/4–20 mA or 0–10 V is applied to this terminal. You can switch between voltage and current setpoint values with parameter
4 Input for setting value signal 267. The input resistance is 250 Ω. The current setting value is enabled via terminal function AU.
Signal output A, B, C Potential free relay output 1 (Alarm) The
alarm is output via relay contacts. The block diagram shows the normal operation and voltage free status. If the protective function is
(programmable) activated, the relay picks up. The maximum contact load is 200 V AC/0.3 A or 30 V DC/0.3 A.
A parameter unit can be connected. Communications via RS485
Interface — PU connector I/O standard: RS485, multi drop operation: max 1152 baud (overall length: 500 m)

Assignment of main circuit terminals


Function Terminal Designation Description
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 AC power input Mains power supply of the inverters
Main circuit U, V, W Inverter output Connect a 3-phase squirre-cage motor to these terminals.
connection P/+, N/- Brake unit connection A brake unit can be connected.
PE Protective earth connection of inverter

19
Specifications FR-D700 SC

The FR-D700 SC series

The FR-D700 SC is a pace-setter in the miniature Output range:


drive system class with integrated safe torque
FR-D720S SC:
off function according EN61800-5-2. It features
0.1–2.2 kW, 200–240 V AC, single-phase
ultra-compact dimensions, simple and secure
operation and a wide range of technology FR-D740 SC:
functions. The integrated digital dial gives the 0.4–7.5 kW, 380–480 V AC, three-phase
user fast, direct access to all important drive
parameters. Available accessories:
D700-SC Optional control units, versatile options
and useful accessories are available for this
2 frequency inverter.
Please refer to page 90 for details.
Specifications

Technical details FR-D700 SC


FR-D720S-m-SC-EC FR-D740-m-SC-EC
Product line
008 014 025 042 070 100 012 022 036 050 080 120 160
0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5
Rated motor capacity a
kW 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 (0.55) (1.1) (2.2) (3) (4) (7.5) (11)
Rated output capacity b kVA 0.3 0.5 1.0 1.6 2.8 3.8 1.2 2.0 3.0 4.6 7.2 9.1 13.0
1.2 2.2 3.6 5.0 8.0 12.0 16.0
Rated current c A 0.8 1.4 2.5 4.2 7.0 10.0 (1.4) (2.6) (4.3) (6.0) (9.6) (14.4) (19.2)
Overload capacity 4 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 0.5 s
Voltage 5 3-phase AC, 0 V to power supply voltage
Output Frequency range Hz 0.2–400
Control method V/f control, optimum excitation control or general-purpose magnetic flux vector control
Modulation control Sine evaluated PWM, soft PWM
Brake transistor — Built-in
Regenerative f 150 % 100 % 50 % 20 % 100 % 50 % 20 %
Maximum brake torque With FR-ABR(H) 100 % torque/10 % ED
option
Power supply voltage 1-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 % 3-phase, 380–480 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz 325–528 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Input
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Rated input capacity 7 kVA 0.5 0.9 1.5 2.3 4.0 5.2 1.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 9.5 12 17
PWM switching frequency 0.7–14.5 kHz, user adjustable
0.06 Hz/0–50 Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0–10 V/10 Bit)
Analog 0.12 Hz/0–50 Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0–5 V/9 Bit)
Frequency resolution 0.06 Hz/0–50 Hz (terminal 4: 0–20 mA/10 Bit)
Digital 0.01 Hz
±1 % of max. output frequency (temperature range 25 °C ±10 °C) during analog input;
Frequency precision ±0.01 % of max. output frequency during digital input (set via Digital Dial)
Base frequency adjustable from 0 to 400 Hz
Voltage/frequency characteristics
Control Constant torque/variable torque pattern can be selected
Possible starting torque ≥150 %/1 Hz (for vector control oder slip compensation)
Torque boost Manual torque boost
Acceleration/deceleration time 0.1 to 3600 s (may be set individually for acceleration and deceleration)
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode selectable
Braking torque DC braking Operating frequency: 0–120 Hz, operating time: 0–10 s, voltage: 0–30 % (externally adjustable)
Current stall prevention operation level Operation current level setting 0–200 %, user adjustable
Motor protection Electronic motor protection relay (rated current user adjustable)
Remarks:
Explanation for a to g see next page.

20
Specifications FR-D700 SC

FR-D720S-m-SC-EC FR-D740-m-SC-EC
Product line
008 014 025 042 070 100 012 022 036 050 080 120 160
Terminal 2: 0–5 V DC, 0–10 V DC
Analog input
Frequency setting signal Terminal 4: 0–5 V DC, 0–10 V DC, 0/4–20 mA
Control Digital input Entered from operation panel or parameter unit. Frequency setting increment is selectable.
signals for Maximum/minimum frequency setting, frequency jump operation, external thermal relay input selection, automatic restart after instantaneous power
operation failure operation, forward/reverse rotation prevention, remote setting, second function, multi-speed operation, regeneration avoidance, slip compensation,
Operation functions operation mode selection, offline auto tuning function, PID control, computer link operation (RS485), optimum excitation control, power failure stop, speed
smoothing control, Modbus®-RTU
Any of 5 signals can be selected using parameters 178 to 182 (input terminal function selection): multi-speed selection, remote setting, second function
selection, terminal 4 input selection, JOG operation selection, PID control valid terminal, external thermal input, PU-external operation switchover,
Input signals V/f switchover, output stop, start self-holding selection, traverse function selection, forward rotation, reverse rotation command, inverter reset, PU-NET
operation switchover, external-NET operation switchover, command source switchover, inverter operation enable signal, and PU operation external
Control interlock
signals for Can be selected using parameters 190 and 192 (output terminal function selection): inverter operation, up-to-frequency, overload alarm, output frequency
operation
Output signals
Operating status
detection, regenerative brake prealarm, electronic thermal relay function prealarm, inverter operation ready, output current detection, zero current detec-
tion, PID lower limit, PID upper limit, PID forward/reverse rotation output, fan alarm g, heatsink overheat pre-alarm, deceleration at an instantaneous
power failure, PID control activated, safety monitor output, safety monitor output 2, during retry, life alarm, fault output 3, current average value monitor,
2
maintenance timer alarm, remote output, alarm output, fault output

Specifications
Analog signal 0–10 V DC
Output frequency, motor current (steady), output voltage, frequency setting, cumulative energization time, actual operation time, converter output
voltage, regenerative brake duty, electronic thermal relay function load factor, output current peak value, converter output voltage peak value, motor load
Displays on operation Operating status factor, PID set point, PID measured value, PID deviation, inverter I/O terminal monitor, output power, cumulative power, motor thermal load factor, inverter
panel or parameter unit thermal load factor, PTC thermistor resistance.
Display (FR-PU07)
Fault definition is displayed when the fault occurs and the past 8 fault definitions (output voltage/current/frequency/cumulative energization
option Alarm display time right before the fault occurs) are stored.
Operating status Not used
Additional displays on
parameter unit FR-PU07 Interactive Interactive guide for operation and troubleshooting via help function
guidance
Overcurrent during acceleration, overcurrent during constant speed, overcurrent during deceleration, overvoltage during acceleration, overvoltage
during constant speed, overvoltage during deceleration, inverter protection thermal operation, motor protection thermal operation, heatsink overheat,
input phase failure g, output side earth (ground) fault overcurrent at start i, output phase failure, external thermal relay operation i, PTC thermistor
Functions operation i, parameter error, PU disconnection, retry count excess h, CPU fault, brake transistor alarm, inrush resistance overheat, analog input error, stall
Protection prevention operation, output current detection value exceeded, safety circuit fault, PLd/SIL2, fan alarm 7, overcurrent stall prevention, overvoltage stall
prevention, PU stop, parameter write error, regenerative brake prealarm, electronic thermal relay function prealarm, maintenance output, undervoltage,
operation panel lock, password locked, inverter reset, safety torque off
Protective structure IP20
Cooling Self cooling Fan cooling Self cooling Fan cooling
Surrounding air temperature -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature k -20 °C to +65 °C
Others Power loss W 14 20 32 50 80 110 40 55 90 100 180 240 280
Weight kg 0.5 0.6 0.9 1.1 1.5 1.9 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 3.1 3.1
68x128 68x128 108x128 140x150 108x128x129.5 108x128 108x128 108x128 220x150x155
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 68x128x80.5 x142.5 x162.5 x155 x145 x135.5 x155.5 x165.5

Order information Art. no. 247595 247596 247597 247598 247599 247600 247601 247602 247603 247604 247605 247606 247607
Remarks:
a The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The motor capacity ratings in brackets are for ambient temperatures up to 40 °C.
b The specifications of the rated output capacity are related to a motor voltage of 440 V.
c The rated output current in brackets are for ambient temperatures up to 40 °C.
d The % value of the overload capacity indicated is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
e The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range. However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged
at about √2 that of the power supply.
f The braking torque indicated is a short-duration average torque (which varies with motor loss) when the motor alone is decelerated from 60 Hz in the shortest time and is not a continuous regenerative torque. When the motor is dece-
lerated from the frequency higher than the base frequency, the average deceleration torque will reduce. Since the inverter does not contain a brake resistor, use the optional brake resistor FR-ABR-(H) when regenerative energy is large.
A brake unit FR-BU2 or BU2 may also be used. (Option brake resisitor cannot be used for FR-D720S-008 SC and 014 SC.)
g The power supply capacity varies with the value of the power supply side inverter impedance (including those of the input choke and cables).
h FR-D720S-070SC or above, FR-D740-036SC or above.
i This protective function is available with the three-phase power input specification model only.
j This protective function does not function in the initial status.
k Temperature applicable for a short time, e. g. in transit.
For overseas types refer to page 136

21
Specifications FR-D700 SC

Block diagram FR-D700 SC

1-phase AC power supply Converter

– (N/–)
+ (P/+)
PR
Motor
U
3-phase AC
R/L1
V
power supply S/L2
T/L3
W

2
Protective earth Main circuit
Specifications

Control circuit

Forward rotation start


Control input signals

Relay output
Reverse rotation start
Relay output
High speed
(alarm output)
Multi-speed Middle speed A
selection Low speed
SOURCE

SINK

Common
24 V DC output (max. 100 mA)

Open collector
outputs
Running (motor operation)
10 Power supply for OC outputs
Frequency setting inputs

Frequency setting 2
PU
potentiometer
connector
0.5 W/1 kΩ
5

(+) 4 0/4–20 mA DC Analog signal output (0–10 V DC/1 mA)


Current input Analog output common
(-)

S1
Safety terminals
S2 SO Safety monitor output
Common
SC

22
Specifications FR-D700 SC

Assignment of signal terminals


Function Terminal Designation Description
STF Forward rotation start The motor rotates forward, if a signal is applied to terminal STF. If the signals STF and STR are applied s­ imultaneously, the STOP command is given.
Control
connection STR Reverse rotation start The motor rotates reverse, if a signal is applied to terminal STR. If the signals STF and STR are applied s­ imultaneously, the STOP command is given.
RH, RM, RL Multi-speed selection Preset of 15 different output frequencies; programmable.
A determined control function is activated, if the corresponding terminal is connected to the terminal SD (sink logic).
The SD terminal is isolated from the digital circuits via optocouplers.
Contact input common (sink)
SD When connecting the transistor output (open collector output), such as a programmable controller (PLC), connect the negative external power
24 V DC power supply common supply for transistor output to this terminal to prevent a malfunction caused by undesirable currents. When source logic has been selected,
Common connect this terminal with 0 V of the external power supply.
24 V DC/0.1 A output
Contact input common (source)
PC In sink logic, when activated by open collector transistors (e. g. PLC) the positive pole of an external power supply has to be connected to the PC
24 V DC power supply terminal. In source logic, the PC terminal serves as common reference point for the control inputs.
10 Voltage output for
potentiometer
Output voltage 5 V DC. Max. output current 10 mA
Recommended potentiometer: 1 kΩ, 0.5 W linear (multi-turn potentiometer) 2
Input for frequency The voltage setting value 0–5 (10) V is applied to this terminal. The voltage range is preset to 0–5 V.
2 setting value signal The input resistance is 10 kΩ ±1kΩ. The maximum permitted voltage is 20 V DC.

Specifications
Setting value Reference point for f­ re­quency Terminal 5 is the reference point for all analog setting values and for the analog output signal AM.
specification 5 setting value signal The terminal is isolated from the reference potential of the control circuit and should not be earthed for reasons of noise immunity.
Inputting 4–20 mA DC (or 0–5 V, 0–10 V) provides the maximum output frequency at 20 mA and makes input and output proportional.
Input for current This input signal is valid only when the AU signal is on (terminal 2 input is invalid).
4 Use Pr. 267 to switch from among input 4 to 20 mA (initial setting), 0–5 V DC and 0–10 V DC.
setting value signal
Set the voltage/current input switch in the “V” position to select voltage input (0–5 V/0–10 V).
The alarm is output via relay contacts (C-B = normally open, C-A = normally closed).
A, B, C Relay output (alarm output) The maximum contact load is 230 V AC/0.3 A or 30 V DC/0.3 A.
Switched low (voltage of terminal SE is output) when the inverter output frequency is equal to or higher than the starting frequency (initial
Signal output value 0.5 Hz). Switched high during stop or DC injection brake operation. (Low indicates that the open collector output transistor is on
RUN for motor operation (conducts). High indicates that the transistor is off (does not conduct).)
Signal Permissible load 24 V DC (maximum 27 V DC)/0.1 A (a voltage drop is 3.4 V maximum when the signal is on).
outputs Reference potential Reference potential for the signal RUN.
SE for signal outputs This terminal is isolated from the reference potential of the control circuit 5 and SD.
Select one e. g. output frequency from monitor items. Not output during inverter reset.
The output signal is proportional to the magnitude of the corresponding monitoring item.
AM Analog voltage output Output item (initial setting): output frequency
Output signal 0–10 V DC. Permissible load current 1 mA (load impedance 10 kΩ or more), resolution 8 bit
Interface — PU connector (RS485) Communications via RS485
S1, S2 Safety inputs
Safety Reference potential When the safety functions are not used, the existing jumpers between the terminals S1-SC and S2-SC must not be removed,
SC
connection for safety inputs otherwise an operation of the frequency inverter is not possible.
SO Safety monitor output

Assignment of main circuit terminals


Function Terminal Designation Description
L1, N Power supply 1-phase Connect to the commercial power supply.
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 Power supply 3-phase Keep these terminals open when using the Harmonic Converter (FR-HC) or power regeneration common converter (FR-CV).
+ (P/+), Connect the brake unit (FR-BU2), power regeneration common converter (FR-CV) or the Harmonic Converter (FR-HC) to the terminals + (P/+)
External brake unit connection
– (N/–) and – (N/–).
Main circuit An optional DC choke can be connected to the terminals P1 and + (P/+).
+ (P/+), P1 DC choke connection
connection Before connecting the DC choke, disconnect the jumper from terminals P1 and + (P/+).
External brake resistor Connect a brake transistor (FR-ABR, MRS) across terminals + (P/+) and PR.
+ (P/+), PR connection (The brake resistor can not be connected to the FR-D720S-008 and 014.)
U, V, W Motor connection Voltage output of the inverter (3-phase, 0 V up to input voltage, 0.2–400 Hz)
PE Protective earth connection of inverter

23
Specifications FR-E800

The FR-E800 series

Various applications are supported. It is possible to reduce line noise by shortening High-level control such as positioning control
For the three-phase input model, two rating the wiring length between the inverter and the is enabled without using an encoder (to be
types of different rated current and permissible motor. supported).
load can be selected by setting parameters. Switching between control methods with
The choice of inverters is widened for intended the FR-E800 inverter, Vector control for lift
applications of users. When users select the LD application (with the plug-in option), Advanced
rating for light duty applications, inverters with magnetic flux vector control for conveyors, etc.,
smaller capacities can be used as compared to reduces the number of required spare inverters.
the FR-E700 series inverters. For example, when PM sensorless vector control is available when
the LD rating (light duty) is selected for a 22K inverters are used with PM motors.
2 inverter, the inverter can drive a motor with a
capacity up to 30 kW.
Specifications

FR-E800-E/SCE
Ethernet models and safety communication models support various open industrial
networks such as CC-Link IE TSN, EtherNet IP, and Modbus® TCP. This will contribute to E800

productivity improvement and energy saving at facilities including infrastructure such


as air conditioning units and water treatment facilities.
Two Ethernet ports are provided as standard, enabling flexible connection in line
topology without using a switching hub.
(A compatible master module is required for ring topology. For Profinet, only line
topology and star topology are supported.)
Complex networks can be created just by connecting devices with a cable to a free port. E800

The network can even accommodate changes in the specifications of devices.


Safety communication models support Ethernet-based safety communication protocols
certified as compliant with international standards. The safety control system on the
existing network can be easily enhanced with less cost.

Other than safety communication model Safety communication model


Safety relay

afety
No s 1
relay

Safety programmable
Programmable controller controller

MELSEC MELSEC

ation
FR-E700 m unic ng FR-E800-SCE
m ri
ty co k wi
Safe networ
g
usin

24
a B y using a safety programmable controller, safety control and safety communication functions of the safety relay are
integrated into the control system.
Specifications FR-E800

Technical details FR-E820S-m


FR-E820S-m/-4/-EPA /EPB /-SCEPA /SCEPB
Product line
0008 0015 0030 0050 0080 0110
Rated motor kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2
capacity a
Rated output kVA 200 % overload capacity (ND) 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.0 3.2 4.4
capacity b
0.8 1.5 3.0 5.0 8.0 11.0
I rated (0.8) (1.4) (2.5) (4.1) (7.0) (10.0)
Rated 200 %
A overload 1.2 2.3 4.5 7.5 12.0 16.5
current  I max. 60 s
3
(1.2) (2.1) (3.8) (6.2) (10.5) (15)
capacity (ND)
1.6 3.0 6.0 10.0 16.0 22.0
I max. 3 s
Output (1.6) (2.8) (5.0) (8.2) (14.0) (20.0)
Overload capacity ND
Voltage e
d
150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
3-phase AC, 200 to 240 V
2
Frequency range Hz 0.2–590

Specifications
Control method V/f control, general-purpose magnetic flux vector, advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV) or PM sensorless vector control
Modulation control Sine evaluated PWM, soft PWM
Brake transistor — Built-in
Maximum brake Regenerative f
150 % 100 % 50 % 20 %
torque
Power supply voltage 1-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Input Rated input A ND 2.3 4.1 7.9 11.2 17.9 25.0
current g
Power supply kVA ND 0.5 0.9 1.7 2.5 3.9 5.5
capacity h
Cooling Self cooling Fan cooling
Surrounding air temperature -20° C to +60° C (The rated current must be reduced at a temperature above 50° C.)
Storage temperature -40° C to +70° C
Others
Power loss ND W 12 18 33 50 81 96
Weight  kg 0.5 0.8 1.3 1.4 1.9
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 68x128x80.5 68x128x142.5 108x128x135 108x128x161 140x128x142.5

-4 504746 504747 504748 504749 504750 504751


-EPA 523663 523664 523665 523666 523667 523668
Order information Art. no. -EPB 504752 504753 504754 504755 504756 504757
-SCEPA 577176 577177 577178 577179 577180 577181
-SCEPB 504758 504759 504760 504761 504762 504763
Remarks:
a The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor.
b The specifications of the rated output capacity are related to a motor voltage of 230 V.
c Setting 2 kHz or more in Pr. 72 PWM frequency selection to perform low acoustic noise operation with the ambient temperature exceeding 40 °C, the rated output current is the value in parenthesis.
d The % value of the overload capacity indicated is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
For single-phase power input model, the bus voltage decreases to power failure detection level and the load of 100 % or higher may not be available if the automatic restart after instantaneous power failure function (Pr.57) or the
power failure stop function (Pr.261) is set and power supply voltage is low while the load increases.
e The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range. However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged
at about√2 that of the power supply.
f The braking torque indicated is a short-duration average torque (which varies with motor loss) when the motor alone is decelerated from 60 Hz in the shortest time and is not a continuous regenerative torque. When the motor is dece-
lerated from the frequency higher than the base frequency, the average deceleration torque will reduce. Since the inverter does not contain a brake resistor, use the optional brake resistor FR-ABR-(H) when regenerative energy is large.
A brake unit FR-BU2 or BU2 may also be used. (Option brake resisitor cannot be used for FR-E820S-0008 and FR-E820S-0015.)
g The rated input current indicates a value at a rated output voltage. The impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input reactor and cables) affects the rated input current.
h The power supply capacity varies with the value of the power supply side inverter impedance (including those of the input choke and cables).

25
Specifications FR-E800

Technical details FR-E820-m

FR-E820-m/-4/-EPA /EPB /-SCEPA /SCEPB


Product line
0008 0015 0030 0050 0080 0110 0175 0240 0330
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.1 2.2 3.0 5.5 7.5 11
kW
capacity a 200 % overload capacity (ND) 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5
Rated output kVA 150 % overload capacity (LD) 0.5 0.8 1.4 2.4 3.8 4.8 7.8 12.0 15.9
capacity b 200 % overload capacity (ND) 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.0 3.2 4.4 7.0 9.6 13.1
1.3 2.0 3.5 6.0 9.6 12.0 19.6 30.0 40.0
I rated (1.1) (1.7) (3.0) (5.1) (8.2) (10.2) (16.7) (25.5) (34.0)
150 % 1.6 2.4 4.2 7.2 11.5 14.4 23.5 36.0 48.0
overload I max. 60 s (1.3) (2.0) (3.6) (6.1) (9.8) (12.2) (20.0) (30.6) (40.8)
capacity (LD)
2.0 3.0 5.3 9.0 14.4 18.0 29.4 45.0 60.0
2
I max. 3 s
Rated (1.7) (2.6) (4.5) (7.7) (12.3) (15.3) (25.1) (38.3) (51)
A
current 3  0.8 1.5 3.0 5.0 8.0 11.0 17.5 24.0 33.0
I rated (0.8) (1.4) (2.5) (4.1) (7.0) (10.0) (16.5) (23.0) (31.0)
200 %
Specifications

Output 1.2 2.3 4.5 7.5 12.0 16.5 26.3 36.0 49.5
overload I max. 60 s (1.2) (2.1) (3.8) (6.2) (10.5) (15) (24.8) (34.5) (46.5)
capacity (ND)
1.6 3.0 6.0 10.0 16.0 22.0 35.0 48.0 66.0
I max. 3 s (1.6) (2.8) (5.0) (8.2) (14.0) (20.0) (33.0) (46.0) (62.0)
LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50° C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload capacity d
ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage e 3-phase AC, 200 to 240 V
Frequency range Hz 0.2–590
Control method V/f control, general-purpose magnetic flux vector, advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV) or PM sensorless vector control
Modulation control Sine evaluated PWM, soft PWM
Brake transistor — Built-in
Maximum brake Regenerative f 150 % 100 % 50 % 20 %
torque
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 % (283 to 339 V DC ) i

Voltage range 170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz (240 to 373 V DC i)


Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Input Rated input LD 1.9 3.0 5.1 8.2 13.0 16.0 26.0 37.0 49.0
A
current g ND 1.4 2.3 4.5 7.0 11.0 15.0 23.0 30.0 41.0
Power supply kVA LD 0.7 1.1 1.9 3.1 4.8 6.2 9.7 14.0 19.0
capacity h ND 0.5 0.9 1.7 2.7 4.1 5.7 8.8 12.0 16.0
Cooling Self cooling Fan cooling
Surrounding air temperature -20° C to +60° C (The rated current must be reduced at a temperature above 50° C.)
Storage temperature -40° C to +70° C
Others LD 17 22 36 62 92 108 178 252 318
Power loss W
ND 12 17 30 49 75 92 154 192 250
Weight  kg 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 3.3
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 68x128x80.5 68x128x112.5 68x128x132.5 108x128x135.5 140x128x142.5 180x260x165

-4 500101 500102 500103 500104 500105 500106 500107 500108 500109


-EPA 500119 500120 500121 500172 500173 500174 500175 500176 500177
Order information Art. no. -EPB 500178 500179 500180 500181 500182 500183 500184 500185 500186
-SCEPA 577182 577183 577184 577185 577186 577187 577188 577189 577190
-SCEPB 584369 584370 584371 584462 584463 584464 584465 584466 584467
Remarks:
a The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor.
b The specifications of the rated output capacity are related to a motor voltage of 440 V.
c Setting 2 kHz or more in Pr. 72 PWM frequency selection to perform low acoustic noise operation with the ambient temperature exceeding 40 °C, the rated output current is the value in parenthesis.
d The % value of the overload capacity indicated is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
e The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range. However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged
at about√2 that of the power supply.
f The braking torque indicated is a short-duration average torque (which varies with motor loss) when the motor alone is decelerated from 60 Hz in the shortest time and is not a continuous regenerative torque. When the motor is dece-
lerated from the frequency higher than the base frequency, the average deceleration torque will reduce. Since the inverter does not contain a brake resistor, use the optional brake resistor FR-ABR-(H) when regenerative energy is large.
A brake unit FR-BU2 or BU2 may also be used.
g The rated input current indicates a value at a rated output voltage. The impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input reactor and cables) affects the rated input current.
h The power supply capacity varies with the value of the power supply side inverter impedance (including those of the input choke and cables).
i - Connect the DC power supply to the inverter terminals P/+ and N/-. Connect the positive terminal of the power supply to terminal P/+ and the negative terminal to terminal N/-.
- When the energy is regenerated from the motor, the voltage between terminals P/+ and N/- may temporarily rise to 415 V (200 V class) or 830 V (400 V class) or more. Use a DC power supply resistant to the regenerative voltage/
energy. When a power supply that cannot resist the regenerative voltage/energy is used, connect a reverse current prevention diode in series.
- Powering ON produces up to four times as large current as the inverter rated current. Prepare a DC power supply resistant to the inrush current at power ON, although an inrush current limit circuit is provided in the FR-E800 series
inverter.
- The power capacity depends on the output impedance of the power supply. Select a power capacity around the AC power supply capacity.

26
Specifications FR-E800

Technical details FR-E840-m and FR-E860-m

FR-E840-m/-4/-EPA /EPB /-SCEPA /SCEPB FR-E860-m/-5/-EPA /EPB /-SCEPA


Product line
0016 0026 0040 0060 0095 0120 0170 0017 0027 0040 0061 0090 0120
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.0 5.5 7.5 11.0 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0
kW
capacity a 200 % overload capacity (ND) 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5
Rated output kVA 150 % overload capacity (LD) 1.6 2.7 4.2 5.3 8.5 13.3 17.5 2.5 3.6 5.6 8.2 11.0 15.9
capacity b 200 % overload capacity (ND) 1.2 2.0 3.0 4.6 7.2 9.1 13.0 1.7 2.7 4.0 6.1 9.0 12.0
2.1 3.5 5.5 6.9 11.1 17.5 23.0 2.5 3.6 (3.0) 5.6 (4.8) 8.2 (7.0) 11.0 16.0
I rated (1.8) (3.0) (4.7) (5.9) (9.4) (14.9) (19.6) (2.1) (9.0) (13.6)
150 % 2.5 4.2 6.6 8.3 13.3 21.0 27.6 3 4,3 6,7 9,8 13,2 19,2
overload I max. 60 s (2.2) (3.6) (5.6) (7.1) (11.3) (17.9) (23.5) (2,5) (3,6) (5,8) (8,4) (10,8) (16,3)
capacity (LD)
3.2 5.3 8.3 10.4 16.7 26,3 34.5 3,8 5,4 8,4 12,3 16,5 24
I max. 3 s
Rated
current 3 
A
I rated
(2.7)
1.6
(4.5)
2.6
(7.1)
4.0
(8.9)
6.0
(14.1)
9.5
(22.4)
12.0
(29.4)
17.0
(3,2)
1.7
(4,5)
2.7
(7,2)
4.0
(10,5)
6.1
(13,5)
9.0
(20,4)
12.0
2
(1.4) (2.2) (3.8) (5.4) (8.7)
200 %

Specifications
Output 2.4 3.9 6.0 9.0 14.3
overload I max. 60 s 18.0 25.5 2,6 4,1 6 9,2 13,5 18
(2.1) (3.3) (5.7) (8.1) (13.1)
capacity (ND)
3.2 5.2 8.0 12.0 19.0
I max. 3 s 24.0 34.0 3,4 5,4 8 12,2 18 24
(2.8) (4.4) (7.6) (10.8) (17.4)
LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50° C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload capacity d
ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage e 3-phase AC, 380 to 480 V 3-phase AC, 525 to 600 V
Frequency range Hz 0.2–590
Control method V/f control, general-purpose magnetic flux vector, advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV) or PM sensorless vector control
Modulation control Sine evaluated PWM, soft PWM
Brake transistor Built-in
Maximum brake Regenerative f 100 % 50 % 20 % 100% 50% 20%
torque
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–480 V AC, -15 %/+10 % (537 to 679 V DC i) 3-phase, 575 V AC, –15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 323–528 V AC at 50/60 Hz (457 to 740 V DC i) 490 to 632 V AC at 60 Hz
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 % 60 Hz ± 5 %
Input Rated input LD 3.3 6.0 8.9 11.0 16.0 25.0 32.0 4.3 5.9 8.9 12.0 16.0 22.0
A
current g ND 2.7 4.4 6.7 9.5 14.0 18.0 25.0 3.0 4.6 6.6 10.0 13.0 17.0
Power supply kVA LD 2.5 4.5 6.8 8.2 12.0 19.0 25.0 4.3 5.9 8.9 12.0 16.0 22.0
capacity h ND 2.1 3.4 5.1 7.2 11.0 14.0 19.0 3.0 4.6 6.6 9.5 13.0 17.0
Self
Cooling Self cooling Fan cooling Fan cooling
cooling
Surrounding air temperature -20° C to +60° C (The rated current must be reduced at a temperature above 50° C.)
Storage temperature -40° C to +70° C
Others LD 34 56 85 89 137 224 300 40 49 72 104 129 179
Power loss W
ND 26 39 59 76 113 137 198 33 39 53 77 104 128
Weight  kg 1.2 1.4 1.8 2.4 1.9 2.4
108x128 140x150x135
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 108x128x129.5 220x150x147 140x150x135 220x150x147
x135

-4 500110 500111 500112 500113 500114 500115 500116 — — — — — —


-5 — — — — — — — 573446 573447 573448 573449 573450 573451
-EPA 500187 500188 500189 500190 500191 500192 500193 573428 573429 573430 573431 573432 573433
Order information Art. no.
-EPB 500194 500195 500196 500197 500198 500199 500100 573440 573441 573442 573443 573444 573445
-SCEPA 577191 577192 577193 577194 577195 577196 577197 573434 573435 573436 573437 573438 573439
-SCEPB 504764 504765 504766 504767 504768 504769 504770 — — — — — —
Remarks:
a The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor.
b The specifications of the rated output capacity are related to a motor voltage of 440 V.
c Setting 2 kHz or more in Pr. 72 PWM frequency selection to perform low acoustic noise operation with the ambient temperature exceeding 40 °C, the rated output current is the value in parenthesis.
d The % value of the overload capacity indicated is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
e The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range. However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged
at about√2 that of the power supply.
f The braking torque indicated is a short-duration average torque (which varies with motor loss) when the motor alone is decelerated from 60 Hz in the shortest time and is not a continuous regenerative torque. When the motor is dece-
lerated from the frequency higher than the base frequency, the average deceleration torque will reduce. Since the inverter does not contain a brake resistor, use the optional brake resistor FR-ABR-(H) when regenerative energy is large.
A brake unit FR-BU2 or BU2 may also be used.
g The rated input current indicates a value at a rated output voltage. The impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input reactor and cables) affects the rated input current.
h The power supply capacity varies with the value of the power supply side inverter impedance (including those of the input choke and cables).
i - Connect the DC power supply to the inverter terminals P/+ and N/-. Connect the positive terminal of the power supply to terminal P/+ and the negative terminal to terminal N/-.
- When the energy is regenerated from the motor, the voltage between terminals P/+ and N/- may temporarily rise to 415 V (200 V class) or 830 V (400 V class) or more. Use a DC power supply resistant to the regenerative voltage/
energy. When a power supply that cannot resist the regenerative voltage/energy is used, connect a reverse current prevention diode in series.
- Powering ON produces up to four times as large current as the inverter rated current. Prepare a DC power supply resistant to the inrush current at power ON, although an inrush current limit circuit is provided in the FR-E800 series
inverter.
- The power capacity depends on the output impedance of the power supply. Select a power capacity around the AC power supply capacity.

27
Specifications FR-E800

Common specifications FR-E800


FR-E820S-m/-E/-SCE FR-E840-m/-E/-SCE
Product line
0008 0015 0030 0050 0080 0110 0175 0240 0330 0016 0026 0040 0060 0095 0120 0170
Carrier frequency 0.7–14.5 kHz (user adjustable)
0.015 Hz/0–50 Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0–10 V/12 bit)
Frequency Analog 0.03 Hz/0–50 Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0–5 V/11 bit)
resolution 0.03 Hz/0–50 Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0–20 mA/11 bit)
Digital 0.01 Hz
±0.2 % of max. output frequency (temperature range 25 °C ±10 °C) during analog input;
Frequency precision ±0.01 % of max. output frequency during digital input
Base frequency adjustable from 0 to 590 Hz;
Voltage/frequency characteristics
Control Constant torque/variable torque pattern can be selected
Possible starting torque 200 %/0.3 Hz when advanced magnetic flux vector control is set (3.7 K or less)
2 Torque boost
Acceleration/deceleration time
Manual torque boost (induction motor only)
0–3600 s (may be set individually for acceleration and deceleration)
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode selectable
Specifications

Braking torque DC braking Operating frequency: 0–120 Hz, operating time: 0–10 s, voltage: 0–30 %
Current stall prevention operation level Response threshold 0–220 %, user adjustable
Motor protection Electronic motor protection relay (rated current user adjustable)
Analog input Terminals 2 and 4: 0–10 V DC, 0–5 V DC, 0/4–20 mA
Frequency
setting values From operation panel or parameter unit, Frequency setting increment can be set.
Digital input 4 digit BCD or 16bit binary data (when the option FR-A8AX E kit is used)
Any of 7 signals can be selected using parameters 178 to 184 (input terminal function selection):
Input signals low-speed operation command, middle-speed operation command, high-speed operation command,
(standard model: 7, Ethernet model: 2) output stop, forward rotation command, reverse rotation command, inverter reset
Maximum and minimum frequency settings, multi-speed operation, acceleration/deceleration pattern, thermal protection, DC injection brake, starting
frequency, JOG operation, output stop (MRS), stall prevention, regeneration avoidance, frequency jump, rotation display, automatic restart after instanta-
neous power failure, remote setting, automatic acceleration/deceleration, retry function, carrier frequency selection, fast-response current limit, forward/
Control Operation functions reverse rotation prevention, operation mode selection, slip compensation, droop control, speed smoothing control, traverse, auto tuning, applied motor
signals for selection, RS485 communication 2, Ethernet communication 3, PID control, easy dancer control, cooling fan operation selection, stop selection (deceleration
stop/coasting), power failure time deceleration-to-stop function, stop-on-contact control, PLC function, life diagnosis, maintenance timer, current average
operation monitor, multiple rating, speed control, torque control, pre-excitation, torque limit, safety stop function
Open collector output
(standard model: Can be selected using parameters 190 to 192 (output terminal function selection):
two terminals) Inverter running, up to frequency, fault
Relay output
Output signals (one terminal)
Pulse train output 1440 pulses/s at full scale, 2400 pulses/s at maximum.
(FM type inverter)
Analog output -10–+10 V DC/12 bits
(AM type inverter)
Overcurrent trip during acceleration, overcurrent trip during constant speed, overcurrent trip during deceleration or stop, regenerative overvoltage trip during
acceleration, regenerative overvoltage during constant speed, regenerative overvoltage trip during deceleration or stop, inverter overload trip (electronic
thermal relay function), motor overload trip (electronic thermal relay function), heat sink overheat, undervoltage, input phase loss 4, stall prevention stop,
loss of synchronism detection 5, upper limit fault detection, lower limit fault detection, brake transistor fault, output earth (ground) fault overcurrent, output
Protective functions short circuit, output phase loss, external thermal relay operation, option fault, communication option fault, parameter storage device fault, PU disconnection,
Functions retry count excess, CPU fault, abnormal output current detection, inrush current circuit fault, USB communication fault, analog input fault, safety circuit fault,
Protection overspeed occurrence 5, speed deviation excess detection 1 5, signal loss detection 1 5, brake sequence fault 5, PID signal fault, Ethernet communication
fault, opposite rotation deceleration fault 5, internal circuit fault, user definition error by the PLC function, Board combination fault
Fan alarm, stall prevention (overcurrent), stall prevention (overvoltage), regenerative brake prealarm 5, electronic thermal relay function pre-alarm, PU
Warning functions stop, maintenance timer alarm, parameter write error, operation panel lock 5, password locked, speed limit indication, safety stop, Ethernet communication
fault 3, duplicate IP address 3, IP address fault 3, incorrect parameter setting
Protection rating IP20
Remarks:
a The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor.
b The specifications of the rated output capacity are related to a motor voltage of 230 V (200 V class) or 440 V (400 V class).
c Setting 2 kHz or more in Pr. 72 PWM frequency selection to perform low acoustic noise operation with the ambient temperature exceeding 40 °C, the rated output current is the value in parenthesis.
d The % value of the overload capacity indicated is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
e The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range. However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged
at about√2 that of the power supply.
f The braking torque indicated is a short-duration average torque (which varies with motor loss) when the motor alone is decelerated from 60 Hz in the shortest time and is not a continuous regenerative torque. When the motor is dece-
lerated from the frequency higher than the base frequency, the average deceleration torque will reduce. Since the inverter does not contain a brake resistor, use the optional brake resistor FR-ABR-(H) when regenerative energy is large.
A brake unit FR-BU2 or BU2 may also be used. (Option brake resisitor cannot be used for FR-E820-0008/-E/-SCE and FR-E820-0015/-E/-SCE.)
g The power supply capacity varies with the value of the power supply side inverter impedance (including those of the input choke and cables).

28
Specifications FR-E800

Block Diagram FR-E800

Sink logic
Main circuit terminal
Control circuit terminal
Single-phase power input DC reactor Brake unit
MCCB MC (FR-HEL) (Option)

Single-phase R/L1 R
AC power S/L2 Earth
supply (Ground)
Jumper PR N/- 2
MCCB MC P1 P/+
Motor

Specifications
R/L1 U
Three-phase S/L2 V
AC power M
T/L3 W
supply

Earth (Ground)
Earth Main circuit
(Ground)
Control circuit
Control input signals (No voltage input allowed) C Relay output
Forward STF
rotation start B Relay output
Reverse STR (Fault output)
rotation start A
RH
High
speed Open collector output
RM
Multi-speed selection Middle
speed RUN
RL
Low Running
speed
MRS
Output SOURCE SINK FU
Frequency detection
stop RES SINK
Reset
SE Open collector output common
Contact input common SD Sink/source common
SOURCE
24 V DC power supply(Common for 24V
external power supply transistor) PC
Safety stop input common SO Safety stop signal
S1 Safety monitor output
Safety stop input (Channel 1) Output
S2 shutoff SOC
Safety stop input (Channel 2) Safety monitor output common
circuit
Shorting wire

Frequency setting signals (Analog) Output signal: Pulse or analog selectable


3 10 (+5V)
Output signal: Pulse (for the inverter with terminal FM)
Frequency
setting PU
2 2 0 to 5VDC connector Calibration Indicator
potentiometer resistor +
0 to 10VDC - (Frequency meter, etc.)
1/2W1kΩ 0 to 20mADC USB mini B
FM Moving-coil type
5(Analog common) connector
1 1mA full-scale
SD
Terminal 4 input (+) 4 4 to 20mADC
(Current input) (-) 0 to 5VDC
0 to 10VDC
2 Output signal: Analog (for the inverter with terminal AM)
I V AM (+)
Analog signal output
4
(-) (0 to ±10VDC)
Voltage/current
input switch 5

Connector for
plug-in option connection Option connector

29
Specifications FR-E800

Block Diagram FR-E800-E

E800-E

Sink logic
Main circuit terminal
Control circuit terminal
DC reactor Brake unit
(FR-HEL) (Option)
1 R
Earth

2 (Ground)
Jumper PR N/-
P1 P/+
Specifications

MCCB MC
Motor
R/L1 U
Three-phase S/L2 V
AC power M
T/L3 W
supply

Earth Main circuit Earth (Ground)


(Ground)
Control circuit
Control input signals (No voltage input allowed) C Relay output
Forward DI0
rotation start B Relay output
Reverse DI1
(Fault output)
rotation start A

SOURCE SINK

SD
Contact input common SOURCE
24VDC power supply(Common for 24V
external power supply transistor)
PC

Safety stop input common Safety stop signal


S1
Safety stop input (Channel 1) Output SO
S2 Safety monitor output
Safety stop input (Channel 2) shutoff
Shorting wire circuit SOC
Safety monitor output common

Frequency setting signals (Analog) Ethernet


3 10(+5V)
connector
Frequency
(2 ports)
setting 2 DC0 to 5V
2
potentiometer DC0 to 10V
DC0 to 20mA USB mini B
1/2W1kW connector
5(Analog common)
1

Terminal 4 input (+) 4 DC4 to 20mA


(Current input) (-) DC0 to 5V
DC0 to 10V
2
V I
4

Voltage/current
input switch
Connector for
plug-in option connection Option connector

30
Specifications FR-E800

Block Diagram FR-E800-SCE

Source logic
Main circuit terminal
Control circuit terminal
Single-phase power input DC reactor Brake unit
MCCB MC (FR-HEL) (Option)

Single-phase R/L1 R
AC power S/L2 Earth
supply (Ground)
Jumper PR N/-
MCCB MC P1 P/+

2
Motor
R/L1 U
Three-phase S/L2 V
AC power M
T/L3 W

Specifications
supply

Earth (Ground)
Earth Main circuit
(Ground)
Control circuit
C Relay output

B Relay output
(Fault output)
A

Safety communication function selection


24V
24 VDC power supply PC SY1
Safety input terminal common Safety output (channel 1)
Safety input (channel 1) SX1 SC1
Safety output common (channel 1)
Safety input (channel 2) SX2
SY2
Safety output (channel 2)
24 VDC power supply common SD
SC2
Safety output common (channel 2)

Frequency setting signals (Analog) Ethernet


3 10(+5V)
connector
Frequency
setting 2 0 to 5VDC Ethernet
2
potentiometer 0 to 5VDC connector
1/2W1kΩ 0 to 20mADC
5(Analog common) USB mini B
1 connector

Terminal 4 input (+) 4 4 to 20mADC


(Current input) (-) 0 to 5VDC
0 to 10VDC
2
V I
4

Voltage/current
input switch
Connector for
plug-in option connection Option connector

31
74
Specifications FR-E800

Assignment of signal terminals

Function Terminal
FR- FR- FR- Designation Description
E800 E800-E E800-SCE
STF V Forward rotation start The motor rotates forward, if a signal is applied to terminal STF.
STR V Reverse rotation start The motor rotates reverse, if a signal is applied to terminal STR.
DI0 V Forward rotation start The motor rotates forward, if a signal is applied to terminal DI0.
Control DI1 V Reverse rotation start The motor rotates reverse, if a signal is applied to terminal DI1.
connection
(programmable) RH, RM, RL V Multi-speed selection Preset of 15 different output frequencies according to the combination of the RH, RM and RL signals.
RT Second parameter settings A second set of parameter settings is selected, if a signal is applied to terminal RT.
MRS V Output stop The inverter lock stops the output frequency without regard to the delay time.
RES V RESET input An activated protective circuit is reset, if a signal is applied to the terminal RES (t >0.1 s).
Common terminal for contact input terminal (sink logic); Connect this terminal to the power supply
2 SD V V V
Reference potential (0 V)
for the PC terminal (24 V)
common terminal of a transistor output (open collector output) device, such as a programmable controller,
in the source logic to avoid malfunction by undesirable current.
Common terminal for the 24 V DC power supply (terminal PC, terminal +24) Isolated from terminals 5 and SE.
Connect this terminal to the power supply common terminal of a transistor output (open collector output)
Specifications

device, such as a programmable controller, in the source logic to avoid malfunction by undesirable current.
PC V V V 24 V DC output
Common terminal for contact input terminal (source logic).
Can be used as a 24 V DC 0.1 A power supply.
Voltage output for Output voltage 10 V DC. Max. output current 10 mA. Recommended potentiometer: 1 kΩ, 2 W linear
10 V V V potentiometer Output voltage 5 V DC. Max. output current 10 mA. Recommended potentiometer: 1 kΩ, 2 W linear
Input for frequency setting The setting value 0–5 V DC (or 0–10 V, 0/4–20 mA) is applied to this terminal. You can switch between
2 V V V value signal voltage and current setpoint values with parameter 73. The input resistance is 10 kΩ.
Setting value Terminal 5 provides the common reference potential (0 V) for all analog set point values and for the analog
specification Frequency setting common
5 V V V and analog outputs
output signals CA (current) and AM (voltage). The terminal is isolated from the digital circuit’s reference
potential (SD). This terminal should not be grounded.
The setting value 0/4–20 mA or 0–10 V is applied to this terminal. You can switch between voltage and
4 V V V Input for setting value signal current setpoint values with parameter 267. The input resistance is 250 Ω. The current setting value is
enabled via terminal function AU.
1 changeover contact output indicates that the inverter protective function has activated and the outputs
are stopped.
A, B, C V V V Relay output (fault output) Fault: discontinuity across B and C (continuity across A and C),
Normal: continuity across B and C (discontinuity across A and C)
Contact capacity: 240 VAC 2A (power factor = 0.4) or 30 VDC 1 A
The output is switched low, if the inverter output frequency is equal to or higher than the starting frequency.
RUN V Signal output for motor operation
The output is switched high, if no frequency is output or the DC brake is in operation.
FU V
Signal output for monitoring The output is switched low once the output frequency exceeds a value preset in parameter 42 (or 43).
Signal output output frequency Otherwise the FU output is switched high.
(programmable) Reference potential The potential that is switched via open collector outputs RUN, SU, OL, IPF and FU is connected to this
SE V
for signal outputs terminal.
Output item: output frequency (initial setting),
CA Analog current output Load impedance: 200 Ω–450 Ω, output signal:
One of 18 monitoring functions can be selected, e. g. 0–20 mA
external frequency output. CA- and AM output can be
used simultaneously. The functions are determined Output item: output frequency (initial setting),
Analog signal output by parameters. output signal 0–10 V DC,
AM V 0–10 V DC (1 mA) permissible load current 1 mA (load impedance
≥10 kΩ), resolution 8 bit
S1, S2 V V Safety inputs
Safety SO V V Safety monitor output
When the safety functions are not used, the existing jumpers between the terminals S1-PC, S2-PC and SIC-
connection SD must not be removed, otherwise an operation of the frequency inverter is not possible.
SOC V V Safety monitor output common
SX1 V Safety input (channel 1) Terminal functions can be selected using Pr.S051 SX1/SX2 terminal function selection. For details, refer to
SX2 V Safety input (channel 2) the FR-E800-SCE Instruction Manual (Functional Safety).
SY1 V Safety output (channel 1) Terminal functions can be selected using Pr.S055 SY1/SY2 terminal function selection. For details, refer to
SY2 V Safety output (channel 2) the FR-E800-SCE Instruction Manual (Functional Safety).
Safety output common
SC1 V
(channel 1)
For details, refer to the FR-E800-SCE Instruction Manual (Functional Safety).
SC2 V
Safety output common
(channel 2)
A parameter unit can be connected. Communications via RS485
— V PU connector I/O standard: RS485, multi drop operation: max 1152 baud (overall length: 500 m)
Communication — V V USB connector This USB interface is used to connect the inverter to a personal computer (conforms to USB1.1)
— V Ethernet connector Communication can be made via Ethernet.

Assignment of main circuit terminals


Function Terminal Designation Description
Connect to the commercial power supply.
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 AC power input Keep these terminals open when using the Harmonic Converter (FR-HC) or multifunction regeneration converter (FR-XC).
P/+, N/− Brake unit connection Connect the brake unit (FR-BU2), multifunction regeneration converter (FR-XC) or Harmonic Converter (FR-HC).
Connect a brake transistor (MRS, MYS, FR-ABR) between terminal P/+and PR.
Main circuit P/+, PR Brake resistor connection (Not available for FR-E820-0008(0.1K), FR-E820-0015(0.2K), FR-E820S-0008(0.1K), and FR-E820S-0015(0.2K).)
connection Remove the jumper across terminals P/+ and P1 and connect a DC choke. When a DC choke is not connected,
32 P+, P1 DC choke connection the jumper across terminals P/+ and P1 should not be removed.
U, V, W Inverter output Connect a three-phase Induction motor or PM motor.
PE Protective earth connection of inverter
Specifications FR-F800

The FR-F800 series

The frequency inverter FR-F800-E is optimized networks as standard. Up to 3 different protocols The FR-F842 series frequency inverters are
for applications with fans and pumps and is can communicate in parallel via the built-in operated with a separate converter unit (FR-CC2).
equipped with an integrated PLC as well as an Ethernet interface. This also enables inverter-to-
integrated Ethernet interface with 100 MBit/s. inverter communication without a master. Due
This interface enables simple integration into to the standard Ethernet interface, the FR-F800-E
an existing network and offers communication frequency inverter is supplied only with one serial
via Modbus® TCP/IP or CC-Link IE Field Basic interface.

FR-F846-E
2
The FR-F846 series covers the wide range of features of the FR-F800, but offers

Specifications
additional features in comparison:
z IP55 protective structure
z Integrated C3 EMC filter
z Integrated DC choke for harmonic suppression
z High-capacity DC Bus to avoid problems with fluctuating power supply
z Integrated multilingual display for output in plain text including English, German,
French, Spanish, Italian, Russian, Turkish, Polish and Japanese
z Meets the requirements according to EN 61800-3

FR-F842-E
The F842 is separated into control and power unit. FR-CC2 (converter unit) and FR-F842
(frequency inverter).
This concept enables simple installation and commissioning of cost-effective DC bus
systems.

Power range:
FR-F820-E: 0,75– 110 kW, 200–240 V AC
FR-F840-E: 0,75–315 kW, 380–500 V AC
FR-F846-E: 0,75–160 kW, 380–500 V AC
(IP55 compatible model)
FR-F842-E: 355–560 kW, 380–500 V AC
(Separated converter type)

Converter unit FR-CC2-m


The converter units FR-CC2-H are diode rectifiers and enable the connection via a
twelve‑pulse rectifier, resulting in low harmonic content. They are used together with
the FR-F842 frequency inverter. The separation of the units allows the flexible design of
different systems such as parallel drives and common bus systems. This saves costs and
minimizes the space required for installation.

33
Specifications FR-F800

Technical details FR-F840-00023 to -01160


FR-F840-m-E2-60/-E2-60-SCM1
Product line
00023 00038 00052 00083 00126 00170 00250 00310 00380 00470 00620 00770 00930 01160
Rated motor kW 120 % overload capacity (SLD) 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
5

capacity 1  150 % overload capacity (LD) 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
I rated 6 2.3 3.8 5.2 8.3 12.6 17 25 31 38 47 62 77 93 116
120 %
overload I max. 60 2.5 4.2 5.7 9.1 13.9 18.7 27.5 34.1 41.8 51.7 68.2 84.7 102.3 127.5
capacity (SLD) 5 I max. 3 s 2.8 4.6 6.2 10 15.1 20.4 30 37.2 45.6 56.4 74.4 92.4 111.6 139.2
Rated A
current f
I rated 6
2.1 3.5 4.8 7.6 11.5 16 23 29 35 43 57 70 85 106
150 %
overload I max. 60 2.5 4.2 5.8 9.1 13.8 19.2 27.6 34.8 42 51.6 68.4 84 102 127.2
capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 3.1 5.2 7.2 11.4 17.2 24 34.5 43.5 52.5 64.5 85.5 105 127.5 159

2
Output Rated output SLD 5
1.8 2.9 4.0 6.3 9.6 13 19.1 23.6 29.0 35.8 47.3 58.7 70.9 88.4
capacity  kVA LD 1.6 2.7 3.7 5.8 8.8 12.2 17.5 22.1 26.7 32.8 43.4 53.3 64.8 80.8
Overload SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Specifications

capacity 2 LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 3 3-phase AC, 0 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f control, optimum excitation control or advanced magnetic flux vector control
Modulation control Sine evaluated PWM, soft PWM
Carrier frequency 0.7–14.5 kHz (user adjustable)
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Input Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Rated input SLD 5 2.5 4.1 5.9 8.3 12 17 24 31 37 44 59 74 88 107
capacity 4  kVA LD 2.3 3.7 5.5 7.7 12 17 24 29 34 41 57 68 81 99
Cooling Self cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure IP20 IP00
Max. heat SLD 5 0.055 0.075 0.085 0.13 0.175 0.245 0.345 0.37 0.45 0.565 0.74 0.93 1.11 1.34
Others dissipation  kW LD 0.05 0.07 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.23 0.315 0.345 0.415 0.52 0.675 0.825 1.02 1.22
Weight  kg 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 6.3 6.3 8.3 8.3 15 15 23 41 41
325x550
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 150x260x140 220x260x170 220x300x190 250x400x190 435x550x250
x195

Ethernet version (E2) 307171 307172 307173 307174 307215 307216 307217 307218 307219 307220 307221 — — —
Input power frame — — — — — — — — — — — 307162 307163 307164
Order information 7 Art. no.
Control card (Ethernet) — — — — — — — — — — — 307205 307205 307205
Smart condition monitoring (SCM) kit 314607 314608 314609 314610 314611 314612 314613 314614 314615 314616 314617 314618 314619 314620
Remarks:
a The applicable motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi 4-pole standard motor.
b The overload capacity in % is the ratio of the overload capacity to the inverter’s rated current in the respective operating mode. For repeated duty cycles allow sufficient time for the inverter and the motor to cool below the temperature
reached at 100 % load. The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty. When using the FR-F820-01250(30K) or lower and FR-F840-00620(30K) or lower at the
surrounding air temperature of 40°C or less (30°C or less for the SLD rated inverter), side-by-side installation (0 cm clearance) is available.
c The maximum output voltage cannot exceed the power supply voltage. The output voltage can be varied over the entire power supply voltage range.
d The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
e When the load curve with 120 % overload capacity is selected the maximum permitted ambient temperature is 40 °C.
f When operating with carrier frequencies ≥2.5 kHz this value is reduced automatically as soon as the frequency inverter exceeds 85 % of the rated output current.
g All inverters with circuit board coating (IEC60721-3-3 3C2/3S2)

34

Attention: Mandatory DC choke need to be ordered separately if 75 kW motor or bigger is connected to the FR-F840. Please select the
mandatory choke on page 88
Specifications FR-F800

Technical details FR-F840-01800 to -06830


FR-F840-m-E2-60/-E2-60-SCM
Product line
01800 02160 02600 03250 03610 04320 04810 05470 06100 06830
Rated motor kW 120 % overload capacity (SLD) 90 110 132 160 185 220 250 280 315 355
5

capacity 1  150 % overload capacity (LD) 75 90 110 132 160 185 220 250 280 315
120 % I rated 6
180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547 610 683
overload I max. 60 s 198 238 286 357 397 475 529 602 671 751
capacity (SLD) 5 I max. 3 s 216 259 312 390 433 518 577 656 732 820
Rated A
current 6  I rated 6 144 180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547 610
150 %
overload I max. 60 s 173 216 259 312 390 433 518 577 656 732
capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 216 270 324 390 487 541 648 721 820 915
Output Rated output SLD 5 137 165 198 248 275 329 367 417 465 521
capacity [kVA] LD
SLD
110 137 165 198 248 275 329 367
110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
417 465 2
Overload
capacity 2 LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics

Specifications
Voltage 3 3-phase AC, 380–500 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f control, optimum excitation control or advanced magnetic flux vector control
Modulation control Sine evaluated PWM, soft PWM
Carrier frequency 0.7–6 kHz (user adjustable)
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Input Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Rated input kVA SLD 137 165 198 248 275 329 367 417 465 520
5

capacity 4 LD 110 137 165 198 248 275 329 367 417 465
Cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure IP00
Max. heat SLD 5 2.0 2.52 3.15 3.6 4.05 4.65 5.3 5.85 6.65 7.55
Others dissipation  kW LD 1.64 2.1 2.575 2.8 3.6 3.8 4.65 5.1 5.85 6.6
Frequency inverter weight  kg 37 50 57 72 72 110 110 220 220 220
Choke weight  kg 20 22 26 28 29 30 35 38 42 46
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 435x550x250 465x620x300 465x740x360 498x1010x380 680x1010x380

Ethernet version (E2) — — — — — — — — — —


Input power frame 307185 307186 307187 307188 307189 307190 307191 307192 307193 307194
Order information 7
Art. no.
Control card (Ethernet) 307205 307205 307205 307205 307205 307205 307205 307205 307205 307205
Smart condition monitoring (SCM) kit 314621 314622 314623 314624 314625 314626 314627 314628 314629 314630
Remarks:
a The applicable motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi 4-pole standard motor.
b The overload capacity in % is the ratio of the overload capacity to the inverter’s rated current in the respective operating mode. For repeated duty cycles allow sufficient time for the inverter and the motor to cool below the temperature
reached at 100 % load. The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty. When using the FR-F820-01250(30K) or lower and FR-F840-00620(30K) or lower at the
surrounding air temperature of 40°C or less (30°C or less for the SLD rated inverter), side-by-side installation (0 cm clearance) is available.
c The maximum output voltage cannot exceed the power supply voltage. The output voltage can be varied over the entire power supply voltage range.
d The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
e When the load curve with 120 % overload capacity is selected the maximum permitted ambient temperature is 40 °C.
f When operating with carrier frequencies ≥2.5 kHz this value is reduced automatically as soon as the frequency inverter exceeds 85 % of the rated output current.
g All inverters with circuit board coating (IEC60721-3-3 3C2/3S2)

35

Attention: Mandatory DC choke need to be ordered separately if 75 kW motor or bigger is connected to the FR-F840. Please select the
mandatory choke on page 88
Specifications FR-F800

Technical details FR-F842-07700 to -12120 and converter unit FR-CC2-H


The FR-F842 frequency inverters must be operated together with a FR-CC2 converter unit, which must be ordered separately.
FR-F842-m-2-60/-E2-60
Product line
07700 08660 09620 10940 12120
Rated motor kW 120 % overload capacity (SLD) 400 450 500 560 630
5

capacity 1  150 % overload capacity (LD) 355 400 450 500 560
120 % I rated 6 770 866 962 1094 1212
overload I max. 60 s 847 953 1058 1203 1333
capacity (SLD) 5 I max. 3 s 924 1039 1154 1313 1454
Rated A
current 6
I rated 6 683 770 866 962 1094
150 %
overload I max. 60 s 820 924 1039 1154 1313
capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 1024 1155 1299 1443 1641
2 Output Rated output
capacity [kVA]
SLD 5 587 660 733 834 924
LD 521 587 660 733 834
Specifications

Overload SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
capacity 2 LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 3 3-phase AC, 380–500 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range Hz 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f control, optimum excitation control or advanced magnetic flux vector control
Modulation control Sine evaluated PWM, soft PWM
Carrier frequency 0.7–6 kHz (user adjustable)
DC Power supply voltage 430–780 V DC
Input Control power supply voltage 1-phase, 380–500 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Control power supply range Frequency ±5 %, voltage ±10 %
Cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure IP00
Max. heat SLD 5 5.8 6.69 7.37 8.6 9.81
Others dissipation  kW LD 5.05 5.8 6.48 7.34 8.63
Frequency inverter weight  kg 260 260 370 370 370
Choke weight  kg 50 57 67 85 95
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 790x1330x440 995x1580x440

Ethernet version — — — — —
Serial version — — — — —
Order information 7 Art. no. Input power frame 307195 307196 307197 307198 307199
Control card (Ethernet) 307205 307205 307205 307205 307205
Control card (serial) 307204 307204 307204 307204 307204

FR-CC2-HmK-60
Product line
315 355 400 450 500 560 630
Rated motor capacity kW 315 355 400 450 500 560 630
150 % 60 s, 120 % 60 s, 110 % 60 s,
Overload current rating 1 200 % 60 s, 250 % 3 s 200 % 3 s 150 % 3 s 120 % 3 s
Output
Voltage 2 430–780 V 8
Regenerative braking torque 10 % torque/100 % ED
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Input Voltage/frequency range 323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Rated input capacity 7kVA 465 521 587 660 733 833 924
Cooling Fan cooling
DC choke Built-in
Others Protective structure Open type (IP00)
Weight  kg 210 213 282 285 288 293 294
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 600x1330x440 600x1580x440

Order information  Art. no. 274507 274508 274509 274510 274511 279637 279638
Remarks:
a The applicable motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi 4-pole standard motor.
b The overload capacity in % is the ratio of the overload capacity to the inverter’s rated current in the respective operating mode.
For repeated duty cycles allow sufficient time for the inverter and the motor to cool below the temperature reached at 100 % load.
c The maximum output voltage cannot exceed the power supply voltage. The output voltage can be varied over the entire power supply voltage range.
d When the load curve with 120 % overload capacity is selected the maximum permitted ambient temperature is 30 °C.
e When operating with carrier frequencies ≥2.5 kHz this value is reduced automatically as soon as the frequency inverter exceeds 85 % of the rated output current.
f All inverters with circuit board coating (IEC60721-3-3 3C2/3S2)
g The power supply capacity is the value at the rated output current. It varies by the impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input choke and cables).
h The permissible voltage imbalance ratio is 3 % or less. (Imbalance ratio = (highest voltage between lines – average voltage between three lines)/average voltage between three lines x100)
i The converter unit output voltage varies according to the input power supply voltage and the load. The maximum point of the voltage waveform at the converter unit output side is approximately the power supply voltage multiplied by √2.
36
Specifications FR-F800

Technical details FR-F846-00023 to -03610

FR-F846-m-E2-60L2
Product line
00023 00038 00052 00083 00126 00170 00250 00310 00380 00470 00620 00770 00930 01160 01800 02160 02600 03250 03610
Rated motor kW 150 % overload capacity (LD) 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160
capacity 1  200 % overload capacity (ND) 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132
150 % I rated 2.1 3.5 4.8 7.6 11.5 16 23 29 35 43 57 70 85 106 144 180 216 260 325
overload I max. 60 s 2.5 4.2 5.8 9.1 13.8 19.2 27.6 34.8 42.0 51.6 68.4 84.0 102.0 127.2 173 216 260 312 390
Rated capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 3.2 5.3 7.2 11.4 17.3 24.0 34.5 43.5 52.5 64.5 85.5 105.0 127.5 159.0 216 270 324 390 488
A
current  200 % I rated 1.5 2.5 4 6 9 12 17 23 31 38 44 57 71 86 110 144 180 216 260
overload I max. 60 s 2.3 3.8 6.0 9.0 13.5 18.0 25.5 34.5 46.5 57.0 66.0 85.5 106.5 129.0 165 216 270 324 390
Output capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 3.0 5.0 8.0 12.0 18.0 24.0 34.0 46.0 62.0 76.0 88.0 114.0 142.0 172.0 220 288 360 432 520
Overload
capacity 2
LD
ND
120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C)
150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C)
2
Voltage 3 3-phase AC, 380–500 V to power supply voltage

Specifications
Frequency range Hz 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Maximum brake torque  Regenerative 10 % torque/100 % ED
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz (Undervoltage level is selectable by parameter)
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Input Rated input A LD 2.1 3.5 4.8 7.6 11.5 16 23 29 35 43 57 70 85 106 144 180 216 260 325
current 4 ND 1.5 2.5 4 6 9 12 17 23 31 38 44 57 71 86 110 144 180 216 260
Power supply kVA LD 1.6 2.7 3.7 5.8 9 12 18 22 27 33 43 53 65 81 110 137 165 198 248
capacity 5 ND 1.1 1.9 3 4.6 6.9 9 13 18 24 29 34 43 54 66 102 110 137 165 198
Cooling Self cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure 6 Dust- and water-proof type (IP55)
Max. heat LD 50 70 80 120 160 230 325 370 440 530 700 840 1060 1260 1750 2210 2700 2900 3700
Others dissipation 7kW ND 40 55 70 100 130 170 230 295 400 460 545 705 880 1060 1300 1800 1150 2400 2900
Weight  kg 15 15 15 15 16 17 26 26 27 27 59 60 63 64 147 150 153 189 193
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 238x520x271 238x650x285 420x1360x
345x790x357 420x1510x456.6
456.6

Order information 8 Art. no. 318057 318058 318059 318060 318061 318062 318063 318064 318065 318066 318067 318068 318069 318070 318071 318072 318073 318074 318075
Remarks:
a The applicable motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
b The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
c The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
d The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
e The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
f FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
g The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.
h All inverters with circuit board coating (IEC60721-3-3 3C2/3S2)

37
Specifications FR-F800

Technical details FR-F820-00046 to -04750


FR-F820-m-E2-60/E3-N6
Product line
00046 00077 00105 00167 00250 00340 00490 00630 00770
Rated motor 120 % overload capacity (SLD) 5 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5
capacity 1 kW 150 % overload capacity (LD) 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5
120 % I rated 6 4.6 7.7 10.5 16.7 25.0 34.0 49.0 63.0 77.0
overload I max. 60 s 5.1 8.5 11.5 18.4 27.5 37.4 53.9 69.3 84.7
Rated capacity (SLD) 5 I max. 3 s 5.5 9.3 12.6 20.0 30.0 40.8 58.8 75.6 92.4
A
current 6 150 % I rated 6 4.2 7.0 9.6 15.2 23.0 31.0 45.0 58.0 70.5
overload I max. 60 s 5.0 8.4 11.5 18.2 27.6 37.2 54.0 69.6 84.6
capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 6.3 10.5 14.4 22.8 34.5 46.5 67.5 87.0 105.8
Output Rated output SLD 5 1.8 2.9 4.0 6.4 10.0 13.0 19.0 24.0 29.0
kVA
2 capacity
Overload
LD
SLD
1.6 2.7 3.7 5.8 8.8 12.0 17.0
110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
22.0 27.0

capacity 2 LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Specifications

Voltage 3 3-phase AC, 0 V to power supply voltage


Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f control, optimum excitation control or advanced magnetic flux vector control
Modulation control Sine evaluated PWM, soft PWM
Carrier frequency 0.7–14.5 kHz (user adjustable)
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Input Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Rated input kVA SLD 5 2.0 3.4 5.0 7.5 12.0 17.0 24.0 31.0 37.0
capacity 4 LD 1.9 3.2 4.7 7.0 11.0 16.0 22.0 29.0 35.0
Cooling Self cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure IP20
Max. heat SLD 5 0.06 0.095 0.14 0.20 0.31 0.355 0.525 0.57 0.77
Others dissipation  kW LD 0.055 0.085 0.13 0.185 0.285 0.32 0.48 0.515 0.7
Weight  kg 1.9 2.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.3 6.3 8.3 15
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 110x310x112 110x310x127 150x318x141.6 220x324x170 220x363x190 250x517x190

315474 315485 315486 315487 315488 315489 315490 315491 315492


Order information 7  Art. no.
333226 333227 333228 333229 333230 333231 333232 333233 333234

FR-F820-m-E2-60/E3-N6 FR-F820-m-E2-60/-E3-60 FR-F820-m-E2-60/-E3-U6


Product line
00930 01250 01540 01870 02330 03160 03800 04750
Rated motor 120 % overload capacity (SLD) 5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90/110 132
capacity 1 kW 150 % overload capacity (LD) 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110
120 % I rated 6 93 125 154 187 233 316 380 475
overload I max. 60 s 102.3 137.5 169.4 205.7 256.3 347.6 418 522.5
Rated capacity (SLD) 5 I max. 3 s 111.6 150 184.8 246.8 279.6 379.2 456 570
current 6 A
150 % I rated 6 85 114 140 170 212 288 346 432
overload I max. 60 s 102 136.8 168 204 257.4 345.6 415.2 518.4
capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 127.5 171 210 255 318 432 519 648
Output Rated output SLD 5 35 48 59 71 89 120 145 181
capacity kVA
LD 32 43 53 65 81 110 132 165
Overload SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
capacity 2 LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 3 3-phase AC, 0 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f control, optimum excitation control or advanced magnetic flux vector control
Modulation control Sine evaluated PWM, soft PWM
Carrier frequency 0.7–14.5 kHz (user adjustable)
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Input Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Rated input kVA SLD 5 44 58 70 84 103 120 145 181
capacity 4 LD 41 53 68 79 97 110 132 165
Cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure IP20 IP00
Max. heat SLD 5 0.95 1.0 1.45 1.65 2.12 2.75 3.02 3.96
Others
dissipation  kW LD 0.85 0.95 1.3 1.48 1.9 2.45 2.71 3.53
Weight  kg 15 15 22 42 42 54 74 74
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 250x517x190 325x550x195 435x550x250 465x700x250 465x740x360

315493 315494 315495 315496 315497 315498 315499 315500


Order information 7 Art. no.
38 333255 333256 333257 333258 333259 333260 333261 333262
Remarks:
Explanation for a to g seepage 34.
Specifications FR-F800

Common specifications FR-F800


FR-A840 Description
0.015 Hz/0–50 Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0–10 V/12 bit)
Frequency Analog input 0.03 Hz/0–50 Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0–5 V/11 bit, 0–20 mA/11 bit, terminal 1: -10–+10 V/12 bit)
setting 0.06 Hz/0–50 Hz (terminal 1: 0–±5 V/11 bit)
resolution
Digital input 0.01 Hz
0.2 % of the maximum output frequency (temperature range 25 °C ±10 °C) via analog input;
Frequency accuracy ±0.01 % of the set output frequency (via digital input)
Base frequency adjustable from 0 to 590 Hz;
Voltage/frequency characteristics selection between constant torque, variable torque or optional flexible 5-point V/f characteristics
Control Starting torque 120 % (3 Hz) when set to simple magnetic flux vector control and slip compensation
specifi-
cations Torque boost Manual torque boost
Acceleration/deceleration time 0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
2
DC injection brake
The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.

Specifications
Stall prevention operation level Operation current level can be set (0–150 % adjustable), whether to use the function or not can be selected
Motor protection Electronic motor protection relay (rated current user adjustable)
Torque limit level Torque limit value can be set (0–400 % variable)
Terminal 2, 4: 0–5 V DC, 0–10 V DC, 0/4–20 mA
Analog input
Frequency Terminal 1: 0–±5 V DC, 0–±10 V DC
setting values Input using the setting dial of the parameter unit
Digital input Four-digit BCD or 16 bit binary (when used with option FR-A8AX)
Start signal Available individually for forward rotation and reverse rotation. Start signal automatic self-holding input (3-wire input) can be selected.
Low-speed operation command, middle-speed operation command, high-speed operation command, second function selection, terminal 4 input
Common selection, JOG operation selection, output stop, start self-holding selection, forward rotation command, reverse rotation command, inverter reset
The input signal can be changed using Pr. 178 to Pr. 189 (input terminal function selection).
Control Pulse train input 100 kpps
signals for Maximum and minimum frequency settings, multi-speed operation, acceleration/deceleration pattern, thermal protection, DC injection brake,
operation Input signals starting frequency, JOG operation, output stop (MRS), stall prevention, regeneration avoidance, increased magnetic excitation deceleration, DC
feeding a, frequency jump, rotation display, automatic restart after instantaneous power failure, electronic bypass sequence, remote setting, retry
function, carrier frequency selection, fast-response current limit, forward/reverse rotation prevention, operation mode selection, slip compensation,
Operating status speed smoothing control, traverse, auto tuning, applied motor selection, RS485 communication, PID control, PID pre-charge function, cooling fan
operation selection, stop selection (deceleration stop/coasting), power-failure deceleration stop function, PLC function, life diagnosis, maintenance
timer, current average monitor, multiple rating, test run, 24 V power supply input for control circuit, safety stop function, self power management,
BACnet communication, PID gain tuning, cleaning, load characteristics storage, emergency drive
Open collector output Inverter running, up to frequency, instantaneous power failure/undervoltage a, overload warning, output frequency detection, fault
Output signal (five terminals) Relay output Fault codes of the inverter can be output (4 bits) from the open collector.
(two terminals)
Max. 20 mA DC: one terminal (output current)
Current output The monitored item can be changed using Pr. 54 FM/CA terminal function selection.
For meter
Max. ±10 V DC: one terminal (output voltage)
Voltage output The monitored item can be changed using Pr. 158 AM terminal function selection.
Indication
Output frequency, output current, output voltage, frequency setting value
Operating status
Operation The monitored item can be changed using Pr. 52 Operation panel main monitor selection.
panel (FR-DU08) Fault record is displayed when a fault occurs. Past 8 fault records and the conditions immediately before the fault (output voltage/current/frequency/
Fault record cumulative energization time/year/month/date/time) are saved.
Overcurrent trip during acceleration, overcurrent trip during constant speed, overcurrent trip during deceleration or stop, regenerative overvoltage trip
during acceleration, regenerative overvoltage trip during constant speed, regenerative overvoltage trip during deceleration or stop, inverter overload
trip (electronic thermal relay function), motor overload trip (electronic thermal relay function), heatsink overheat, instantaneous power failure 1,
undervoltage 1, input phase loss 1 2, stall prevention stop, loss of synchronism detection 2, upper limit fault detection, lower limit fault detection,
Protective functions Output side earth (ground) fault overcurrent, output short circuit, output phase loss, external thermal relay operation 2, PTC thermistor operation 2,
option fault, communication option fault, parameter storage device fault, PU disconnection, retry count excess 2, CPU fault, operation panel power
Protection supply short circuit/RS485 terminals power supply short circuit, 24 V DC power fault, abnormal output current detection 2, inrush current limit
circuit fault 1, communication fault (inverter), analog input fault, USB communication fault, safety circuit fault, overspeed occurrence 2, 4 mA input
fault 2, pre-charge fault 2, PID signal fault 2, internal circuit fault, user definition error in the PLC function
Fan alarm, stall prevention (overcurrent), stall prevention (overvoltage), electronic thermal relay function pre-alarm, PU stop, parameter copy, safety
Warning function stop, maintenance timer 1 to 3 2, USB host error, operation panel lock 2, password locked 2, parameter write error, copy operation error,
24 V external power supply operation
Surrounding air temperature -10 °C to +50 °C
Others
Storage temperature c -20 °C to +65 °C
Remarks:
a Available only for the standard model.
b This protective function is not available in the initial status.
c Temperature applicable for a short time, e. g. in transit.

39
Specifications FR-F800

Block diagram FR-F800

Intermediate circuit connections

P/+

PR
P1

N/-
PX
P3
Motor
L1 U
3-phase AC V
L2
power supply
L3 W

Control circuit mains L11 ON Jumper for activating the


supply connection integrated interference
L21
OFF suppression filter

2 Main circuit
Protective earth
Control circuit
Specifications

Forward rotation start STF C1


Relay output 1
Reverse rotation start STR B1 (Alarm output)
Start self-retaining selection STOP A1
High speed RH
Multi-speed Middle speed C2
RM
selection B2
Low speed RL Relay output 2
Jog mode JOG A2
Second function selection RT
Output stop MRS
RUN Running (Motor operation)
Reset RES b
SU Frequency setting value/
Current input selection AU Current value comparison
SOURCE

Selection of automatic restart CS IPF Instantaneous power failure


SINK

Common OL Overload
SD
24 V DC Output (max. 100 mA) FU Frequency detection
(Common for external power PC
SE Power supply for OC outputs
supply transistor) (common)
24 V external power supply input +24
Common terminal SD

PU
10E connector CA Analog signal output (0–20 mA DC) a
10
Frequency setting
USB A
potentiometer 2 AM Analog signal output (±10 V/1 mA)
connector
0.5 W 1 kΩ 5 Analog common output
5
USB
mini B
Auxiliary input (+) 1 connector
(-)
Current input (+) 4 Ethernet RS485 terminals4
(-) connector TXD+
3 Data transmission
TXD-
Connector/Slot RXD+ Data reception
for up to three plug-in RXD-
option connections SG GND (Ground)
VCC 5 V (max. 100 mA)
PC
Safety terminals S1
S2 Output shutoff
SO Safety Monitor output
SIC circuit SOC Safety Monitor output common
Common
SD

* Input area can be set via parameters. a Common terminal is 5


b Initial setting is source logic.
c Only for FR-F800-E
Assignment of main circuit terminals d Not for FR-F800-E
If RS485 terminals are needed, install the interface card FR-A8ERS

Function Terminal Designation Description


L1, L2, L3 Mains supply connection Mains power supply of the inverters (FR-F820: 200–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz); (FR-F840: 380–500 V AC, 50/60 Hz)
P/+, N/- Brake unit connection Connect the brake unit (FR-BU, BU), power regeneration common converter (FR-CV), Harmonic Converter (FR-HC and MT-HC) or power regeneration converter (MTRC).
An optional DC choke can be connected to the terminals P1 and P/+. The jumper on terminals P1 and P/+ must be removed when this optional choke is used on
Main P/+, P1 DC choke connection frequency inverter models FR-F820-03160 or lower and FR-F840-01800 or lower. When using a motor with 75 kW or higher, always connect a mandatory DC choke.
circuit The DC choke must be installed on frequency inverter models FR-F820-03800 or higher and FR-F840-02160 or higher.
connec- Built-in brake
PR, PX When the jumper is connected across terminals PR and PX (initial status), the built-in brake resistor circuit is valid.
40 tion circuit connection
U, V, W Motor connection Voltage output of the inverter (3-phase, 0 V up to power supply voltage, 0.2–590 Hz)
L11, L21 Power supply for control circuit To use external power for the control circuit connect the mains power to L11/L21 (and remove jumpers L1 and L2).
PE Protective earth connection of inverter
Specifications FR-F800

Assignment of signal terminals


Function Terminal Designation Description
STF Forward rotation start The motor rotates forward, if a signal is applied to terminal STF.
STR Reverse rotation start The motor rotates reverse, if a signal is applied to terminal STR.
STOP Start self-retaining selection The start signals are self-retaining, if a signal is applied to terminal STOP.
RH, RM, RL Multi-speed selection Preset of 15 different output frequencies according to the combination of the RH, RM and RL signals.
Jog mode selection The JOG mode is selected, if a signal is applied to this terminal (factory setting). The start signals STF and STR determine the rotation direction.
JOG
Control Pulse train input The JOG terminal can be used as pulse train input terminal (parameter 291 setting needs to be changed)
connection RT Second parameter settings A second set of parameter settings is selected, if a signal is applied to terminal RT.
(programmable)
MRS Output stop The inverter lock stops the output frequency without regard to the delay time.
RES RESET input An activated protective circuit is reset, if a signal is applied to the terminal RES (t >0.1 s).
Current input selection The 0/4–20 mA signal on terminal 4 is enabled by a signal on the AU terminal.
AU
PTC input
If you connect a PTC temperature sensor you must assign the PTC signal to the AU terminal and set the slide switch on the control circuit board
to the PTC position.
2
CS No function Use Pr.186 CS terminal function selection for function assignment.

Specifications
Common terminal for contact input terminal (sink logic); Connect this terminal to the power supply common terminal of a transistor output
Reference potential (0 V) (open collector output) device, such as a programmable controller, in the source logic to avoid malfunction by undesirable current.
SD for the PC terminal (24 V)
Common terminal for the 24 V DC power supply (terminal PC, terminal +24) Isolated from terminals 5 and SE.
Connect this terminal to the power supply common terminal of a transistor output (open collector output) device, such as a programmable
Common PC 24 V DC output controller, in the source logic to avoid malfunction by undesirable current. Common terminal for contact input terminal (source logic).
Can be used as a 24 V DC 0.1 A power supply.
For connecting a 24 V external power supply. If a 24 V external power supply is connected, power is supplied to the control circuit while the
+24 24 V external power supply input
main power circuit is OFF.
10 E Voltage output for Output voltage 10 V DC. Max. output current 10 mA. Recommended potentiometer: 1 kΩ, 2 W linear
10 potentiometer Output voltage 5 V DC. Max. output current 10 mA. Recommended potentiometer: 1 kΩ, 2 W linear
Input for frequency setting The setting value 0–5 V DC (or 0–10 V, 0/4–20 mA) is applied to this terminal. You can switch between voltage and current setpoint values with
2 value signal parameter 73. The input resistance is 10 kΩ.
Setting value Frequency setting common Terminal 5 provides the common reference potential (0 V) for all analog set point values and for the analog output signals CA (current) and AM
specification 5 and analog outputs (voltage). The terminal is isolated from the digital circuit’s reference potential (SD). This terminal should not be grounded.
Auxiliary input for frequency setting An additional voltage setting value signal of 0–±5 (10) V DC can be applied to terminal 1.
1
value signal 0–±5 (10) V DC The voltage range is preset to 0–±10 V DC. The input resistance is 10 kΩ.
The setting value 0/4–20 mA or 0–10 V is applied to this terminal. You can switch between voltage and current setpoint values with parameter
4 Input for setting value signal
267. The input resistance is 250 Ω. The current setting value is enabled via terminal function AU.
Potential free relay output 1 (Alarm) The
alarm is output via relay contacts. The block diagram shows the normal operation and voltage free status. If the protective function is
A1, B1, C1
activated, the relay picks up. The maximum contact load is 200 V AC/0.3 A or 30 V DC/0.3 A.
Any of the available 42 output signals can be used as the output driver.
A2, B2, C2 Potential free relay output 2
The maximum contact load is 230 V AC/0.3 A or 30 V DC/0.3 A.
The output is switched low, if the inverter output frequency is equal to or higher than the starting frequency.
RUN Signal output for motor operation
The output is switched high, if no frequency is output or the DC brake is in operation.

Signal output for frequency The SU output supports a monitoring of frequency setting value and frequency current value. The output is switched low, once the frequency
SU setting value/current value current value (output frequency of the inverter) approaches the frequency setting value (determined by the setting value signal) within a preset
comparison range of tolerance.

Signal output Signal output for instantaneous


IPF The output is switched low for a temporary power failure within a range of 15 ms ≤tIPF ≤100 ms or for under voltage.
(programmable) power failure
The OL is switched low, if the output current of the inverter exceeds the current limit preset in parameter 22 and the stall prevention is activa-
OL Signal output for overload alarm ted. If the output current of the inverter falls below the current limit preset in parameter 22, the signal at the OL output is switched high.
FU Signal output for monitoring The output is switched low once the output frequency exceeds a value preset in parameter 42 (or 43). Otherwise the FU output is switched high.
output frequency
Reference potential
SE for signal outputs The potential that is switched via open collector outputs RUN, SU, OL, IPF and FU is connected to this terminal.

One of 18 monitoring functions can be selected, e. g. Output item: output frequency (initial setting),
CA Analog current output
external frequency output. CA- and AM output can be Load impedance: 200 Ω–450 Ω, output signal: 0–20 mA
Analog signal output used simultaneously. The functions are determined Output item: output frequency (initial setting), output signal 0–10 V DC,
AM 0–10 V DC (1 mA) by parameters. permissible load current 1 mA (load impedance ≥10 kΩ), resolution 8 bit
— PU connector A parameter unit can be connected. Communications via RS485
I/O standard: RS485, multi drop operation: max 1152 baud (overall length: 500 m)
Interface — RS485 terminal (via RS485 terminal) Communications via RS485; I/O standard: RS485, multi drop operation: max 1152 baud (overall length: 500 m)
2 USB connectors USB A connector: a USB memory device enables parameter copy, PLC code download and trace function.
— (Conforms to USB1.1/USB2.0) USB mini B connector: connected to a personal computer via USB to enable operations of the inverter by FR Configurator2.
S1, S2 Safety inputs
Reference potential
Safety SIC for safety inputs When the safety functions are not used, the existing jumpers between the terminals S1-PC, S2-PC and SIC-SD must not be removed,
connection otherwise an operation of the frequency inverter is not possible.
SO Safety monitor output
SOC Safety monitor output common

41
Specifications FR-A700

FR-A741 high end inverters with integrated power regeneration function

The FR-A741 sets new standards with an braking resistor or external brake transistor is
integrated power regeneration function that required.
also improves braking performance. The FR-A741 has an builtin PLC function, which
Featuring a large number of innovative allows you to program your own functions.
technologies, this compact frequency inverter The output frequency ranges from 0.2 to 400 Hz.
delivers exceptional performance and is ideal
for hoist drives and high-powered machines
Output range:
with torque that can be used for regenerative
braking. 5.5–55 kW, 380–480 V AC
When compared to a frequency inverter with
2 standard braking technology the required space
can be reduced by up to 40 %, depending on
Available accessories:
Optional control units, versatile options
the power range. An AC choke is integrated and useful accessories are available for this
Specifications

into the the FR-A741 and due to the 100 % frequency inverter.
regeneration capability of the FR-A741 no
Please refer to page 90 for details.

Technical details FR-A741-5.5K–55K


FR-A741-m
Product line
5.5K 7.5K 11K 15K 18.5K 22K 30K 37K 45K 55K
Rated motor kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
capacity 1 
200 % I rated 12 17 23 31 38 44 57 71 86 110
Rated A overload I max. 60 s 18 26 35 47 57 66 86 107 129 165
current 
3
capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 24 34 46 62 76 88 114 142 172 220
Output Rated output capacity 2kVA 9.1 13 17.5 23.6 29 32.8 43.4 54 65 84
Overload capacity 3 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C)
Voltage d 3-phase AC, 0 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range  Hz 0.2–400
Modulation control Sine evaluated PWM, soft PWM
Regenerative braking torque 100 % continuous/150 % for 60 s
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–480 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 323–528 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Input
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Rated input capacity ekVA 12 17 20 28 34 41 52 66 80 100
Cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure IP00
Others Power loss  kW 0.33 0.44 0.66 0.86 1.1 1.29 1.45 1.95 2.36 2.7
Frequency inverter weight  kg 25 26 37 40 48 49 65 80 83 115
mm 250x470 250x470 300x600 300x600 360x600 360x600 450x700 470x700 470x700 600x900
Dimensions (WxHxD)  x270 x 270 x294 x 294 x320 x320 x340 x368 x368 x405

Order information Art. no. 216905 216906 216907 216908 216909 217397 216910 216911 216912 216913
Remarks:
a The rated motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor.
b The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 440 V.
c The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current.
For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
d The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
e The power supply capacity varies with the value of the power supply side inverter impedance (including those of the input choke and cables).
For overseas types refer to page 136.

42
Specifications FR-A700

Common specifications FR-A741


A741 Description
0.015 Hz/0–50 Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0–10 V/12 bit)
Frequency Analog input 0.03 Hz/0–50 Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0–5 V/11 bit, 0–20 mA/11 bit, terminal 1: -10–+10 V/12 bit)
setting 0.06 Hz/0–50 Hz (terminal 1: 0–±5 V/11 bit)
resolution
Digital input 0.01 Hz
0.2 % of the maximum output frequency (temperature range 25° ±10 °C) via analog input;
Frequency accuracy ±0.01 % of the set output frequency (via digital input)
Base frequency adjustable from 0 to 400 Hz;
Voltage/frequency characteristics selection between constant torque, variable torque or optional flexible 5-point V/f characteristics
Control Starting torque 200 % 0.3 Hz (0.4–3.7 kVA), 150 % 0.3 Hz (5.5 kVA or more) (under real sensorless vector control or vector control)
specifi-
cations Torque boost Manual torque boost
Acceleration/deceleration time 0; 0.1–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
2
DC injection brake The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.

Specifications
Stall prevention operation level Operation current level can be set (0–220 % adjustable), whether to use the function or not can be selected
Motor protection Electronic motor protection relay (rated current user adjustable)
Torque limit level Torque limit value can be set (0–400 % variable)
Terminal 2, 4: 0–5 V DC, 0–10 V DC, 0/4–20 mA
Analog input
Frequency Terminal 1: 0–±5 V DC, 0–±10 V DC
setting values Input using the setting dial of the parameter unit
Digital input Four-digit BCD or 16 bit binary (when used with option FR-A7AX)
Start signal Available individually for forward rotation and reverse rotation. Start signal automatic self-holding input (3-wire input) can be selected.
Any of 12 signals can be selected using parameters 178 to 189 (input terminal function selection) from among:
multi speed selection, remote setting, stop-on-contact, second function selection, third function selection, terminal 4 input selection, JOG operation
selection, selection of automatic restart after instantaneous power failure, flying start, external thermal relay input, PU operation/external inter lock
signal, external DC injection brake operation start, PID control enable terminal, brake opening completion signal, PU operation/external operation
switchover, load pattern selection forward rotation reverse rotation boost, V/f switching, load torque high-speed frequency, S-pattern acceleration/
Common
Input signals deceleration C switchover, pre-excitation, output stop, start self-holding selection, control mode changing, torque limit selection, start-time tuning
start external input, torque bias selection 1, 2 a, P/PI control switchover, traverse function selection, forward rotation command, reverse rotation
command, inverter reset, PTC thermistor input, PID forward reverse operation switchover, PU-NET operation switchover, NET-external operation
switchover, command source switchover, conditional position pulse train sign 1, conditional position droop pulse clear 1, magnetic flux decay output
shutoff e
Pulse train input 100 kpps
Control
signals for Any of 7 signals can be selected using parameter 190 to 196 (output terminal function selection) from among:
operation inverter running, up-to-frequency, instantaneous power failure/undervoltage, overload warning, output frequency (speed) detection, second
output frequency (speed) detection, third output frequency (speed) detection, electronic thermal relay function pre-alarm, PU operation mode,
inverter operation ready, output current detection, zero current detection, PID lower limit, PID upper limit, PID forward rotation reverse rotation
output, commercial power supply-inverter switchover MC1, commercial power supply-inverter switchover MC2, commercial power supply-inverter
Operating status switchover MC3, orientation completion a, orientation error ae, brake opening request, fan fault output, heatsink overheat pre-alarm, deceleration
at an instantaneous power failure, PID control activated, during retry, PID output interruption, position control preparation ready e, life alarm, alarm
output 1, 2, 3 (power-off signal), power savings average value update timing, current average monitor, maintenance timer alarm, remote output, for-
ward rotation output a, reverse rotation output a, low speed output, torque detection, regenerative status output a, start-time tuning completion,
Output in-position completion a, minor failure output and alarm output.
signals Open collector output (5 points), relay output (2 points) and alarm code of the inverter can be output (4 bit) from the open collector
In addition to the above operating modes parameters 313 to 319 (function selection for the additional 7 output terminals) can also be used to assign
When using the the following four signals: control circuit capacitor life, main circuit capacitor life, cooling fan life, inrush current limit circuit life (only positive logic
FR-A7AY, FR-A7AR option can be set for extension terminals of the FR-A7AR)
You can select any signals using Pr. 54 FM terminal function selection (pulse train output) and Pr. 158 AM terminal function selection (analog output)
from among output frequency, motor current (steady or peak value), output voltage, frequency setting, operation speed, motor torque, converter
Analog output output voltage (steady or peak value), electronic thermal relay function load factor, input power, output power, load meter, motor excitation current,
reference voltage output, motor load factor, PID set point, PID measured value, motor output, torque command, torque current command, and torque
monitor.
Output frequency, motor current (steady or peak value), output voltage, frequency setting, running speed,motor torque, overload, converter output
voltage (steady or peak value), electronic thermal relay function load factor, input power, output power, load meter, motor excitation current,
Parameter Operating status ­cumlative energization time, actual operation time, motor load factor, cumulative power, energy saving effect, cumulative saving power, PID set point,
unit display PID measured value, PID deviation, inverter I/O terminal monitor, input terminal option monitor 2, output terminal option monitor 2, option fitting
Display status 3, terminal assignment status 3, torque command, torque current command, feed back pulse 1, motor output
(FR-PU07/
FR-DU07) Alarm definition is displayed when the protective function is activated, the output voltage/current/frequency/cumulative energization time right
Alarm definition before the protection function was activated and the past 8 alarm definitions are stored.
Interactive guidance Operation guide/trouble shooting with a help function c
Overcurrent during acceleration, overcurrent during constant speed, overcurrent during deceleration, overvoltage during acceleration, overvoltage
during constant speed, overvoltage during deceleration, inverter protection thermal operation, motor protection thermal operation, heatsink
overheat, instantaneous power failure occurrence, undervoltage, input phase failure, motor overload, output side earth (ground) fault overcurrent,
output short circuit, main circuit element overheat, output phase failure, external thermal relay operation d, PTC thermistor operation d, option
alarm, parameter error, PU disconnection, retry count excess d, CPU alarm, parameter unit power supply short circuit, 24 V DC power output short
Protection Protective functions circuit, output current detection value excess d, inrush current limit circuit alarm, communication alarm (inverter), opposite rotation deceleration
error d, analog input error, fan fault, overcurrent stall prevention, overvoltage stall prevention, electronic thermal relay function prealarm, PU stop,
maintenance timer alarm bd, parameter write error, copy operation error, parameter unit lock, parameter copy alarm, speed limit indication, enco-
der no-signal 1d, speed deviation large 1d, overspeed 1d, position error large 1d, encoder phase error 1d, regeneration converter overcurrent e
, regeneration converter circuit fault 5, regeneration converter transistor protection thermal 5, brake sequence error 45
Surrounding air temperature -10 °C to +50 °C
Others
Storage temperature f -20 °C to +65 °C
Remarks:
a Only when the option (FR-A7AP) is mounted
b Can be displayed only on the parameter unit (FR-DU07).
c Can be displayed only on the parameter unit (FR-PU07).
d This protective function does not function in the initial status.
e FR-A741 only 43
f Temperature applicable for a short time, e. g. in transit.
Specifications FR-A700

Block diagram FR-A741

P/+
N/-
Motor
L1 U
3-phase AC L2 V
power supply L3 W

L11
Control circuit mains
supply connection L21
2
Main circuit
Protective earth
Specifications

Control circuit

PC C1
24 V DC output (max. 100 mA)
STF B1 Relay output 1
Forward rotation start
STR A1 (alarm output)

Relay outputs
Reverse rotation start
STOP
Start self-retaining selection
RH C2
High speed
RM B2
Control input signals

Multi-speed
Middle speed Relay output 2
selection RL A2
Low speed
RT
Second function selection
JOG AU
JOG mode RUN Running (motor operation)
MRS
Output stop SU Frequency setting value/
AU

Open collector
current value comparison
SOURCE

Current input selection/PTC PCT IPF


CS PTC
SINK

outputs
Selection of automatic restart Instantaneous power failure
SD OL Overload
Common
RES FU Frequency detection
Reset
SE Power supply for OC outputs

PU FM Pulse output
10E connector SP FM output common
10 AM Analog signal output (0–10 V DC/1 mA)
USB Analog output common
5
Frequency setting inputs

Frequency setting 2 connector


potentiometer
0.5 W 1 kΩ
5 TXD+ Data transmission
TXD-
(+) 1
RS485 terminal

RXD+ Data reception


Auxiliary input (-)
RXD-
(+) 4 GND (Ground)
Current input
SG
(-)
VCC 5 V (max. 100 mA)

Connector/slot
* Input area can be set via parameters. for up to three plug-in
option connections

Assignment of main circuit terminals


Function Terminal Designation Description
L1, L2, L3 Mains supply connection Mains power supply of the inverters (380–480 V AC, 50/60 Hz)
Connect the brake unit (FR-BU, BU), power regeneration common converter (FR-CV), Harmonic Converter (FR-HC and MT-HC) or power regeneration
P/+, N/- Brake unit connection converter (MTRC).
Main circuit
connection U, V, W Motor connection Voltage output of the inverter (3-phase, 0 V up to power supply voltage, 0.2–400 Hz)
L11, L21 Power supply for control circuit To use external power for the control circuit connect the mains power to L11/L21 (and remove jumpers L1 and L2).
PE Protective earth connection of inverter
44
Specifications FR-A700

Assignment of signal terminals


Function Terminal Designation Description
STF Forward rotation start The motor rotates forward, if a signal is applied to terminal STF.
STR Reverse rotation start The motor rotates reverse, if a signal is applied to terminal STR.
STOP Start self-retaining selection The start signals are self-retaining, if a signal is applied to terminal STOP.
RH, RM, RL Multi-speed selection Preset of 15 different output frequencies according to the combination of the RH, RM and RL signals.
The JOG mode is selected, if a signal is applied to this terminal (factory setting).
JOG mode selection
JOG The start signals STF and STR determine the rotation direction.
Control Pulse train input The JOG terminal can be used as pulse train input terminal (parameter 291 setting needs to be changed)
connection RT Second parameter settings A second set of parameter settings is selected, if a signal is applied to terminal RT.
(programmable)
MRS Output stop The inverter lock stops the output frequency without regard to the delay time.
RES RESET input An activated protective circuit is reset, if a signal is applied to the terminal RES (t >0.1 s).

AU
Current input selection The 0/4–20 mA signal on terminal 4 is enabled by a signal on the AU terminal.
If you connect a PTC temperature sensor you must assign the PTC signal to the AU terminal and set the slide switch on the control circuit board
2
PTC input to the PTC position.

Specifications
Automatic restart after
CS The inverter restarts automatically after a power failure, if a signal is applied to the terminal CS.
instanta-neous power failure
When “sink” control logic is selected by setting the control signal jumper a specific control function is triggered when the corresponding
Reference potential (0 V) control terminal is connected to the SD terminal.
SD
Common for the PC terminal (24 V) When “source” control logic is selected and you are using external 24 V power you must connect the 0 V of the external power supply to
terminal SD. The SD terminal is isolated from the terminals 5 and SE with optocouplers.
PC 24 V DC output Internal power supply 24 V DC/0.1 A output
Output voltage 10 V DC.
10 E Max. output current 10 mA.
Voltage output for Recommended potentiometer: 1 kΩ, 2 W linear
potentiometer Output voltage 5 V DC.
10 Max. output current 10 mA.
Recommended potentiometer: 1 kΩ, 2 W linear
Input for frequency setting The setting value 0–5 V DC (or 0–10 V, 0/4–20 mA) is applied to this terminal. You can switch between voltage and current setpoint values
Setting value 2 value signal with parameter 73. The input resistance is 10 kΩ.
specification
Frequency setting common Terminal 5 provides the common reference potential (0 V) for all analog set point values and for the analog output signals CA (current) and
5 and analog outputs AM (voltage). The terminal is isolated from the digital circuit’s reference potential (SD). This terminal should not be grounded.
Auxiliary input for frequency An additional voltage setting value signal of 0–±5 (10) V DC can be applied to terminal 1.
1 setting value signal The voltage range is preset to 0–±10 V DC. The input resistance is 10 kΩ.
0–±5 (10) V DC
The setting value 0/4–20 mA or 0–10 V is applied to this terminal. You can switch between voltage and current setpoint values with parame-
4 Input for setting value signal ter 267. The input resistance is 250 Ω. The current setting value is enabled via terminal function AU.
Potential free The alarm is output via relay contacts. The block diagram shows the normal operation and voltage free status. If the protective function is
A1, B1, C1 relay output 1 (alarm) activated, the relay picks up.The maximum contact load is 200 V AC/0.3 A or 30 V DC/0.3 A.
Potential free Any of the available 42 output signals can be used as the output driver.
A2, B2, C2 relay output 2 The maximum contact load is 230 V AC/0.3 A or 30 V DC/0.3 A.
Signal output for motor operation The output is switched low, if the inverter output frequency is equal to or higher than the starting frequency.
RUN The output is switched high, if no frequency is output or the DC brake is in operation.
Signal output for frequency The SU output supports a monitoring of frequency setting value and frequency current value. The output is switched low, once the frequency
SU setting value/current value current value (output frequency of the inverter) approaches the frequency setting value (determined by the setting value signal) within
comparison a preset range of tolerance.
Signal output for instantaneous The output is switched low for a temporary power failure within a range of 15 ms ≤tIPF ≤100 ms or for under voltage.
Signal output IPF power failure
(programmable)
Signal output for overload alarm The OL is switched low, if the output current of the inverter exceeds the current limit preset in parameter 22 and the stall prevention is activated.
OL If the output current of the inverter falls below the current limit preset in parameter 22, the signal at the OL output is switched high.
Signal output for monitoring
FU The output is switched low once the output frequency exceeds a value preset in parameter 42 (or 43). Otherwise the FU output is switched high.
output frequency
Reference potential
SE The potential that is switched via open collector outputs RUN, SU, OL, IPF and FU is connected to this terminal.
for signal outputs
One of 18 monitoring functions can be selected, e. g. Output item: output frequency (initial setting),
CA Analog current output
external frequency output. CA- and AM output can be load impedance: 200 Ω–450 Ω, output signal: 0–20 mA
Analog signal output used simultaneously. The functions are determined by Output item: output frequency (initial setting), output signal 0–10 V DC,
AM parameters.
0–10 V DC (1 mA) permissible load current 1 mA (load impedance ≥10 kΩ), resolution 8 bit
A parameter unit can be connected. Communications via RS485
— PU connector I/O standard: RS485, multi-drop operation, 4,800–38,400 baud (overall length: 500 m)
Interface RS485 terminal Communications via RS485
— (via RS485 terminal) I/O standard: RS485, multi-drop operation, 300–38,400 baud (overall length: 500 m)
— USB connector This USB interface is used to connect the inverter to a personal computer (conforms to USB1.1)

45
Specifications FR-A800

FR-A800 series frequency inverters

The FR-A800 series is pure high technology. Online Autotuning for outstanding speed/ enables monitoring of the inverter status or
This generation of Mitsubishi Electric inverters torque accuracy, excellent smooth running setting of parameters via a network.
combines innovative functions and reliable performance of a synchronous motor, built-in Various frequency inverters of the FR-A800 series
technology with maximum power, economy, STO emergency stop and a large number of are operated with a separate converter unit
and flexibility. Among many other features, like digital/analog inputs and outputs. (FR-CC2).
the possibility to run vector control also in LD/ The FR-A800-E series inverter has an integrated
SLD, or a 100 % ED brake transistor up to 55 kW, interface for Ethernet communication, which

FR-A800-E Frequency inverter

2 The FR-A800-E frequency inverters are


equipped with an integrated Ethernet
Power range:
FR-A820-E,0,4– 90 kW, 200–240 V AC,
interface with 100 MBit/s. This enables simple
Specifications

integration into an existing network and FR-A840-E:0,4–280 kW, 380–500 V AC


offers communication via Modbus® TCP/IP or FR-A842-E: 315–500 kW, 380–500 V AC
CC-Link IE Field Basic networks as standard. (Separated converter type)
Multiple protocols and inverter-to-inverter FR-A860-E:0,75–220 kW, 525–600 V AC
communication are also supported. Due to
the standard Ethernet interface, the FR-A800-E FR-A862-E: 280–450 kW, 525–600 V AC
frequency inverters are equipped with one (Separated converter type)
serial interface. The frequency inverters FR-A870-E:110 kW, 132 kW, 525–600 V AC
FR-A870-E have a compact design and in 160 kW, 200 kW, 600–690 V AC
addition, an EMC filter and a DC choke are
integrated.

Frequency inverter for


separate converter unit

FR-A800plus – Specialists for their application


The FR-A800Plus series extends the frequency FR-A800plus Roll to Roll (R2R) FR-A800plus Liquid Cooled (LC)
inverters of the series with optimized functions
The FR-A800-R2R frequency inverters have been This drive offers the same outstanding
for special applications.
specially developed for winding applications. performance levels as the standard A800 series
They have various special functions that inverters but is liquid cooled. This opens up
FR-A800plus Crane (CRN) enable stable winding and unwinding control entirely new applications where it is difficult to
These frequency inverters have an integrated independently of each other. These include the dissipate the heat generated by the frequency
crane function. By using Mitsubishi's original calculation of the winding diameter, the speed inverter. Cooling with a liquid also means that
anti-sway control technology, the swinging of control via the actual position of the dancer a smaller housing is used, since the amount of
an object moved by a crane is suppressed at the roll (dancer feedback control) as well as the heat dissipated in the housing is smaller.
time of stopping, even without an operator's sensorless torque control for constant tension.
Power range:
input adjustment. Further additional functions
Power range:
are load slip avoidance and extended monitoring FR-A840-LC: 110–280 kW, 380–500 V AC
functions. Special parameter settings are FR-A840-R2R: 0.4–280 kW, 380–500 V AC FR-A870-LC: 280 kW, 355 kW, 525–690 V AC
available for the Plus functions. FR-A842-R2R: 315–500 kW, 380–500 V AC
Power range: (Separated converter type)

FR-A840-CRN: 0.4–280 kW, 380–500 V AC


FR-A842-CRN: 315–500 kW, 380–500 V AC
(Separated converter type)

Converter unit FR-CC2-m


The converter units FR-CC2-H/FR-CC2-C/FR-CC2-P the FR-F842/FR-A842-P and FR-A862 frequency This saves costs and minimizes the space required
are diode rectifiers and enable the connection inverter. The separation of the units allows the for installation.
via a twelve-pulse rectifier, resulting in low flexible design of different systems such as
harmonic content. They are used together with parallel drives and common bus systems.

46
Specifications FR-A800

Technical details FR-A840-00023 to -01160

FR-A840-m-E2-60/-2-60R2R/-E2-60CRN
Product line
00023 00038 00052 00083 00126 00170 00250 00310 00380 00470 00620 00770 00930 01160
120 % overload capacity (SLD) 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45
250 % overload capacity (HD) 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37
120 % I rated 2.3 3.8 5.2 8.3 12.6 17 25 31 38 47 62 77 93 116
overload I max. 60 s 2.1 4.2 5.7 9.1 13.9 18.7 27.5 34.1 41.8 51.7 68.2 84.7 102.3 127.6
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 2.8 4.6 6.2 10.0 15.1 20.4 30.0 37.2 45.6 56.4 74.4 92.4 111.6 139.2
150 % I rated 2.1 3.5 4.8 7.6 11.5 16 23 29 35 43 57 70 85 106
I max. 60 s 2.5
2
overload 4.2 5.8 9.1 13.8 19.2 27.6 34.8 42.0 51.6 68.4 84.0 102.0 127.2
Rated capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 3.2 5.3 7.2 11.4 17.3 24.0 34.5 43.5 52.5 64.5 85.5 105.0 127.5 159.0
current A I rated 1.5 2.5 4 6 9 12 17 23 31 38 44 57 71 86
200 %
overload I max. 60 s 2.3 3.8 6.0 9.0 13.5 18.0 25.5 34.5 46.5 57.0 66.0 85.5 106.5 129.0

Specifications
capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 3.0 5.0 8.0 12.0 18.0 24.0 34.0 46.0 62.0 76.0 88.0 114.0 142.0 172.0
Output 250 % I rated 0.8 1.5 2.5 4 6 9 12 17 23 31 38 44 57 71
overload I max. 60 s 1.6 3.0 5.0 8.0 12.0 18.0 24.0 34.0 46.0 62.0 76.0 88.0 114.0 142.0
capacity (HD) I max. 3 s 2.0 3.8 6.3 10.0 15.0 22.5 30.0 42.5 57.5 77.5 95.0 110.0 142.5 177.5
SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
capacity 2 ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
HD 200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 3 3-phase AC, 380–500 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Brake transistor 100 % ED Built-in
Maximum brake Regenerative 100 % torque/2 % ED with built-in brake resistor 20 % torque/continuous
torque With FR-ABR option 7 100 % torque/10 %ED 100 % torque/6 %ED —
Minimum brake resistance values 6 Ω 371 236 190 130 83 66 45 34 34 21 21 13.5 13.5 13.5
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz (Undervoltage level is selectable by parameter.)
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
SLD 3.2 5.4 7.8 10.9 16.4 22.5 31.7 40.3 48.2 58.4 76.8 97.6 115 141
Rated input A LD 3 4.9 7.3 10.1 15.1 22.3 31 38.2 44.9 53.9 75.1 89.7 106 130
Input current h ND 2.3 3.7 6.2 8.3 12.3 17.4 22.5 31 40.3 48.2 56.5 75.1 91 108
HD 1.4 2.3 3.7 6.2 8.3 12.3 17.4 22.5 31 40.3 48.2 56.5 75.1 91
SLD 2.5 4.1 5.9 8.3 12 17 24 31 37 44 59 74 88 107
Power supply kVA LD 2.3 3.7 5.5 7.7 12 17 24 29 34 41 57 68 81 99
capacity 4 ND 1.7 2.8 4.7 6.3 9.4 13 17 24 31 37 43 57 69 83
HD 1.1 1.7 2.8 4.7 6.3 9.4 13 17 24 31 37 43 57 69
Cooling Self cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure 5 Enclose type (IP20) Open type (IP00)
SLD 0.055 0.075 0.085 0.13 0.175 0.245 0.345 0.37 0.45 0.565 0.74 0.93 1.11 1.34
Max. heat LD 0.05 0.07 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.23 0.315 0.345 0.415 0.52 0.675 0.825 1.02 1.22
Others dissipation ikW ND 0.04 0.055 0.07 0.1 0.13 0.17 0.22 0.28 0.39 0.45 0.52 0.69 0.84 1.02
HD 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.075 0.09 0.135 0.165 0.21 0.285 0.385 0.45 0.56 0.7 0.86
Weight  kg 2,8 2,8 2,8 3,3 3,3 6,7 6,7 8,3 8,3 15 15 23 41 41
325x550 435x550x250
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 150x260x140 220x260x170 220x300x190 250x400x190 x195

Ethernet Version (E2) 297566 297567 297568 297569 297570 297571 297572 297573 297574 297575 297576 — — —
Input Power frame — — — — — — — — — — — 307162 307163 307164
Order information  Art. no. Control card (Ethernet) — — — — — — — — — — — 307202 307202 307202
Roll to Roll (R2R) 296422 296423 296424 296465 296466 296467 296468 296469 296470 296471 296472 296473 296474 296475
Crane (CRN) 409257 409258 409259 409260 409261 409322 409323 409324 409325 409326 409327 409328 409329 409330
Remarks:
a The applicable motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
b The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
c The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
d The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
e FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
f Value for the ND rating
g The braking capability of the inverter can be improved with a optional brake resistor. Please do not use resistor values below the given minimum values.
h The rated input current indicates a value at a rated output voltage. The impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input choke and cables) affects the rated input current.
i The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.

47
Specifications FR-A800

Technical details FR-A840-01800 to -06830

FR-A840-m-E2-60/-2-60R2R/-E2-60CRN
Product line
01800 02160 02600 03250 03610 04320 04810 05470 06100 06830
120 % overload capacity (SLD) 75/90 110 132 160 185 220 250 280 315 355
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 75 90 110 132 160 185 220 250 280 315
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 55 75 90 110 132 160 185 220 250 280
250 % overload capacity (HD) 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 185 220 250
120 % I rated 180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547 610 683
overload I max. 60 s 198 238 286 358 397 475 529 602 671 751
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 216 259 312 390 433 518 577 656 732 820
150 % I rated 144 180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547 610
I max. 60 s 173
2
overload 216 259 312 390 433 518 577 656 732
Rated capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 216 270 324 390 488 542 648 722 821 915
current A I rated 110 144 180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547
200 %
overload I max. 60 s 165 216 270 324 390 488 542 648 722 821
Specifications

capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 220 288 360 432 520 650 722 864 962 1094
250 % I rated 86 110 144 180 216 260 325 361 432 481
Output overload I max. 60 s 172 220 288 360 432 520 650 722 864 962
capacity (HD) I max. 3 s 215 275 360 450 540 650 813 903 1080 1203
SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
capacity 2
ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
HD 200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 3 3-phase AC, 380–500 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Brake transistor 100 % ED Built-in FR-BU2/BU-UFS (option)
20 %
Maximum brake Regenerative torque/ 10 % torque/continuous
torque 6 continuous
With FR-ABR option g — —
Minimum brake resistance values 6 Ω 13.5 —
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz (Undervoltage level is selectable by parameter.)
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
SLD 180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547 610 683
Rated input kVA LD 144 180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547 610
Input current h
ND 134 144 180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547
HD 108 110 144 180 216 260 325 361 432 481
SLD 137 165 198 248 275 329 367 417 465 521
Power supply kVA LD 110 137 165 198 248 275 329 367 417 465
capacity 4 ND 102 110 137 165 198 248 275 329 367 417
HD 83 84 110 137 165 198 248 275 329 367
Cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure 5 Open type (IP00)
SLD 2.0 2.52 3.15 3.6 4.05 4.65 5.3 5.85 6.65 7.55
Max. heat LD 1.64 2.1 2.575 2.8 3.6 3.8 4.65 5.1 5.85 6.6
Others dissipation kW ND
i
1.29 1.79 2.2 2.3 2.8 3.45 3.85 4.55 5.1 5.9
HD 1.06 1.35 1.77 1.85 2.25 2.65 3.4 3.7 4.5 5.05
Weight  kg 43 52 55 71 78 117 117 166 166 166
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 435x550x250 465x620x300 465x740x360 498x1010x380 680x1010x380

Ethernet Version (E2) — — — — — — — — — —


Input Power frame 307185 307186 307187 307188 307189 307190 307191 307192 307193 307194
Order information Art. no. Control card (Ethernet) 307202 307203 307203 307203 307203 307203 307203 307203 307203 307203
Roll to Roll (R2R) 296476 296477 296478 296479 296480 296481 296482 296483 296484 296485
Crane (CRN) 409331 409332 409333 409334 409335 409336 409337 409338 409339 409340
Remarks:
a The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
b The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
c The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
d The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
e FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
f Value for the ND rating
g The braking capability of the inverter can be improved with a optional brake resistor. Please do not use resistor values below the given minimum values.
h The rated input current indicates a value at a rated output voltage. The impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input choke and cables) affects the rated input current.
i The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.

48

Attention: Mandatory DC choke need to be ordered seperately if 75 kW motor or bigger is connected to the FR-A840. Please select the
mandatory choke on page 87.
Specifications FR-A800

Technical details FR-A840-03250 to -06830 Liquid Cooled

FR-A840-m-2-60LC
Product line
03250 03610 04320 04810 05470 06100 06830
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 132 160 185 220 250 280 315
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 110 132 160 185 220 250 280
150 % I rated 260 325 361 432 481 547 610
overload I max. 60 s 312 390 433 518 577 656 732
Rated capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 390 488 542 648 722 821 915
current A
200 % I rated 216 260 325 361 432 481 547
overload I max. 60 s 324 390 488 542 648 722 821
capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 432 520 650 722 864 962 1094
Output Overload
capacity 2
LD
ND
120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C)
150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C)
2
Voltage 3 3-phase AC, 380–500 V to power supply voltage

Specifications
Frequency range 50/60 Hz
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Brake transistor 100 % ED FR-BU2/BU-UFS (option)
Maximum brake Regenerative 10 % torque/100 % ED
torque 6 With FR-ABR option —
Minimum brake resistance values 6 Ω —
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz (Undervoltage level is selectable by parameter.)
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Input LD 260 325 361 432 481 547 610
Rated input current g
kVA
ND 216 260 325 361 432 481 547
SLD 198 248 275 329 367 417 465
Power supply capacity 4kVA
LD 165 198 248 275 329 367 417
Cooling Liquid cooling and fan cooling
Protective structure 5 Open type (IP00)
LD 2.8 3.6 3.8 4.65 5.1 5.85 6.6
Others Max. heat dissipation kW
h
ND 2.3 2.8 3.45 3.85 4.55 5.1 5.9
Weight  kg 83 83 124 124 172 172 172
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 465x795x360 498x1077x380 680x1064x380

Order information Art. no. 339639 339640 339641 339642 339643 339644 339645
Remarks:
a The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
b The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
c The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
d The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
e FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
f Value for the ND rating
g The rated input current indicates a value at a rated output voltage. The impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input choke and cables) affects the rated input current.
h The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.

49

Attention: Mandatory DC choke need to be ordered seperately if 75 kW motor or bigger is connected to the FR-A840. Please select the
mandatory choke on page 87:
Specifications FR-A800

Technical details FR-A842-07700 to -12120 and converter unit FR-CC2-H


The FR-A842 frequency inverters must be operated together with an FR-CC2 converter unit, which must be ordered separately.
FR-A842-m-E2-60/-2-60R2R/-2-60CRN
Product line
07700 08660 09620 10940 12120
120 % overload capacity (SLD) 400 450 500 560 630
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 355 400 450 500 560
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 315 355 400 450 500
250 % overload capacity (HD) 280 315 355 400 450
120 % I rated 770 866 962 1094 1212
overload I max. 60 s 847 952 1058 1203 1333
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 924 1039 1154 1314 1454
150 % I rated 683 770 866 962 1094
overload I max. 60 s 820 924 1039 1154 1314
2 Rated
current A
capacity (LD)
200 %
I max. 3 s
I rated
1024
610
1155
683
1299
770
1443
866
1641
962
overload I max. 60 s 915 1024 1155 1299 1443
Specifications

capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 1220 1366 1540 1732 1924


250 % I rated 547 610 683 770 866
Output overload I max. 60 s 1094 1220 1366 1540 1732
capacity (HD) I max. 3 s 1367 1525 1707 1925 2165
SLD 587 660 733 834 924
Rated output LD 521 587 660 733 834
capacity 2 kVA
ND 465 521 587 660 733
HD 417 465 521 587 660
SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
capacity 3 ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
HD 200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 4 3-phase AC, 380–500 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Maximum brake torque  Regenerative 10 % torque/continuous
DC Power supply voltage 430–780 V DC
Input Control power supply voltage 1-phase, 380–500 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Control power supply range Frequency ±5 %, voltage ±10 %
Cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure 5 Open type (IP00)
SLD 5.8 6.69 7.37 8.6 9.81
Max. heat LD 5.05 5.8 6.48 7.34 8.63
Others dissipation 6kW ND 4.45 5.1 5.65 6.5 7.4
HD 3.9 4.41 4.93 5.65 6.49
Weight  kg 163 163 243 243 243
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 540x1330x440 680x1580x440

Ethernet Version (E2) — — — — —


Input Power frame 307195 307196 307197 307198 307199
Order information 7
Art. no. Control card (Ethernet) 307203 307203 307203 307203 307203
Roll to Roll (R2R) 296486 296487 296488 296489 296490
Crane (CRN) 301309 301310 301311 301312 301313

50
Specifications FR-A800

FR-CC2-HmK-60
Product line
315 355 400 450 500 560 630
Rated motor capacity kW 315 355 400 450 500 560 630
150 % 60 s, 120 % 60 s, 110 % 60 s,
Overload current rating 1 200 % 60 s, 250 % 3 s
Output 200 % 3 s 150 % 3 s 120 % 3 s
Rated Voltage 2 430–780 V DC 5
Regenerative braking torque 10 % torque/continuous
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Input Voltage/frequency range 323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Rated input capacity 3kVA 465 521 587 660 733 833 924
Cooling Fan cooling

Others
DC chokes
Protective structure 4
Built-in
Open type (IP00)
2
Weight  kg 210 213 282 285 288 293 294

Specifications
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 600x1330x440 600x1580x440

Order information  Art. no. 274507 274508 274509 274510 274511 279637 279638
Remarks:
a The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
b The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 440 V.
c The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
d The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
e FFR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector section)
f The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.
g For the power voltage exceeding 480 V, set Pr. 977 Input voltage mode selection.
h The power supply capacity is the value at the rated output current. It varies by the impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input choke and cables).
i The permissible voltage imbalance ratio is 3 % or less. (Imbalance ratio = (highest voltage between lines – average voltage between three lines)/average voltage between three lines x100)
j The converter unit output voltage varies according to the input power supply voltage and the load. The maximum point of the voltage waveform at the converter unit output side is approximately the power supply voltage multiplied by √2.

51
Specifications FR-A800

Technical details FR-A842-09620 to -12120-mP and converter unit FR-CC2-H-mP

FR-A842-m-2-60P
Product line Two in parallel Three in parallel
09620 10940 12120 09620 10940 12120
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 710 800 900 1065 1200 1350
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 630 710 800 945 1065 1200
150 % I rated 1386 1539 1750 2078 2309 2626
overload I max. 60 s 1663 1846 2100 2493 2770 3151
Rated capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 2079 2308 2625 3117 2463 2939
current A
200 % I rated 1232 1386 1539 1848 2078 2309
overload I max. 60 s 1848 2079 2308 2772 3117 3463
capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 2464 2772 3078 3696 4156 4618
2 Output Rated output
capacity 2 kVA ND
LD 1056
939
1173
1056
1334
1173
1584
1409
1759
1584
2002
1759
Overload LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C)
Specifications

capacity 3 ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C)
Voltage 4 3-phase, 380–500 V
Frequency range Hz 0.2–590
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Maximum brake torque  Regenerative 10 % torque/100 % ED
DC Power supply voltage 430–780 V DC
Input Control power supply voltage 1-phase, 380–500 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7
Control power supply range Frequency ±5 %, voltage ±10 %
Cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure 5 Open type (IP00)
Max. heat LD 11.7 13.2 15.5 17.5 19.8 23.3
Others dissipation 6kW ND 10.2 11.7 13.3 15.3 17.6 20
Weight 8kg 486 486 486 729 729 729
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 680x1580x440 680x1580x440

Order information Art. no. 314880 314881 314882 314880 314881 314882

FR-CC2-HmK-60P
Product line Two in parallel Three in parallel
400 450 500 560 400 450 500 560
Rated motor capacity kW 630 710 800 900 945 1065 1200 1350
Overload capacity 3 150 % 60 s, 200 % 3 s
Output Voltage k 430–780 V j
Regenerative braking torque 10 % torque/100 % ED
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC
Input Voltage/frequency range 323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Rated input capacit 9kVA 939 1056 1173 1334 1409 1584 1759 2002
Cooling Fan cooling
DC chokes Built-in
Others Max. heat dissipation 6kW 5.5 6.1 6.8 7.9 8.2 9.2 10.3 11.9
Protective structure 5 Open type (IP00)
Weight lkg 564 570 576 586 846 855 864 879
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 600x1580x440

Order information Art. no. 314883 314884 314905 314906 314883 314884 314905 314906
Remarks:
a The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
b The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 440 V.
c The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
d The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
e FFR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector section)
f The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.
g For the power voltage exceeding 480 V, set Pr. 977 Input voltage mode selection.
h The mass is the total mass of all frequency inverters during the parallel operation.
i The power supply capacity is the value at the rated output current. It varies by the impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input choke and cables).
j The permissible voltage imbalance ratio is 3 % or less. (Imbalance ratio = (highest voltage between lines – average voltage between three lines)/average voltage between three lines x100)
k The converter unit output voltage varies according to the input power supply voltage and the load. The maximum point of the voltage waveform at the converter unit output side is approximately the power supply voltage multiplied by √2.
l The mass is the total mass of all frequency inverters during the parallel operation.

52
Specifications FR-A800

Technical details FR-A820-00046 to -00770


FR-A820-m-E1-N6
Product line
00046 00077 00105 00167 00250 00340 00490 00630 00770 00930 01250
120 % overload capacity (SLD) 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.0 22 30
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15.0 18.5 22
250 % overload capacity (HD) 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15 18.5
120 % I rated 4.6 7.7 10.5 16.7 25.0 34.0 49.0 63.0 77.0 93 125
overload I max. 60 s 5.1 8.5 11.5 18.4 27.5 37.4 53.9 69.3 84.7 102.3 137.5
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 5.5 9.3 12.6 20.0 30.0 40.8 58.8 75.6 92.4 111.6 150
150 % I rated 4.2 7.0 9.6 15.2 23.0 31.0 45.0 58.0 70.5 85 114
overload I max. 60 s 5.0 8.4 11.5 18.2 27.6 37.2 54.0 69.6 84.6 102 136.8
Rated
current A
capacity (LD) I max. 3 s
I rated
6.3
3.0
10.5
5.0
14.4
8.0
22.8
11.0
34.5
17.5
46.5
24.0
67.5
33.0
87.0
46.0
105.8
61.0
127.5
76
171
90
2
200 %
overload I max. 60 s 4.5 7.5 12.0 16.5 26.3 36.0 49.5 69.0 91.5 114 135

Specifications
capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 6.0 10.0 16.0 22.0 35.0 48.0 66.0 92.0 122.0 152 180
250 % I rated 1.5 3.0 5.0 8.0 11.0 17.5 24.0 33.0 46.0 61 76
overload I max. 60 s 3 6.0 10.0 16.0 22.0 35.0 48.0 66.0 92.0 122 152
Output capacity (HD) I max. 3 s 3.8 7.5 12.5 20.0 27.5 43.8 60.0 82.5 115.0 152.5 190
SLD 1.8 2.9 4.0 6.4 10.0 13.0 19.0 24.0 29.0 35 48
Rated output LD 1.6 2.7 3.7 5.8 8.8 12.0 17.0 22.0 27.0 32 43
capacity 2 kVA ND 1.1 1.9 3.0 4.2 6.7 9.1 13.0 18.0 23.0 29 34
HD 0.6 1.1 1.9 3.0 4.2 6.7 9.1 13.0 18.0 23 29
SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
capacity 3 ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
HD 200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 4 3-phase AC, 200–240 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Brake transistor 100 % ED Built-in
Maximum brake Regenerative 150 % torque/3 % ED 5 100 % torque/3 % ED 5 100 % torque/2 % ED 5 20 % torque/continuous
torque 5 With FR-ABR option 6 100 % ED
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Input SLD 2.0 3.4 5.0 7.5 12.0 17.0 24.0 31.0 37.0 44.0 58.0
Rated input kVA LD 1.9 3.2 4.7 7.0 11.0 16.0 22.0 29.0 35.0 41.0 53.0
capacity 7 ND 1.5 2.4 4.0 5.4 8.6 13.0 17.0 23.0 30.0 37.0 43.0
HD 0.9 1.5 2.4 4.0 5.4 8.6 13.0 17.0 23.0 30.0 37.0
Cooling Self cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure 8 Enclose type IP20
SLD 0.06 0.095 0.14 0.20 0.31 0.355 0.525 0.57 0.77 0.95 1.0
Max. heat LD 0.055 0.085 0.13 0.185 0.285 0.32 0.48 0.515 0.7 0.85 0.95
Others dissipation 9kW ND 0.04 0.06 0.11 0.13 0.19 0.24 0.35 0.37 0.59 0.72 0.88
HD 0.03 0.04 0.07 0.1 0.135 0.16 0.23 0.28 0.45 0.6 0.84
Weight  kg 2.0 2.2 3.3 3.3 3.3 6.7 6.7 8.3 15 15.0 15.0
110x310x 110x310x 150x318x141.6 220x324x170
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 250x517x190
112 127 220x363x190

Order information j Art. no. 297613 297614 297615 297616 297617 297618 297619 297620 297621 297622 297623
Remarks:
a The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
b The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 220 V.
c The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
d The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
e Value by the built-in brake resistor.
f The braking capability of the inverter can be improved with a optional brake resistor. Please do not use resistor values below the given minimum values.
g The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
h FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
i The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.
j All inverters with circuit board coating (IEC60721-3-3 3C2/3S2)

53
Specifications FR-A800

Technical details FR-A820-00930 to -04750


FR-A820-m-E1-60 FR-A820-m-E1-U6
Product line
01540 01870 02330 03160 03800 04750
120 % overload capacity (SLD) 37 45 55 75 90/110 132
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 37 45 55 75 90 110
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 30 37 45 55 75 90
250 % overload capacity (HD) 22 30 37 45 55 75
120 % I rated 154 187 233 316 380 475
overload I max. 60 s 169.4 205.7 256.3 347.6 418 522.5
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 184.8 246.8 279.6 379.2 456 570
150 % I rated 140 170 212 288 346 432
overload I max. 60 s 168 204 257.4 345.6 415.2 518.4
2 Rated
current 3 A
capacity (LD) I max. 3 s
I rated
210
115
255
145
318
175
432
215
519
288
648
346
200 %
overload I max. 60 s 172.5 217.5 262.5 322.5 432 519
Specifications

capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 230 290 350 430 576 692


250 % I rated 90 115 145 175 215 288
overload I max. 60 s 180 230 290 350 430 576
Output capacity (HD) I max. 3 s 225 287.5 362.5 437.5 537.5 720
SLD 59 71 89 120 145 181
Rated output LD 53 65 81 110 132 165
capacity 2 kVA ND 44 55 67 82 110 132
HD 34 44 55 67 82 110
SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
capacity 4 ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
HD 200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 5 3-phase AC, 200–240 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Brake transistor 100 % ED Built-in —
Maximum brake Regenerative 20 % torque/continuous 10 % torque/continuous
torque 6 With FR-ABR option —
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Input SLD 70 84 103 120 145 181
Rated input kVA LD 68 79 97 110 132 165
capacity 7 ND 57 69 82 101 110 132
HD 43 57 69 82 82 110
Cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure 8 Open type (IP00)
SLD 1.45 1.65 2.12 2.75 3.02 3.96
Max. heat LD 1.3 1.48 1.9 2.45 2.71 3.53
Others
dissipation 9kW ND 1.05 1.27 1.61 1.83 2.18 2.7
HD 0.88 1.05 1.3 1.45 1.7 2.22
Weight  kg 22.0 42.0 42.0 54.0 74.0 74.0
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 325x550x195 435x550x250 465x700x250 465x740x360

Order information  Art. no. 297624 297625 297626 297627 297628 297629
Remarks:
a The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
b The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 220 V.
c The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
d The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
e Value by the built-in brake resistor.
f The braking capability of the inverter can be improved with a optional brake resistor. Please do not use resistor values below the given minimum values.
g The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
h FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
i The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.

54

Attention: Mandatory DC choke need to be ordered seperately if 75 kW motor or bigger is connected.


Please select the mandatory choke on page 87.
Specifications FR-A800

Technical details FR-A860-00027 to -00450


FR-A860-m-1-N6/-E1-N6
Product line
00027 00061 00090 00170 00320 00450
120 % overload capacity (SLD) 1.5 3.7 5.5 11 18.5 30
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 1.5 3.7 5.5 11 18.5 30
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 0.75 2.2 3.7 7.5 15 22
250 % overload capacity (HD) 0.4 1.5 2.2 5.5 11 18.5
120 % I rated 2.7 6.1 9 14.4 27.2 45
overload I max. 60 s 2.97 6.71 9.9 15.84 29.92 49.5
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 3.24 7.32 10.8 17.28 32.64 54
150 % I rated 2.5 5.6 8.2 16 27 41
overload I max. 60 s 3 6.72 9.84 19.2 32.4 49.2

2
Rated capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 3.75 8.4 12.3 24 40.5 61.5
A
current 2 200 % I rated 1.7 4 6.1 12 22 33
overload I max. 60 s 2.55 6 9.15 18 33 49.5

Specifications
capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 3.4 8 12.2 24 44 66
250 % I rated 1 2.7 4 9 16 24
overload I max. 60 s 2 5.4 8 18 32 48
Output capacity (HD) I max. 3 s 2,5 6.75 10 22.5 40 60
SLD 2.7 6.1 9 17 32 45
Rated output LD 2.5 5.6 8.2 16 27 41
capacity 3 kVA ND 1.7 4 6.1 12 22 33
HD 1 2.7 4 9 16 24
110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s
SLD (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics (max. ambient temperature 30 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
capacity 4
ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
HD 200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s; 280 % for 0.5 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 5 3-phase AC, 525–600 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Brake transistor 100 % ED Built-in
Maximum brake
torque 6 Regenerative 20 % torque/continuous
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 525–600 V AC at 60 Hz
Voltage range 472–660 V AC at 60 Hz
Power supply frequency 60 Hz ±5 %
Input SLD 4.7 10.6 15 26.7 42,4 60.6
Rated input kVA LD 4.4 9.8 13.8 25.2 35.8 54.4
capacity 7 ND 3 7 10.3 18.9 29.2 43.8
HD 1.8 4.7 6.7 14.2 21.2 31.9
Cooling Self-cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure j Enclosed type (UL type 1 plenum rated) h i Enclosed type (UL type 1 plenum rated) h
SLD 0.065 0.115 0.16 0.27 0.51 0.68
Max. heat LD 0.060 0.105 0.145 0.25 0.41 0.61
Others
dissipation kkW ND 0.045 0.075 0.11 0.185 0.32 0.48
HD 0.035 0.055 0.075 0.14 0.23 0.34
Weight  kg 5.3 5.8 5.8 7 9 17
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 150x318x140 220x324x170 220x363x190 250x517.3x190

-1-N6 286057 286058 286059 286060 286061 286062


Order information  Art. no.
-E1-N6 500426 500427 500428 500429 500430 500431
Remarks:
a The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
b The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 575 V.
c When an operation is performed with the carrier frequency set to 3 kHz or more, and the inverter output current reaches the value indicated in the parenthesis, the carries frequency is automatically lowered. The motor noise becomes louder accordingly.
d The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
e The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range. However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged
at about √2 that of the power supply.
f Value by the built-in brake resistor.
g The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
h UL Type 1 Enclosure - Suitable for Installation in a Compartment Handling Conditioned Air (Plenum)
i When an provided brake resister is used, the protective structure is open type (NEMA 1).
j FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
k The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.

55

Please note that these products bear no CE marking and must not be operated within the EU.
Specifications FR-A800

Technical details FR-A860-00680 to -04420


FR-A860-m-1-60/ -E1-60
Product line
00680 01080 01440 01670 02430 02890 03360 04420
120 % overload capacity (SLD) 45 75 90 110 132 160 220 250
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 45 75 90 110 132 160 220 250
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 37 55 75 90 110 132 185 220
250 % overload capacity (HD) 30 45 55 75 90 110 160 185
120 % I rated 68 108 144 167 242 288 335 441
overload I max. 60 s 74.8 118.8 158.4 183.7 266.2 316.8 368.5 485.1
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 81.6 129.6 172.8 200.4 290.4 345.6 402 529.2
150 % I rated 62 99 131 152 221 254 303 401
overload I max. 60 s 74.4 118.8 157.2 182.4 265.2 304.8 363.6 481.2

2 Rated capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 93 148.5 196.5 228 331.5 381 454.5 601.5
A
current 2 200 % I rated 55 84 104 131 152 221 254 303
overload I max. 60 s 82.5 126 156 196.5 228 331.5 381 454.5
Specifications

capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 110 168 208 262 304 442 508 606
250 % I rated 41 63 84 104 131 152 202 254
overload I max. 60 s 82 126 168 208 262 304 404 508
capacity (HD) I max. 3 s 102.5 157.5 210 260 327.5 380 505 635
SLD 68 108 144 167 242 288 335 441
Output Rated output LD 62 99 131 152 221 254 303 401
capacity 3 kVA ND 55 84 104 131 152 221 254 303
HD 41 63 84 104 131 152 202 254
SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
120% of rated motor capacity for
60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s
LD temperature 40 °C) – inverse time (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload characteristics
capacity 4 150 % of rated motor capacity for
60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s
ND temperature 40 °C) – inverse time (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
characteristics
HD 200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s; 280 % for 0.5 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 5 3-phase AC, 525–600 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Brake transistor 100 % ED Built-in —
Maximum brake
torque 6 Regenerative 20 % torque/continuous
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 525–600 V AC at 60 Hz
Voltage range 472–660 V AC at 60 Hz
Power supply frequency 60 Hz ±5 %
Input SLD 86.8 107.6 143 166 245 288 335 440
Rated input kVA LD 79.1 98.6 130 151 220 254 303 400
capacity 7 ND 70.2 107.6 104 130 151 220 254 303
HD 52.3 80.7 84 104 130 151 201 254
Cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure j Open type IP00
SLD 0.98 1.45 2 2.4 3.4 3.6 4.3 5.5
Max. heat LD 0.88 1.3 1.8 2.2 3.1 3.2 3.9 5
Others
dissipation kkW ND 0.77 1.08 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.6 3.2 3.7
HD 0.56 0.80 1.2 1.5 1.8 1.9 2.4 2.9.
Weight  kg 36 41 52 52 55 112 115 153
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 432x550x250 465x620x300 498x1010x380 680x1010x380

-1-60 286063 286064 286065 286066 286067 286068 286069 286070


Order information  Art. no.
-E1-60 500472 500473 500474 500475 500476 500477 500478 500479
Remarks:
a The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
b The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 575 V.
c When an operation is performed with the carrier frequency set to 3 kHz or more, and the inverter output current reaches the value indicated in the parenthesis, the carries frequency is automatically lowered. The motor noise becomes louder accordingly.
d The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
e The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range. However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged
at about √2 that of the power supply.
f Value by the built-in brake resistor.
g The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
h UL Type 1 Enclosure - Suitable for Installation in a Compartment Handling Conditioned Air (Plenum)
i When an provided brake resister is used, the protective structure is open type (NEMA 1).
j FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
k The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.

56

Please note that these products bear no CE marking and must not be operated within the EU.
Specifications FR-A800

Technical details FR-A862-05450 to -08500


The FR-A862 frequency inverters must be operated together with an FR-CC2 converter unit, which must be ordered separately.

FR-A862-m-1-60
Product line
05450 06470 08500
120 % overload capacity (SLD) 400 450 630
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 355 400 560
capacity 
1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 280 355 450
250 % overload capacity (HD) 220 280 400
120 % I rated 545 647 850
overload I max. 60 s 599.5 711.7 935
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 654 776.4 1020
150 % I rated 496 589 773
overload I max. 60 s 595.2 706.8 927.6
Rated
current 3
capacity (LD)
A 200 %
I max. 3 s
I rated
744
402
883.5
496
1159.5
663 2
overload I max. 60 s 603 744 994.5
capacity (ND)

Specifications
I max. 3 s 804 992 1326
250 % I rated 304 402 589
Output overload I max. 60 s 608 804 1178
capacity (HD) I max. 3 s 760 1005 1472.5
SLD 543 645 847
Rated output LD 494 587 770
capacity 2 kVA ND 401 494 661
HD 302 401 578
SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
capacity 4 ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
HD 200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s; 280 % for 0.5 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 5 3-phase AC, 525–600 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Maximum brake Regenerative 10 % torque/continuous
torque 6
DC power supply voltage 618–933 V DC
Input Control power supply voltage 1-phase, 525–600 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Control power supply range Frequency ±5 %, voltage ±10 %
Cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure j Open type (IP00) h i
SLD 4.8 5.6 7.7
Others Max. heat LD 4.3 5.1 7.0
dissipation kW ND
k
3.35 4.3 5.8
HD 2.25 3.3 5.1
Weight  kg 163 163 243
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 540x1330x440 680x1580x440

Order information  Art. no. 286240 286241 286242

FR-CC2-CmK-60
Product line
355 400 560
Rated motor capacity kW 355 400 560
SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload current rating 1
Output ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
HD 200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s; 280 % for 0.5 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 2 618–933 V DC5
Regenerative braking torque 10 % torque/continuous
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 525–600 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 472–660 V AC at 60 Hz
Power supply frequency 60 Hz ±5 %
Input SLD 543 644 847
Rated input kVA LD 494 587 770
capacity 
3
ND 400 494 660
HD 303 400 587
Cooling Fan cooling
DC chokes Built-in
Others Protective structure 4 Open type (IP00)
Weight  kg 205 255 269
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 600x1330x440 600x1580x440

Order information  Art. no. 286237 286238 286239


a The % value of the overload current rating indicated is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the converter unit and the inverter to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
b The converter unit output voltage varies according to the input power supply voltage and the load. The maximum point of the voltage waveform at the converter unit output side is approximately the power supply voltage multiplied by √2.
c The power supply capacity is the value at the rated output current. It varies by the impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input choke and cables).
d FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector section)
e The permissible voltage imbalance ratio is 3 % or less. (Imbalance ratio = (highest voltage between lines – average voltage between three lines)/average voltage between three lines x100) 57
Specifications FR-A800

Technical details FR-A870-00550 to -07150

FR-A870-m-E2-60/-E2-60B/-E2-06B FR-A872-m-E2-60/-E2-60B
Product line
00550 00660 00890 02300 02860 05690 06470 07150
Rated motor 120 % overload capacity (SLD) 45 55 75 200 250 500 560 630
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 37 45 55 160 200 450 500 560
120 % I rated 55 66 89 230 286 569 647 715
overload I max. 60 s 61 73 98 253 314 626 712 787
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 66 79 107 276 343 683 776 858
Rated
current 3 A
200 % I rated 46 55 66 185 230 512 569 647
overload I max. 60 s 69 83 99 276 345 768 854 971
capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 92 110 132 370 460 1024 1138 1294
2 Output Rated output
capacity 2 kVA
SLD
ND
66
55
79
66
106
79
275
221
342
275
680
612
773
680
855
773
Overload SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Specifications

capacity 4 ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 5 3-phase AC, 525–690 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 50 Hz/60 Hz ±5%
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Brake transistor —
Maximum brake torque 20 % torque/100 % ED
Voltage 3-phase 600–690 V AC 50 Hz/60 Hz
Voltage range 540–759 V AC
Power supply frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz ±5 %
Input SLD 55 66 89 230 286 569 647 715
Rated input current 6 A
ND 46 55 66 185 230 512 569 647
SLD 66 79 106 275 342 — — —
Rated input capacity 7 kVA
ND 55 66 79 221 275 — — —
Cooling Fan cooling
Protective structure 8 Open type (IP20)
SLD 0.9 1.0 1.4 3.7 4,6 5.1 5.8 6.4
Others Max. heat dissipation 9kW
ND 0.6 0.7 0.9 3.0 3,7 4.6 5.1 5.8
Weight  kg 54 56 59 120 122 186
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 251x753x410 380x900x410 240x1600x565

-E2-60 406262 406263 406264 404451 404672 406273 406274 406275


Order information  Art. no. -E2-60B 406376 406377 406378 406393 406394 — — —
-E2-06B — — — 416516 416517 — — —
Remarks:
a The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 690 V AC. (ND) is initial setting
b The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 690 V AC.
c The PWM carrier frequency is automatically decreased to 2 kHz for heavy duty applications when operating the motor under Real sensorless vector control or Vector control with a PWM carrier frequency of 6 kHz or more (Pr.72 ≥ 6). The
carrier frequency stays at 4 kHz in fast-response operation.
d The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
e The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
f The rated input current indicates a value at a rated output voltage. The impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input choke and cables) affects the rated input current.
g The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
h FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
i The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.

58
Specifications FR-A800

Technical details FR-A870-03590 to -0460 Liquid Cooled

FR-A870-m-2-60LC/-E2-60LC
Product line
03590 04560
Rated motor 120 % overload capacity (SLD) 315 400
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 280 355
120 % I rated 359 456
overload I max. 60 s 394 501
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 430 547
Rated
current 3 A
200 % I rated 320 405
overload I max. 60 s 480 607
capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 640
2
810
Output Rated output SLD 429 545
capacity 2 kVA
ND 359 456
SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics

Specifications
Overload
capacity 4 ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 5 3-phase AC, 600–690 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 50 Hz/60 Hz ±5%
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Bremstransistor —
Maximales 20 % torque/100 % ED
Bremsmoment
Voltage 3-phase 600–690 V AC 50 Hz/60 Hz
Voltage range 525–759 V AC
Power supply frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz ±5 %
Input SLD 359 456
Rated input current 6 A
ND 320 405
SLD 429 545
Rated input capacity 7 kVA
ND 382 484
Cooling Liquid cooling and fan cooling
Protective structure 8 Open type (IP20)
SLD 6.15 6.85
Others Max. heat dissipation 9kW
ND 5.55 7.65
Weight  kg 212
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 675x1551x440

-2-60LC 404673 404674


Order information  Art. no.
-E2-60LC 412429 412430
Remarks:
a The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 690 V AC. (ND) is initial setting
b The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 690 V AC.
c The PWM carrier frequency is automatically decreased to 2 kHz for heavy duty applications when operating the motor under Real sensorless vector control or Vector control with a PWM carrier frequency of 6 kHz or more (Pr.72 ≥ 6). The
carrier frequency stays at 4 kHz in fast-response operation.
d The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
e The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
f The rated input current indicates a value at a rated output voltage. The impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input choke and cables) affects the rated input current.
g The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
h FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
i The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.

59
Specifications FR-A800

Common specifications FR-A800


FR-A840 Description
0.015 Hz/0–50 Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0–10 V/12 bit)
Frequency Analog input 0.03 Hz/0–50 Hz (terminal 2, 4: 0–5 V/11 bit, 0–20 mA/11 bit, terminal 1: -10–+10 V/12 bit)
setting 0.06 Hz/0–50 Hz (terminal 1: 0–±5 V/11 bit)
resolution
Digital input 0.01 Hz
0.2 % of the maximum output frequency (temperature range 25 °C ±10 °C) via analog input;
Frequency accuracy ±0.01 % of the set output frequency (via digital input)
Base frequency adjustable from 0 to 590 Hz;
Voltage/frequency characteristics selection between constant torque, variable torque or optional flexible 5-point V/f characteristics
Control Starting torque 200 % 0.3 Hz (0.4–3.7 kVA), 150 % 0.3 Hz (5.5 kVA or more) (under real sensorless vector control or vector control)
specifi-
cations Torque boost Manual torque boost
Acceleration/deceleration time 0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
2 Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
DC injection brake
The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.
Specifications

Stall prevention operation level Operation current level can be set (0–220 % adjustable), whether to use the function or not can be selected
Motor protection Electronic motor protection relay (rated current user adjustable)
Torque limit level Torque limit value can be set (0–400 % variable)
Terminal 2, 4: 0–5 V DC, 0–10 V DC, 0/4–20 mA
Analog input
Frequency Terminal 1: 0–±5 V DC, 0–±10 V DC
setting values Input using the setting dial of the parameter unit
Digital input Four-digit BCD or 16 bit binary (when used with option FR-A8AX)
Start signal Available individually for forward rotation and reverse rotation. Start signal automatic self-holding input (3-wire input) can be selected.
Low-speed operation command, middle-speed operation command, high-speed operation command, second function selection, terminal 4 input
selection, JOG operation selection, electronic bypass function d, selection of automatic restart after instantaneous power failure e, flying start e,
Common output stop, start self-holding selection, forward rotation command, reverse rotation command, inverter reset
The input signal can be changed using Pr. 178 to Pr. 189 (input terminal function selection).
Pulse train input 100 kpps
Control
signals for Maximum and minimum frequency settings, multi-speed operation, acceleration/deceleration pattern, thermal protection, DC injection brake,
operation starting frequency, JOG operation, output stop (MRS), stall prevention, regeneration avoidance, increased magnetic excitation deceleration, DC
Input signals feeding d, frequency jump, rotation display, automatic restart after instantaneous power failure, electronic bypass sequence, remote setting,
automatic acceleration/deceleration, intelligent mode, retry function, carrier frequency selection, fast-response current limit, forward/reverse
rotation prevention, operation mode selection, slip compensation, droop control, load torque high-speed frequency control, speed smoothing control,
Operating status traverse, auto tuning, applied motor selection, gain tuning, machine analyzer ad, RS485 communication, PID control, PID pre-charge function, easy
dancer control, cooling fan operation selection, stop selection (deceleration stop/coasting), power-failure deceleration stop function d, stop-on-
contact control, PLC function, life diagnosis, maintenance timer, current average monitor, multiple rating, orientation control a, speed control, torque
control, position control, pre-excitation, torque limit, test run, 24 V power supply input for control circuit, safety stop function, vibration control 6,
swinging suppression control 7
Open collector output Inverter running, up to frequency, instantaneous power failure/undervoltage d, overload warning, output frequency detection, fault
Output signal (five terminals) Relay output Fault codes of the inverter can be output (4 bits) from the open collector.
(two terminals)
Max. 20 mA DC: one terminal (output current)
Current output The monitored item can be changed using Pr. 54 FM/CA terminal function selection.
For meter
Max. ±10 V DC: one terminal (output voltage)
Voltage output The monitored item can be changed using Pr. 158 AM terminal function selection.
Indication
Output frequency, output current, output voltage, frequency setting value
Operating status
Operation The monitored item can be changed using Pr. 52 Operation panel main monitor selection.
panel (FR-DU08) Fault record is displayed when a fault occurs. Past 8 fault records and the conditions immediately before the fault (output voltage/current/frequency/
Fault record cumulative energization time/year/month/date/time) are saved.
Overcurrent trip during acceleration, overcurrent trip during constant speed, overcurrent trip during deceleration or stop, regenerative overvoltage trip
during acceleration, regenerative overvoltage trip during constant speed, regenerative overvoltage trip during deceleration or stop, inverter overload
trip (electronic thermal relay function), motor overload trip (electronic thermal relay function), heatsink overheat, instantaneous power failure 4,
undervoltage 4, input phase loss 24, stall prevention stop, loss of synchronism detection 2, brake transistor alarm detection 4, output side earth
(ground) fault overcurrent, output short circuit 7, output phase loss, external thermal relay operation 2, PTC thermistor operation 2, option fault,
Protective functions communication option fault, parameter storage device fault, PU disconnection, retry count excess 2, CPU fault, operation panel power supply short
circuit/RS485 terminals power supply short circuit, 24 V DC power fault, abnormal output current detection 2, inrush current limit circuit fault 4,
Protection communication fault (inverter), analog input fault, USB communication fault, safety circuit fault 6, overspeed occurrence 2, speed deviation excess
detection 12, signal loss detection 12, excessive position fault 12, brake sequence fault 2, encoder phase fault 12, 4 mA input fault 2, pre-
charge fault 2, PID signal fault 2, option fault, opposite rotation deceleration fault 2, internal circuit fault, abnormal internal temperature 346
Fan alarm, stall prevention (overcurrent), stall prevention (overvoltage), regenerative brake pre-alarm 24, electronic thermal relay function pre-
alarm, PU stop, speed limit indication (output during speed limit) 2, parameter copy, safety stop 7 maintenance signal output 24, maintenance
Warning function timer 1 to 3 2e, USB host error, home position return setting error 2, home position return uncompleted 2, home position return parameter setting
error 2, operation panel lock 2, password locked 2, parameter write error, copy operation error, 24 V external power supply operation, internal-
circulation fan alarm 34
Surrounding air temperature -10 °C to +50 °C
Others
Storage temperature h -20 °C to +65 °C
Remarks:
a Available only when the option (FR-A8AP) is mounted.
b This protective function is not available in the initial status.
c For PM sensorless vector control.
d Not for A842
e Only for A842
f Not for A860
g Only for A860
h Temperature applicable for a short time, e. g. in transit.

60
Specifications FR-CC2

Common specifications FR-CC2


FR-CC2 Description
External thermal relay input, converter reset
Input signals (three terminals) The input signal can be changed using Pr.178, Pr.187, and Pr.189 (input terminal function selection).
Thermal protection, DC injection brake, automatic restart after instantaneous power failure, retry function, RS485 communication, life diagnosis,
Operational functions maintenance timer, 24 V power supply input for control circuit
Output signal, open collector output (five terminals) Inverter operation enable (positive logic, negative logic), instantaneous power failure/undervoltage, inverter reset, fan fault output, fault
Relay output (one terminal) The output signal can be changed using Pr.190 to Pr.195 (output terminal function selection).
Converter output voltage, input current, electric thermal relay function load factor
Operating status The monitored item can be changed using Pr.774 to Pr.776 operation panel monitor selection 1 to 3.
Operation panel (FR-DU08)
Fault record is displayed when a fault occurs. Past 8 fault records and the conditions immediately before the fault (converter output voltage/input
Fault record current/electronic thermal relay function load factor/cumulative energization time/year/month/date/time) are saved.
Overcurrent trip, overvoltage trip, converter overload trip (electronic thermal relay function), heatsink overheat, instantaneous power failure, under-

Protective/warning function
Protective function voltage, input phase loss c, external thermal relay operation, PU disconnectionc, retry count excessc, parameter storage device fault, CPU fault,
24 V DC power fault, inrush current limit circuit fault, communication fault (inverter), option fault, operation panel power supply short circuit RS485
terminals power supply short circuit, Internal circuit fault
2
Fan alarm, electronic thermal relay function pre-alarm, maintenance timer 1 to 3 c, operation panel lock c, password locked c, parameter write

Specifications
Warning function error, copy operation error, 24 V external power supply operation
FR-CC2-H315K–H560K: -10 °C to +50 °C (non-freezing)
Surrounding air temperature FR-CC2-H630K: -10 °C to +40 °C (non-freezing)
With IEC60721-3-3 3C2/3S2 conforming circuit board coating: 95 % RH or less (non-condensing)
Surrounding air humidity
Environment With standard circuit board coating: 90 % RH or less (non-condensing)
Storage temperature a -20 °C to +65 °C
Atmosphere Indoors (without corrosive gas, flammable gas, oil mist, dust and dirt, etc.)
Altitude/vibration Maximum 1000 m above sea level, 2.9 m/s2 or less b at 10 to 55 Hz (directions of X, Y, Z axes)
Remarks:
a Temperature applicable for a short time, e. g. in transit.
b For the installation in an altitude above 1000 m (up to 2500 m), derate the rated current 3 % per 500 m.
c This protective function is not available in the initial status.

61
Specifications FR-A800

Block diagram FR-A800

Intermediate circuit connections

P/+

PR
P1

N/-
PX
P3
Motor
L1 R
U
3-phase AC V
L2
power supply
L3 W

Control circuit mains L11 ON Jumper for activating the


supply connection integrated interference
L21
OFF suppression filter

2 Main circuit
Protective earth
Control circuit
Specifications

Forward rotation start STF C1


Relay output 1
Reverse rotation start STR B1 (Alarm output)
Start self-retaining selection STOP A1
High speed RH
Multi-speed Middle speed C2
RM
selection B2
Low speed RL Relay output 2
Jog mode JOG A2
Second function selection RT
Output stop MRS
RUN Running (Motor operation)
Reset RES b
SU Frequency setting value/
Current input selection AU Current value comparison
SOURCE

Selection of automatic restart CS IPF Instantaneous power failure


SINK

Common OL Overload
SD
24 V DC Output (max. 100 mA) FU Frequency detection
(Common for external power PC
SE Power supply for OC outputs
supply transistor) (common)
24 V external power supply input +24
Common terminal SD

PU
10E connector CA Analog signal output (0–20 mA DC) a
10
Frequency setting
USB A
potentiometer 2 AM Analog signal output (±10 V/1 mA)
connector
0.5 W 1 kΩ 5 Analog common output
5
USB
mini B
Auxiliary input (+) 1 connector
(-)
Current input (+) 4 Ethernet RS485 terminals4
(-) connector TXD+
Data transmission
TXD-
3

Connector/Slot RXD+ Data reception


for up to three plug-in RXD-
option connections SG GND (Ground)
VCC 5 V (max. 100 mA)
PC
Safety terminals S1
S2 Output shutoff
SO Safety Monitor output
SIC circuit SOC Safety Monitor output common
Common
SD
a Common terminal is 5
* Input area can be set via parameters. b Initial setting is source logic.
c Only for FR-A800-E
d Not for FR-A800-E
Assignment of main circuit terminals If a 2nd serial interface is required, remove the initial installed Ethernet
board and install the FR-A8ERS option board.

Function Terminal Designation Description


L1, L2, L3 Mains supply connection Mains power supply of the inverters (FR-A820: 200–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz); (FR-A840: 380–500 V AC, 50/60 Hz)
P/+, PR FR-A820-00046–00490/FR-A840-00023–00250
Brake resistor connection FR-ABR
P3, PR FR-A820-00770–01250/FR-840-00470–01800
P/+, N/- Brake unit connection Connect the brake unit (FR-BU, BU), power regeneration common converter (FR-CV), Harmonic Converter (FR-HC and MT-HC) or power regeneration converter (MTRC).
Main An optional DC choke can be connected to the terminals P1 and P/+. The jumper on terminals P1 and P/+ must be removed when this optional choke is used on
circuit P/+, P1 DC choke connection frequency inverter models FR-A820-03160 or lower and FR-A840-01800 or lower. When using a motor with 75 kW or higher, always connect a mandatory DC choke.
connec- The DC choke must be installed on frequency inverter models FR-A820-03800 or higher and FR-A840-02160 or higher.
62 tion Built-in brake
PR, PX When the jumper is connected across terminals PR and PX (initial status), the built-in brake resistor circuit is valid.
circuit connection
U, V, W Motor connection Voltage output of the inverter (3-phase, 0 V up to power supply voltage, 0.2–590 Hz)
L11, L21 Power supply for control circuit To use external power for the control circuit connect the mains power to L11/L21 (and remove jumpers L1 and L2).
PE Protective earth connection of inverter
Specifications FR-A800

Block diagram FR-A842

Motor
Converter P/+ U
unit N/- V
W

L11
L21

Main circuit
Protective earth
Control circuit 2

Specifications
Forward rotation start STF C1 Relay output 1
Reverse rotation start STR B1 (Alarm output)
Start self-retaining selection STOP A1
High speed RH
Multi-speed Middle speed RM C2
selection Low speed RL B2 Relay output 2
Jog mode JOG A2
Second function selection RT
Output stop MRS
Reset RUN Running (Motor operation)
RES
Current input selection
b
SU Frequency setting value/
AU Current value comparison
SOURCE

Selection of automatic restart IPF Instantaneous power failure


CS
SINK

Common OL Overload
SD
24 V DC Output (max. 100 mA) FU Frequency detection
(Common for external PC
power supply transistor) SE Power supply for OC outputs
(common)
24 V external power supply input +24
Common terminal SD

PU
10E connector CA Analog signal output (0–20 mA DC) a
10
Frequency setting
potentiometer 2 USB A
connector AM Analog signal output (±10 V/1 mA)
0.5 W 1 kΩ 5 Analog common output
5
USB
mini B
Auxiliary input (+) 1 connector
(-)
Current input (+) 4 Ethernet RS485 terminals4
(-) connector TXD+ Data transmission
3
TXD-
Connector/Slot RXD+ Data reception
for up to three plug-in RXD-
option connections GND (Ground)
SG
VCC 5 V (max. 100 mA)
PC
Safety terminals S1
S2 SO Safety Monitor output
Output shutoff
Common SIC circuit SOC Safety Monitor output common
SD

* Input area can be set via parameters. a Common terminal is 5


b Initial setting is source logic.
c Only for FR-A800-E
d Not for FR-A800-E
If a 2nd serial interface is required, remove the initial installed Ethernet
Assignment of main circuit terminals board and install the FR-A8ERS option board.

Function Terminal Designation Description


P/+, N/- Converter unit connection Connect the converter unit FR-CC2.
Main
circuit U, V, W Motor connection Voltage output of the inverter (3-phase, 0 V up to power supply voltage, 0.2–590 Hz)
connec- L11, L21 Power supply for control circuit The voltage for separate power supply of the control circuit is 380 to 480 V AC, 50/60 Hz.
tion
PE Protective earth connection of inverter

63
Specifications FR-A800

Block diagram FR-A860

Intermediate circuit connections

P/+

PR
P1

N/-
PX
P3
Motor
L1 U
3-phase AC V
L2
power supply
L3 W

Control circuit mains L11


supply connection L21

2 Main circuit
Protective earth
Control circuit
Specifications

Forward rotation start STF C1


Relay output 1
Reverse rotation start STR B1 (Alarm output)
Start self-retaining selection STOP A1
High speed RH
Multi-speed Middle speed C2
RM
selection B2
Low speed RL Relay output 2
Jog mode JOG A2
Second function selection RT
Output stop MRS
RUN Running (Motor operation)
Reset RES b
SU Frequency setting value/
Current input selection AU Current value comparison
SOURCE

Selection of automatic restart CS IPF Instantaneous power failure


SINK

Common OL Overload
SD
24 V DC Output (max. 100 mA) FU Frequency detection
(Common for external power PC
SE Power supply for OC outputs
supply transistor) (common)
24 V external power supply input +24
Common terminal SD

PU
10E connector CA Analog signal output (0–20 mA DC) a
10
Frequency setting
USB A
potentiometer 2 AM Analog signal output (±10 V/1 mA)
connector
0.5 W 1 kΩ 5 Analog common output
5
USB
mini B
Auxiliary input (+) 1 connector
(-)
Current input (+) 4
(-) TXD+
Data transmission
TXD-
Connector/Slot RXD+ Data reception
for up to three plug-in RXD-
option connections SG GND (Ground)
VCC 5 V (max. 100 mA)
PC
S1
S2 SO
SIC SOC
SD

* Input area can be set via parameters. a Common terminal is 5


b Initial setting is source logic.
Assignment of main circuit terminals
Function Terminal Designation Description
L1, L2, L3 Mains supply connection Mains power supply of the inverters
P/+, PR
Brake resistor connection FR-ABR A brake resistor is provided with the FR-A860-00090 or lower. Connect the provided brake resistor to terminals P3 and PR as required.
P3, PR
P/+, N/- Brake unit connection A brake unit can be connected.
Main An optional DC choke can be connected to the terminals P1 and P/+. The jumper on terminals P1 and P/+ must be removed when this optional choke is used on
circuit P/+, P1 DC choke connection frequency inverter models FR-A860-1080 or lower. When using a motor with 75 kW or higher, always connect a mandatory DC choke. The DC choke must be installed
connec- on frequency inverter models FR-A860-01440 or higher.
tion Built-in brake
64 PR, PX When the jumper is connected across terminals PR and PX (initial status), the built-in brake resistor circuit is valid.
circuit connection
U, V, W Motor connection Voltage output of the inverter (3-phase, 0 V up to power supply voltage, 0.2–590 Hz)
L11, L21 Power supply for control circuit To use external power for the control circuit connect the mains power to L11/L21 (and remove jumpers L1 and L2).
PE Protective earth connection of inverter
Specifications FR-A800

Block diagram FR-A870

Intermediate circuit connections

P/+
PR
N/-
Motor
L1 U
3-phase AC
power supply L2 V
L3 W

Control circuit mains L11 ON


supply connection L21
OFF
Main circuit
2
Protective earth
Control circuit

Specifications
Forward rotation start STF C1
Relay output 1
Reverse rotation start STR B1
(Alarm output)
Start self-retaining selection STOP A1
High speed RH
Multi-speed Middle speed RM C2
selection B2 Relay output 2
Low speed RL
Jog mode JOG A2
Second function selection RT
Output stop MRS
RUN Running (Motor operation)
Reset RES b
SU Frequency setting value/
Current input selection AU Current value comparison
SOURCE

Selection of automatic restart CS IPF


SINK

Instantaneous power failure


Common SD OL
Overload
24 V DC Output (max. 100 mA) PC FU
(Common for external power supply Frequency detection
SE
transistor) Power supply for OC outputs (common)
24 V external power supply input +24
Common terminal SD

PU
10E connector CA Analog signal output (0–20 mA DC) a

10
Frequency setting
potentiometer 2 USB-A-
AM Analog signal output (±10 V/1 mA)
0,5 W 1 kΩ connector
5 Analog common output
5
USB-Mini-B-
Auxiliary input (+) 1 connector
(-)
Current input (+) 4 Ethernet
(-) connectorc

Connector/Slot for up
to three plug-in option
connections

PC
S1
Safety terminals
S2 SO Safety Monitor output
Output shutoff
Common SIC circuit SOC Safety Monitor output common
SD

* Input area can be set via parameters. a Common terminal is 5


b Initial setting is source logic.
Assignment of main circuit terminals
Function Terminal Designation Description
L1, L2, L3 Mains supply connection Mains power supply of the inverter
P/+, PR Brake resistor connection FR-ABR A brake resistor is provided with the FR-A860-00090 or lower. Connect the provided brake resistor to terminals P3 and PR as required.
P/+, N/- Brake unit connection A brake unit can be connected.
An optional DC choke can be connected to the terminals P1 and P/+. The jumper on terminals P1 and P/+ must be removed when this optional choke is used
P/+, P1 DC choke connection on frequency inverter models FR-A860-1080 or lower. When using a motor with 75 kW or higher, always connect a mandatory DC choke. The DC choke must be
Main circuit installed on frequency inverter models FR-A860-01440 or higher.
connection Built-in brake
PR, PX When the jumper is connected across terminals PR and PX (initial status), the built-in brake resistor circuit is valid.
circuit connection
U, V, W Motor connection Voltage output of the inverter (3-phase, 0 V up to power supply voltage, 0.2–590 Hz) 65
L11, L21 Power supply for control circuit To use external power for the control circuit connect the mains power to L11/L21 (and remove jumpers L1 and L2).
PE Protective earth connection of inverter
Specifications FR-CC2

Block diagram FR-CC2

L1 P/+
3-phase AC Inverter
L2 N/-
power supply
L3

L11 ON Jumper for activating the


L21 integrated interference
OFF suppression filter

Main circuit

2 Protective earth
Control circuit
Specifications

Reset RES
External thermal relay input OH

RDA Inverter operation


Contact input RDI enable (NO contact)
RDB Inverter operation
enable (NC contact)
RSO Inverter reset
AU Instantaneous power
IPF
failure
SOURCE

PCT
PTC FAN Cooling fan fault
SINK

Common SD
24 V DC Output (max. 100 mA) SE Open collector output
(Common for external PC common sink/source
power supply transistor) common

+24
SD
24 V external power supply input
Common terminal

PU C1 Relay output
connector B1 (Fault output)
A1
USB
mini B
connector
TXD+ Data transmission
TXD-
RXD+ Data reception
RXD-
SG GND (Ground)

VCC 5 V (max. 100 mA)

Assignment of main circuit terminals


Function Terminal Designation Description
L1, L2, L3 Mains supply connection Mains power supply of the inverters (380–480 V AC, 50/60 Hz)
Main circuit L11, L21 Power supply for control circuit To use external power for the control circuit connect the mains power to L11/L21 (and remove jumpers L1 and L2).
connection P/+, N/- Inverter connection Connect to terminals P/+ and N/- of the inverter.
PE Protective earth connection of inverter

66
Specifications FR-A800/FR-CC2

Assignment of signal terminals (FR-A800 and FR-CC2)


Function Terminal Designation Description
STF Forward rotation start The motor rotates forward, if a signal is applied to terminal STF.
STR Reverse rotation start The motor rotates reverse, if a signal is applied to terminal STR.
STOP Start self-retaining selection The start signals are self-retaining, if a signal is applied to terminal STOP.
RH, RM, RL Multi-speed selection Preset of 15 different output frequencies according to the combination of the RH, RM and RL signals.
Jog mode selection The JOG mode is selected, if a signal is applied to this terminal (factory setting). The start signals STF and STR determine the rotation direction.
JOG
Pulse train input The JOG terminal can be used as pulse train input terminal (parameter 291 setting needs to be changed)
RT Second parameter settings A second set of parameter settings is selected, if a signal is applied to terminal RT.
Control MRS Output stop The inverter lock stops the output frequency without regard to the delay time.
connection
(programmable) RES RESET input An activated protective circuit is reset, if a signal is applied to the terminal RES (t >0.1 s).
The external thermal relay input (OH) signal is used when using an external thermal relay or a thermal protector built into the motor to protect
OH a
RDI a
External thermal relay input
Contact input
the motor from overheating. When the thermal relay is activated, the inverter trips by the external thermal relay operation (E.OHT).
No function is assigned in the initial setting. The function can be assigned by setting Pr.178.
2
Current input selection The 0/4–20 mA signal on terminal 4 is enabled by a signal on the AU terminal.

Specifications
AU If you connect a PTC temperature sensor you must assign the PTC signal to the AU terminal and set the slide switch on the control circuit board
PTC input
to the PTC position.
Automatic restart after
CS instanta-neous power failure
The inverter restarts automatically after a power failure, if a signal is applied to the terminal CS.
Common terminal for contact input terminal (sink logic); Connect this terminal to the power supply common terminal of a transistor output
Reference potential (0 V)
SD for the PC terminal (24 V)
(open collector output) device, such as a programmable controller, in the source logic to avoid malfunction by undesirable current.
Common terminal for the 24 V DC power supply (terminal PC, terminal +24) Isolated from terminals 5 and SE.
Connect this terminal to the power supply common terminal of a transistor output (open collector output) device, such as a programmable
Common PC 24 V DC output controller, in the source logic to avoid malfunction by undesirable current. Common terminal for contact input terminal (source logic).
Can be used as a 24 V DC 0.1 A power supply.
For connecting a 24 V external power supply. If a 24 V external power supply is connected, power is supplied to the control circuit while the
+24 24 V external power supply input
main power circuit is OFF.
10 E Voltage output for Output voltage 10 V DC. Max. output current 10 mA. Recommended potentiometer: 1 kΩ, 2 W linear
10 potentiometer Output voltage 5 V DC. Max. output current 10 mA. Recommended potentiometer: 1 kΩ, 2 W linear
Input for frequency setting The setting value 0–5 V DC (or 0–10 V, 0/4–20 mA) is applied to this terminal. You can switch between voltage and current setpoint values with
2 value signal parameter 73. The input resistance is 10 kΩ.
Setting value Frequency setting common Terminal 5 provides the common reference potential (0 V) for all analog set point values and for the analog output signals CA (current) and AM
specification 5 and analog outputs (voltage). The terminal is isolated from the digital circuit’s reference potential (SD). This terminal should not be grounded.
Auxiliary input for frequency setting An additional voltage setting value signal of 0–±5 (10) V DC can be applied to terminal 1.
1
value signal 0–±5 (10) V DC The voltage range is preset to 0–±10 V DC. The input resistance is 10 kΩ.
The setting value 0/4–20 mA or 0–10 V is applied to this terminal. You can switch between voltage and current setpoint values with parameter
4 Input for setting value signal
267. The input resistance is 250 Ω. The current setting value is enabled via terminal function AU.
Potential free relay output 1 (Alarm) The
alarm is output via relay contacts. The block diagram shows the normal operation and voltage free status. If the protective function is
A1, B1, C1
activated, the relay picks up. The maximum contact load is 200 V AC/0.3 A or 30 V DC/0.3 A.
Any of the available 42 output signals can be used as the output driver.
A2, B2, C2 Potential free relay output 2
The maximum contact load is 230 V AC/0.3 A or 30 V DC/0.3 A.
The output is switched low, if the inverter output frequency is equal to or higher than the starting frequency.
RUN Signal output for motor operation
The output is switched high, if no frequency is output or the DC brake is in operation.
Inverter operation enable
RDA a (NO contact)
The contact is closed when the converter unit is ready.
Inverter operation enable
RDB a (NC contact) The contact is open when the converter unit has a fault or is resetted.
RSO a Inverter reset (NO contact) The contact is closed while the converter unit is resetting.

Signal output for frequency The SU output supports a monitoring of frequency setting value and frequency current value. The output is switched low, once the frequency
SU setting value/current value current value (output frequency of the inverter) approaches the frequency setting value (determined by the setting value signal) within a preset
Signal output comparison range of tolerance.
(programmable)
Signal output for instantaneous
IPF power failure The output is switched low for a temporary power failure within a range of 15 ms ≤tIPF ≤100 ms or for under voltage.
FAN a Cooling fan fault Switched to LOW when a cooling fan fault occurs.
The OL is switched low, if the output current of the inverter exceeds the current limit preset in parameter 22 and the stall prevention is activa-
OL Signal output for overload alarm ted. If the output current of the inverter falls below the current limit preset in parameter 22, the signal at the OL output is switched high.
Signal output for monitoring
FU output frequency
The output is switched low once the output frequency exceeds a value preset in parameter 42 (or 43). Otherwise the FU output is switched high.
Reference potential
SE for signal outputs
The potential that is switched via open collector outputs RUN, SU, OL, IPF and FU is connected to this terminal.

One of 18 monitoring functions can be selected, e. g. Output item: output frequency (initial setting),
CA Analog current output
external frequency output. CA- and AM output can be Load impedance: 200 Ω–450 Ω, output signal: 0–20 mA
Analog signal output used simultaneously. The functions are determined Output item: output frequency (initial setting), output signal 0–10 V DC,
AM 0–10 V DC (1 mA) by parameters. permissible load current 1 mA (load impedance ≥10 kΩ), resolution 8 bit
A parameter unit can be connected. Communications via RS485
— PU connector I/O standard: RS485, multi drop operation: max 1152 baud (overall length: 500 m)
Interface — RS485 terminal (via RS485 terminal) Communications via RS485; I/O standard: RS485, multi drop operation: max 1152 baud (overall length: 500 m)
2 USB connectors USB A connector: a USB memory device enables parameter copy, PLC code download and trace function.
— (Conforms to USB1.1/USB2.0) USB mini B connector: connected to a personal computer via USB to enable operations of the inverter by FR Configurator2.
S1, S2 Safety inputs
Reference potential
Safety SIC for safety inputs When the safety functions are not used, the existing jumpers between the terminals S1-PC, S2-PC and SIC-SD must not be removed,
connection otherwise an operation of the frequency inverter is not possible.
SO Safety monitor output
SOC Safety monitor output common 67

a only for FR-CC2


Specifications MVe2/MVG2

TMdrive®-MVe2/MVG2 – ­Energy Saving Medium Voltage Inverter

TMdrive®-MVe2 and TMdrive®-MVG2 are AC


frequency inverter for medium-voltage drives
and provide highly efficient and energy-
saving operation in a wide range of industrial
applications. High reliability, low harmonic
distortion, and operation with high power factor
are the characteristics of these drive series.
MVe2 is additionally characterized by a 100% ED
regenerative capability, as well as reactive power
compensation of the system.

2
Specifications

Technical details MVe2

MVe2
Product line
3.3/3.0 kV
Rated capacity at 3.3 kV  kVA 200 300 400 600 800 950 1100 1300 1500
Overload capacity  60 s 110 %
Output
Rated current  A 35 53 70 105 140 166 192 227 263
Rated motor capacity  kW 160 250 320 450 650 750 900 1000 1250
Cell frame 100 200 300 400

MVe2
Product line
4.16 kV
Rated capacity at 4.16 kV  kVA 500 1000 1380 1890
Overload capacity  60 s 110 %
Output
Rated current  A 69 138 191 262
Rated motor capacity  kW 400 810 1120 1600
Cell frame 100 200 300 400

MVe2
Product line
6.6/6.0 kV
Rated capacity at 6.6 kV  kVA 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1900 2200 2600 3000
Overload capacity  60 s 110 %
Output
Rated current  A 35 53 70 87 105 122 140 166 192 227 262
Rated motor capacity  kW 315 450 650 810 1000 1130 1250 1600 1800 2250 2500
Cell frame 100 200 300 400

MVe2
Product line
10/11 kV
Rated capacity at 11 kV  kVA 660 990 1320 2000 2640 3080 3630 4290 5000
Overload capacity  60 s 110 %
Output
Rated current  A 35 53 70 105 139 162 191 226 263
Rated motor capacity  kW 500 800 1000 1600 2040 2500 2800 3500 3860
Cell frame 100 200 300 400

68
Specifications MVe2/MVG2

Common specifications MVe2

MVe2 Description
Output frequency (Hz) Rated output frequency of 50 or 60 Hz
Output
Overload capacity 110 % of rated current for 60 seconds
Input voltage 3-phase, 3000, 3300, 4160, 6000, 6600, 10000, 11000 V, ±10 %,
Frequency range 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Input Control/fan circuit 400 V/50 Hz, 440 V/60 Hz, other options
Input power factor/ regenerative Fundamental wave power factor of approximately pf = 1.0, regenerative capacity of 80 %
capacity
Control method Sensorless vector control, vector control with sensor, or V/f control + Multilevel PWM (Pulse Width Modulation)
Frequency accuracy ±0.5% for maximum output frequency (for the analog frequency reference input)
Load torque characteristic
Acceleration/deceleration time
Variable torque load, constant-torque load
0.1 to 3270 seconds, individual setting possible (Setting depends on the load GD2)
2
Control function Soft stall (Programmable speed reduction for fans and pumps during periods of overload), Ride-through control during instantaneous power failures,

Specifications
Primary control functions break point acceleration/deceleration function, specific frequency evasion function, continuous operation function during speed reference loss, total run
time display function
Primary protective functions Current limit, overcurrent, overvoltage, overload, load side ground fault, undervoltage, CPU error, cooling fan fault, etc.
Communication (option) DeviceNet™, Profibus DP, Modbus® RTU, TC-net I/O, CC-Link
LCD display (240×64 dots)
Display
Display function 4 LED indicators (READY, RUN, ALARM/FAULT, Discharge check)
Push buttons NAVIGATION key, CONTLROL key, Operation, stop, fault reset, interlock (drive run inhibit)
Input transformer Class H, dry type, TMdrive-MVe2 dedicated specifications (External options available)
Structure IP30 (except for the cooling fan opening) (Options available)
Steel-plate, semi-closed, self-supporting enclosure structure for a front maintenance.
Enclosure structure
Enclosure The devices with 11 kV require maintenance from front and rear.
Cooling Forced air cooling by a ceiling fan
Finish color Munsell 5Y7/1, leather-tone finish
Ambient temperature 0 to 40 ˚C (Higher temperatures with derating)
Humidity 85 % or less (non-condensing)
Ambient condition Altitude Up to 1000 m (Higher with derating)
Vibration 4.9 m/s² or less (10 to 50 Hz)
Installation location For indoor use only, avoid environments containing corrosive gases, install in a dust-free location
Load pattern Fans, blowers, pumps, compressors, extruders, fan pumps, mixers, conveyors, etc.
Applicable standards IEC, JIS, JEM, CSA, NEMA, CE, UL on request

Detailed specifications and ordering details are available on request from your distributor.

69
Specifications MVe2/MVG2

Technical details MVG2

MVG2
Product line
3.0/3.3 kV
at 3.0 kV 180 270 360 400 540 720 800 860 1000 1080 1180 1360 1500 1630 1810 2000 2200 2720 3410 4090 5180
Rated capacity  kVA
at 3.3 kV 200 300 400 440 600 800 880 950 1100 1200 1300 1500 1650 1800 2000 2200 2400 3000 3750 4500 5700
Output Overload capacity  60 s 110%
Rated current  A 35 53 70 77 105 140 154 166 192 210 227 263 289 315 350 385 420 525 657 787 CF 997
Rated motor capacity  kW 160 250 320 355 450 650 710 750 900 970 1000 1250 1340 1400 1600 1800 2000 2500 3060 3600 4560
Cell frame 1 2 3A 3B 4 5 6 7 Twin 5

2 Product line
MVG2
4.0/4.16 kV
Specifications

at 4.0 kV 2770 3780 5050 6000


Rated capacity  kVA
at 4.16 kV — 4147 5537 6580
Output Overload capacity  60 s 110%
Rated current  A 384 525 701 833
Rated motor capacity  kW 1640 3026 4040 4800
Cell frame 4 5 6 7

MVG2
Product line
6.0/6.6 kV
at 6.0 kV 360 540 720 800 900 1090 1260 1450 1600 1720 2000 2160 2360 2720 3000 3270 3630 4000
Rated capacity  kVA
at 6.6 kV 400 600 800 880 1000 1200 1400 1600 1760 1900 2200 2400 2600 3000 3300 3600 4000 4400
Output Overload capacity  60 s 110%
Rated current  A 35 53 70 77 87 105 122 140 154 166 192 210 227 262 289 315 350 385
Rated motor capacity  kW 315 450 650 710 810 1000 1130 1250 1420 1600 1800 1940 2250 2500 2670 2800 3150 3550
Cell frame 1 2 3A 3B 4
MVG2
Product line
6.0/6.6 kV
at 6.0 kV 4360 4900 5450 — — — 6000 6500 7000 7500 8200 9000 — — 8270 9320 10360
Rated capacity  kVA
at 6.6 kV 4800 5400 6000 6500 7000 7500 — — — — — — 8200 9000 9100 10260 11400
Output Overload capacity  60 s 110%
Rated current  A 420 473 525 569 612 656 578 626 674 730 790 — 718 790 CF 796 CF 898 CF 997
Rated motor capacity  kW 4000 4500 5000 5200 5600 6000 5000 5600 6000 6500 6500 7360 6300 7200 8000 8500 10000
Cell frame 5 6 7 Twin 5

MVG2
Product line
10/11 kV
at 10 kV 600 900 1200 1330 1500 1800 2100 2400 2660 2800 3300 3630 3900 4500 5000
Rated capacity  kVA
at 11 kV 660 660 1320 1460 1650 2000 2310 2640 2930 3080 3630 4000 4290 5000 5500
Output Overload capacity  60 s 110%
Rated current  A 35 53 70 77 87 105 122 139 154 162 191 210 226 263 289
Rated motor capacity  kW 500 800 1000 1040 1350 1600 1800 2040 2375 2500 2800 3250 3500 3860 4400
Cell frame 1 2 3A 3B
MVG2
Product line
10/11 kV
at 10 kV 5400 6000 6680 7200 8100 9000 10000 11000 12600 — — 13600 14700 — — — 15000 17500
Rated capacity  kVA
at 11 kV 6000 6600 7350 8000 9000 10000 — — — 11000 12600 — — 13600 15000 16100 — 19500
Output Overload capacity  60 s 110%
Rated current  A 315 347 386 420 473 525 578 636 730 578 662 790 850 718 788 850 867 CF 1024
Rated motor capacity  kW 4900 5400 5800 6500 7300 8000 8000 8800 10000 8800 10000 10800 11500 10800 11500 13500 12265 16000
Cell frame 4 5 6 7 Twin 5

70
Specifications MVe2/MVG2

Common specifications MVG2

MVG2 Beschreibung
Output frequency (Hz) Rated output frequency 50 Hz or 60 Hz
Output
Overload capacity 125 % of rated current for 60 seconds
Input voltage 3-phase, 3000, 3300, 4000, 4160, 6000, 6600, 10000, 11000 V, ±10 %
Frequency range 50/60 Hz ±5 % (60 Hz only at 4.16 kV)
Input Lüfterversorgung 380/400/440 V AC, 3-phase, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
Control circuit 120 V AC, 3-phase, 60 Hz or 220 V AV, 3-phase, 50 Hz
Input power factor/ regenerative capacity Fundamental wave power factor of approximately pf = 0.95, regenerative capacity of 100 %
Control method Primary control functions

2
Ride-through control during instantaneous power failures up to 300 ms, option for synchronous transfer to line, option for synchronous motor control,
Primary control functions non-volatile memory for parameters and fault data
Maximum speed regulator response: 20 rad/sec
Control function Speed regulation without speed sensor ± 0.5%

Specifications
Accuracy of vector control Maximum torque current response: 500 rad/sec
Torque accuracy: ± 3% with temp sensor, ± 10% without
Speed control range, 5-100%
Protective Functions Overcurrent, overvoltage, undervoltage or loss of power supply, motor ground fault, motor overload, Cooling fan failure, overtemperature, CPU error etc.
Communication (option) Profibus DP, Ethernet IP, Ethernet EGD, DeviceNet™, TOSLINE®-S20 oder Modbus® RTU
Backlit LCD, animated displays
Display
Display function Four configurable bar graphs, parameter editing, optional multilingual display, drive control
Push buttons NAVIGATION key, CONTLROL key, Operation, stop, fault reset, interlock (drive run inhibit)
Input transformer Class H, dry type, TMdrive-MVe2 dedicated specifications (External options available)
Structure IP30 (except for the cooling fan opening) (Options available)
Enclosure Cooling Forced air cooling by a ceiling fan
Finish color Munsell 5Y7/1, leather-tone finish
Ambient temperature 0 to 40 ˚C (Higher temperatures with derating)
Humidity 85 % or less (non-condensing)
Ambient condition
Altitude Up to 1000 m (Higher with derating)
Installation location For indoor use only, avoid environments containing corrosive gases, install in a dust-free location
Applicable standards IEC61800-4, JIS, JEC, JEM, IEEE1566

Detailed specifications and ordering details are available on request from your distributor.

71
Gerneral technical information

Parameter overview

For simple variable-speed operation of the Parameter setting, change and check can The following list is an overview on the
inverter, the initial setting of the parameters be made from the parameter unit or by capabilities and functions of each inverter. For
may be used as they are. the Software FR Configurator (FR-700) and details of parameters, refer to the appropriate
Set the necessary parameters to meet the load FR Configurator2 (FR-800) (see page 96 for instruction manual see https://eu3a.
and operational specifications. more details). mitsubishielectric.com.

Function FR-CS80 FR-D700 SC FR-E800 FR-A741 FR-F800 FR-A800


2nd parameter settings U U U U U U

2 3rd parameter settings


Restart

U

U

U
U
U
U
U
U
U
Vector control U U U U U U
Specifications

Adjustable 5 points V/f U — U U U U


Orientation control — — — U — U
Encoder feedback — — — U — U
Pulse train input — — — U U U
Positioning function — — — U — U
Torque command — — U U U U
Torque limit — — U U — U
Torque bias — — — U — U
Speed limit — — U U — U
Easy gain tuning — — — U U U
Adjustment function — — U U U U
PLC function — — U U U U
PID control U U U U U U
Commercial power supply switch-over — — — U U U
Backlash — — — U U U
Variable current limiting — U U U U U
Output current detection U U U U — U
User functions — — U U U U
Terminal functions selection U U U U U U
Multi-speed setting U U U U U U
Help functions U U — U U U
Slip compensation U U U U U U
Lifetime detection — U U U — U
Power failure stop U U U U U U
Load torque high speed frequency control — — — U — U
External brake control — — U U — U
Droop control — — U U — U
Password lock U U U U U U
Remote outputs — U U U U U
Maintenance functions — U U U U U
Current average monitor — U U U U U
Speed smoothing control — U U — U U
PID Sleep function U U U — — U
Advanced PID control — — U — — U
Traverse function U U U U U U
Anti sway function — — — — — U
Regeneration avoidance function U U U U U U
Free parameter — U U U U U
Energy saving monitor — — U U U U
Calibration function U U U U — U
Analog current output calibration function — — — U — U
PTC input — U — U U U
Pre-charge function — — — — U U
24 V power supply — — — — U U
Increased magnetic excitation deceleration U — — — U U
PM motor control — — U — U U
Remark:
For an overview of all parameters, refer to the inverter manual.

72
Gerneral technical information

Setting parameters (example)

Select parameter Display of current setting


Parameter setting mode approx. 2 s

2
Parameter and setting value

Specifications
flicker alternately

Parameter clear Parameter all clear Alarm clear

Parameter copy

General operating conditions for all inverters


Specifications FR-CS80 FR-D700 SC FR-E800 FR-F800 FR-A741 FR-A800
-10 °C to +40 °C -10 °C to +50 °C -20 °C to +60 °C -10 °C to +50 °C; -10 °C to +50 °C -10 °C to +50 °C
Ambient temperature in operation (non-freezing) (non-freezing) (non-freezing) (non-freezing) a (non-freezing) (non-freezing)
Storage temperature b -20 °C to +65 °C -20 °C to +65 °C -40 °C to +70 °C -20 °C to +65 °C -20 °C to +65 °C -20 °C to +65 °C
Max. 95 % Max. 90 % Max. 90 % Max. 95 % Max. 90 % Max. 95 %
Ambient humidity (non-condensing) (non-condensing) (non-condensing) (non-condensing) (non-condensing) (non-condensing)
Max. 2500 m Max. 1000 m Max. 3000 m Max. 1000 m Max. 1000 m Max. 1000 m
Altitude above sea level above sea level c above sea level above sea level above sea level above sea level
FR-F840: IP00/IP20 d FR-A840/842/846/860/862:
Protective structure Open Type IP20 Enclosed type IP20 Open type IP20 FR-F842: IP00 IP00 IP00/IP20
Environmental protection IEC60721-3-3 Class 3C2 — IEC60721-3-3 Class 3C2 IEC60721-3-3 Class 3C2/3S2 — IEC60721-3-3 Class 3C2/3S2
10 g (3 times each in 3 10 g (3 times each in 3 10 g (3 times each in 3 10 g (3 times each in 3 10 g (3 times each in 3 10 g (3 times each in 3
Shock resistance directions) directions) directions) directions) directions) directions)
Max. 5.9 m/s2 Max. 5.9 m/s2
(max. 2.9 m/s² for the (max. 2.9 m/s² for the
Vibration resistance Max. 5.9 m/s2 Max. 5.9 m/s2 Max. 5.9 m/s2 04320 or above and Max. 5.9 m/s2 04320 or above and
FR-F842 ) FR-A842 )
For indoor use only, avoid For indoor use only, avoid For indoor use only, avoid For indoor use only, avoid For indoor use only, avoid For indoor use only, avoid
environments containing environments containing environments containing environments containing environments containing environments containing
Ambient conditions corrosive gases, install corrosive gases, install corrosive gases, install corrosive gases, install corrosive gases, install corrosive gases, install
in a dust-free location. in a dust-free location. in a dust-free location. in a dust-free location. in a dust-free location. in a dust-free location.
CE/UL/cUL/EAC/CCC/DNV/
Approvals UL/CSA/CE/EN/EAC/CCC UL/CSA/CE/EN/EAC/CCC CE/UL/cUL/EAC/CCC CE/UL/cUL/EAC/CCC CE/UL/cUL/EAC/CCC ABS/BV/LR/NK
Remarks:
a For selection of the load characteristics with a 120 % overload rating the max. temperature is 40 °C (F840)
b The product may only be exposed to the full extremes of this temperature range for short periods (e. g. during transportation).
c After that derate 2.87 % for every extra 500 m up to 5000 m.
d When the cable bushing for the optional expansion cards is broken out the unit has an IP00 protection rating.

73
Gerneral technical information

Example system configuration (FR-A800)

3-phase AC power supply

Frequency inverter
FR-A800
Circuit breaker (MCCB) or USB
earth leakage circuit breaker
Protection against overload

2 and short-circuit b

USB connector
Specifications

for connecting
a personal
computer

Magnetic contactor (MC) a


Potential free safety
With the FR-Configurator2, all frequency
inverters in a network can be accessed via
the built-in interface.

AC choke (optional) DC choke High-duty brake resistor (FR-ABR)


FR-BAL-B FFR-HEL-(H)-E

P/+(P3)

PR

Earth
IM connection PM connection

L1 L2 L3 E

optional
higher
performance
L1’ L2’ L3’ E
filters

Output filter:
FFR-DT du/dt filter
FFR-SI Sinusoidal filter
FR-BU2

BU-UFS

DANGER: Risk of injury and electric shock


safety instructions before use.
Read the manual and follow theminutes before removing this cover.
Isolate from supply and wait 10
Ensure proper earth connection
surface.
Mount the inverter on a non-combustible

200V

Harmonic converters
(FR-HC2) for power sup-
Brake unit Induction motor
ply and regeneration of
electrical energy for an improvent of the brake capacity

IPM motor

74
Remark:
a For combinations of circuit breakers and magnetic contactors depending on the motor capacity refer to the manual of the frequency inverter.
b Use RCD type “B” for earth leakage protection with 3~ power supply.
Gerneral technical information

Example system configuration (FR-A842)

3-phase AC power supply

Converter unit Frequency inverter


Circuit breaker FR-CC2 FR-A842
(MCCB) or earth
leakage circuit
breaker
Protection
against over-
2
load and short-

Specifications
circuit b USB

Magnetic con-
tactor (MC) a USB connector
Potential free for connecting
safety a personal
computer

AC choke (optional) Personal computer


FR-BAL-B (FR Configurator2)

IM connection PM connection

Earth
Earth

Noise filter
FN 3359-mm

Optional output filter:


FFR-DT du/dt filter
FFR-SI sinusoidal filter

BU-UFS

Earth
Induction motor

Brake unit
FR-BU2 for an improvent of
the brake capacity

Remark:
a For combinations of circuit breakers and magnetic contactors depending on the motor capacity refer to the manual of the frequency inverter. IPM motor
b Use RCD type “B” for earth leakage protection with 3~ power supply. Earth

You can quickly and easily find the right selection


of frequency inverters and converter units with the 75
Selection Tool. Scan or click QR code and get started.
QR code to Selection Tool
Accessories overview

Internal and external options

A large number of options allows an individual Internal options


adoption of the inverter to the according
The internal options comprise input and output
task. The options can be installed quickly and
extensions as well as communications options
easily. Detailed information on installation
supporting the operation of the inverter within
and functions is included in the manual of the
a network or connected to a personal computer
options.
or PLC.
The options can be divided into two major
1 categories:
z Internal options
External options
In addition to the parameter unit that enables

2
z External options interactive operation of the frequency inverter
the available external options also include
additional EMC noise filters, chokes for

3 improving efficiency and brake units with brake


resistors.
Accessories

Option Description FR-CS80 FR-D700 SC FR-E800 FR-F800 FR-A741 FR-A800 FR-HC2


Digital input Input of the frequency setting via BCD or binary code — — U U U U —
Selectable standard output signals of the inverter can be
Digital output output — — U U U U —
at the open collector.
Selectable additional signals can be output and indicated at
Expansion analog output the analog output. — — U U U U —
Selectable standard output signals of the inverter can be
Relay output output through relay terminals. — — U U U U —
Orientation control, These options are used for position control, precise speed
encoder feedback (PLG), control and master/slave control. — — — — U U —
vector and master slave control
CC-Link Integration of a frequency inverter into a CC-Link. — — U U U U U
Integration of a frequency inverter into a CC-Link IE Field
CC-Link IE Field network. — — — — U U —

BACnet IP Integration of a frequency inverter into a BACnet IP network. — — U U U — U


Internal Integration of a frequency inverter into a Modbus® TCP
options Modbus® TCP network. — — U U U U U

EtherNet IP Integration of a frequency inverter into a Ethernet IP network. — — U U U U U

EtherCat Integration of a frequency inverter into a EtherCat network. — — U U U U —

Communications LonWorks Integration of a frequency inverter into a LonWorks network. — — U U U U —


Integration of a frequency inverter into a Profibus DPV1
Profibus DPV1 network. — — — U — U —
Integration of a frequency inverter into a Profibus DP PPO
Profibus DP PPO network. — — U U U U —
Profinet Integration of a frequency inverter into a Profinet network. — — U U U U U
DeviceNet™ Integration of a frequency inverter into a DeviceNet™. — — U U U U —
SSCNETIII/H Integration of a frequency inverter into a SSCNETIII/H. — — — — U U —
CAN Bus Integration of a frequency inverter into a CAN Bus network — — — U — U —
RS485 multi- RS485 multi-protocol interface card — — — U U — U
protocol

Option Description FR-CS80 FR-D700 SC FR-E800 FR-F800 FR-A741 FR-A800


Parameter unit (8 languages) Interactive parameter unit with LC display. U U U U U U
Parameterization and setup software for the Mitsubishi Electric
FR-Configurator software U U U U U U
inverter series.
EMC noise filter Noise filter for compliance with EMC directives. U U U U U U
For an improvement of the brake capacity. For high inertia loads and
Brake unit U U U U — U
active loads. Used in combination with a resistor unit.
External To improve the brake capacity; used in combination with the internal
External high-duty brake resistor U U U — — U
options brake transistor.
DC choke For increased efficiency, reduction of mains feedback and U U U U — U
AC chokes ­compensation of voltage fluctuations.
Harmonic Filter module Passive harmonic filter to reduce mains pollution U U U U — U
Regenerative unit Regeneration of electrical energy in short-term operation (ED <50 %) U U U U — U
76 Regenerative unit Regeneration of electrical energy in short-term operation (ED =100 %) U U U U — U
Harmonic Converter For power supply and regeneration of electrical energy (ED = 100 %) U U U U — U
Accessories overview

Overview internal options

Applicable Art. no.


Internal options Description Remarks/specifications Type inverter

FR-A7AX FR-A700 156775


Interface for the input of the frequency setting via 3-digit or 4-digit BCD or 12-bit or 16-bit binary Input: 24 V DC; 5 mA; open collector
16 digital inputs FR-A8AX-60 E-KIT FR-E800 506377
code, setting of gain and bias supported or switching signal, sink or source logic
FR-F800
FR-A8AX 269426
FR-A800
FR-A7AY FR-A700 156776
1
Ouput load: 24 V DC; 0.1 A,
Selectable among 43 standard output signals of the inverter can be output at the open collector. source or sink logic
7 digital outputs The outputs are isolated with optocouplers. Output: max. 0–10 V DC; 0–20 mA; FR-A8AY-60 E-KIT FR-E800 506378
2 analog outputs Selectable among 37 standard monitor signals of the inverter can be output at the analog outputs. Resolution: 3 mV at voltage output,

2
10 µA at current output, accuracy: ±10 % FR-F800
FR-A8AY 269427
FR-A800
FR-A7AR FR-A700 156777
Selectable among 43 standard output signals of the inverter can be output through the isolated Switching load: 230 V AC/0.3 A,
3 relay outputs relay terminals. 30 V DC/0.3 A FR-A8AR-60 E-KIT
FR-A8AR
FR-E800
FR-F800
506379
269428
3
FR-A800
Input voltage: 90–132 V AC

Accessories
8 inputs 120 V AC 120 V AC contact input Relay contact capacity: FR-A8AC FR-A800 290118
2 relay output Relay output with changeover contact 230 V AC, 0,3 A; 30 V DC, 0,3 A
Selectable among 24 analog output signals FR-A7AZ FR-A700 191401
1 analog output Bipolar analog output max. 0–(±)10 V DC
Analog input of torque and speed related data
1 analog input Bipolar analog input (16 bit) 0–(±)10 V DC FR-A800
Selectable among 37 standard monitor signals of the inverter can be output at the analog output. FR-A8AZ 283940
FR-F800
1 analog input Isolated analog current input 2 x current input 4 to 20 mA DC or FR-A8AN FR-A800 290117
2 analog outputs Isolated analog current output 2 x current output 4 to 20 mA DC
Option board for FR-A/F800 Option for phase-synchronous switching FR-A8AVP 403133
FR-A800
Phase position detection between electronic bypass operation
Converter box for FR-A8AVP FR-A8VPB-H FR-F800 403134
and frequency inverter operation
Encoder power supply Control terminal block with integrated power supply 12 V DC FR-A7PS FR-A700 191399
FR-A7AP FR-A700 166133
5 V TTL differential
1024–4096 pulse FR-A8AP-60 E-KIT FR-E800 573101
11–30 V HTL complimentary
FR-A8AP FR-A800 269429
Vector control with Closed loop vector control with encoder can be performed.
encoder feedback Encoder feedback enables high-precision speed, torque and position control. Resolver encoder feedback FR-A8APR FR-A800 283939

Incremental encoder feedback (EnDat) FR-A8APS FR-A800 297422

Sine cosine encoder feedback (SynCos) SinCos FR-A800 403614


Incremental encoder Vector control terminal block. Closed loop vector control with encoder can be performed. Terminal bloc with integrated vector FR-A8TP FR-A800 285244
feedback terminal block Encoder feedback enables high-precision speed, torque and position control. control
Closed loop vector control with encoder can be performed. 5 V TTL differential FR-A8AL FR-A800 269430
Master-Slave control Master-Slave position and speed synchronisation are possible with command pulse scaling 1024–4096 pulse
and position control. 11–30 V HTL complimentary FR-A7AL FR-A700 191402
FR-A7NC FR-A700 156778
Maximum transfer distance:
CC-Link Option board for the integration of a frequency inverter into a CC-Link network. FR-A8NC-60 E-KIT FR-E800 506412
1200 m (at 156 kBaud)
FR-F800
FR-A8NC 269431
FR-A800
FR-A7NCE FR-A700 244993
CC-Link IE Field Option board for the integration of a frequency inverter into a CC-Link IE Field network Maximum transfer rate: 1 GBaud FR-F800
FR-A8NCE 273102
FR-A800
CC-Link IE TSN Option board for the integration of a frequency inverter into a CC-Link IE TSN network FR-A8NCG FR-A800 487882
FR-F800
Control Net Control Net Interface FR-A8NCN 290115
FR-A800
Communi- Interfacecard
cations Ethernet multi-protocol interface card, Modbus® TCP, Ethernet/IP, Profinet, BACnet to Modbus® RTU FR-A7NETH-2P FR-A700 283759
Ethernet Cover to use A7NETH-2P with E700SC
multi-protocol
WiFi Ethernet multi-protocol interface card, Modbus® TCP, Ethernet/IP, BACnet, MELSEC ABCSP to FR-A7N-WiE FR-A700 264932
Modbus® RTU
Option board for integration of a frequency inverter in an EtherNet IP network. Webserver for easy FR-F800
EtherNet IP Ethernet with 2 RJ45 ports A8NEIP_2P 262950
setup is included. FR-A800
Option board for integration of a frequency inverter in an EtherCat network. Webserver for easy
EtherCat Ethernet 2port Interface
setup is included.
FR-F800
Connection of up to 64 inverters A8NECT_2P 284809
FR-A800
LonWorks Option board for integration of a frequency inverter in a LonWorks network. supported. Maximum transfer rate:
78 kBaud
Profibus DPV1 Option board for the integration of a frequency inverter into a Profibus DPV1 network, including FR-F800
D-Sub interface A8NDPV1 262948
cyclic and acyclic communication with drive profile FR-A800

77
Accessories overview

Applicable Art. no.


Internal options Description Remarks/specifications Type inverter

FR-A7NP FR-A700 158524


Connection of up to 126 inverters FR-F800
supported. Maximum transfer rate: FR-A8NP 274514
FR-A800
Profibus DP Option board for the integration of a frequency inverter into a Profibus DP network. 12 MBaud
FR-A8NP-60 E-KIT FR-E800 506380

D-Sub9 connection adapter for FR-A8NP FR-D-Sub9-A8NP-01 FR-F800


1 Option board for the integration of a frequency inverter into a Profinet network. Siemens drives
FR-A800
FR-F800
294939

Profinet Profinet with 2 RJ45 ports A8NPRT_2P 262949


profile is supported. Webserver for easy setup is included. FR-A800

2 TM
FR-A7ND FR-A700 158525
Communi- DeviceNet Option board for the integration of a frequency inverter into a DeviceNet™. Maximum transfer rate: 10 MBaud FR-A8ND-60 E-KIT FR-E800 506381
cations
3
FR-F800
FR-A8ND 269432
FR-A800
Option board for the integration of a frequency inverter into the Mitsubishi Electric servo system
network SSCNETIII. The operation and display functions can be controlled by Motion Controller Maximum transfer rate: 50 MBaud FR-A7NS FR-A700 191403
Accessories

SSCNETIII (Q172H CPU, Q173H CPU).

Operation control is possible from the motion controller by SSCNET III communication SSCNET III(/H) communication function FR-A8NS FR-A800 289335

FR-F800
CAN Bus CANopen communication function FR-A8NCA 298153
FR-A800
RS485 FR-F800-E
communica- Option board to modify A/F800-E to use RS485 communication by terminals. FR-A8ERS 307170
FR-A800-E
tion terminals
FR-F700
FR-A700
Control circuit terminal block Intercompatibility attachment FR-A8TAT 274526
Terminal Terminal FR-F800
blocks adapter FR-A800
FR-F800
Screw terminal block FR-A8TR 290116
FR-A800

78
Accessories overview

Overview external options


Applicable
External options Description Remarks/specifications Type Art. no.
inverter
Interactive standard parameter unit with copy function FR-DU07 All 157514
Interactive standard parameter unit with copy function, protection level IP54 FR-DU07-IP54 All 207067
Interactive parameter unit like FR-PU07 with additional HAND/AUTO keys FR-PU07-01 All 242151
and advanced PID monitor
For mounting on the switchgear cabinet FR-E800,
door (for instance) FR-A700,
Interactive parameter unit with LC display and battery pack FR-PU07BB-L 157515
Refer to page 89 for details. FR-A800,
Parameter unit FR-F800
Interactive standard parameter unit with copy function FR-PA07 FR-D700 SC,
FR-E800 214795 1
FR-A800,
FR-LU08 274525
2
FR-E800
Grafical full text LCD display, including E-Manual, multilanguage and copy function. FR-A800,
IP55 compatible parameter unit for FR-LU08-01 FR-F800, 296613
mounting on the switchgear cabinet door FR-E800

Adapter Connection adapter for FR-DU07 Required for remote connection of the
FR-DU07/FR-DU08/FR-LU08 with FR-A5CBL FR-ADP
FR-A700,
FR-F700,
FR-A800, 157515 3
FR-F800

Accessories
1 m: 70727
2.5 m:
Connection cable for Cable for a remote connection of a parameter unit Available length: 1; 2.5 and 5 m FR-A5 CBL All 70728
remote parameter unit 5 m:
70729
Width: 68 mm FR-UDA01 FR-D700 SC, 130833
DIN-Rail Adapter Adapter for mounting the inverter on a DIN rail
Width: 108 mm FR-UDA02 FR-E800 130832
FR-F/A840 to 00126 FR-A8CN01 277880
FR-A820-00105/00250
FR-F/A840-00170/00250 FR-A8CN02 277881
FR-A820-00340/0049
FR-F/A840-00310/00380 FR-A8CN03 277882
FR-A820-00630
FR-F/A840-00470/00620 FR-A8CN04 277883
Heatsink Protrusion For installation of the heatsink on the rear side of the enclosure FR-A820-00770/0125 FR-A800,
Attachment Reduces temperature in switchgear cabinet of about 2/3, IP20 FR-F/A840-00770 FR-F800
FR-A8CN05 277884
FR-A820-01540
FR-F/A840-00930 to 01800 FR-A8CN06 277945
FR-A820-01870
FR-A820-03160 FR-A8CN07 277946
FR-F/A840-03250/03610 FR-A8CN08 277947
FRA820-03800/04750
FR-F/A840-02160/02600 FR-A8CN09 277948
For up to 2 frequency inverters FR-RJ45-HUB4 167612
Distributor module for Distributor for connection of multiple inverters in a serial network All
For up to 8 frequency inverters FR-RJ45-HUB10 167613
RJ45 connections
Terminating resistor for RJ45 120 Ω FR-RJ45-TR All 167614
Interface cable Communications cable for RS232 or RS485 interface to connect an external personal computer Length 3 m SC-FR PC All 88426
USB-RS232 converter Port converter adapter cable from RS232 to USB USB specification 1.1, 0.35 m long USB-RS232 FR-D700 SC 155606
FR Configurator
Parametrisation and PLC function programming software for Mitsubishi Electric inverter. Refer to page 96 for details. — All 275503
FR Configurator2
FFR-mm, refer to
EMC noise filter Noise filter for compliance with EMC directives. Refer to page 81 for details. All
FR-, FN-mm page 81
refer to
du/dt filter Output filter for du/dt reduction Refer to page 85 for details. FFR-DT-mmA-SS1 All page 85
refer to
Sinusoidal filter Output filter for sine wave output voltage Refer to page 85 for details. FFR-SI-mmA-SS1 All page 85
FR-D700 SC,
FR-E800,
AC chokes For increased efficiency, reduction of mains feedback and compensation of voltage fluctuations. Refer to page 87 for details. FR-BAL-B FR-A700, refer to
FR-A800, page 87
FR-F800
FR-D700 SC,
FR-E800, refer to
For connection up to 55 kW motor capacity FFR-HEL-(H)-E FR-A700, page 88
DC chokes DC choke for compensation of voltage fluctuations. FR-A800,
FR-F800
FR-A800, refer to
For connection from 75 kW motor capacity FR-HEL-(H) 1 FR-F800 page 88
Filter module Passive harmonic filter to reduce mains pollution <5 % THDi to <16 % THDi on request All
Regenerative unit Regeneration of electrical energy in short-term operation (ED <50 %) on request All on request
Regenerative unit Regeneration of electrical energy in short-term operation (ED = 100 %) on request All
For power supply and regeneration of electrical energy for one or several frequency inverters refer to
Harmonic converter THDi <4 % FR-HC2 All
and class leading harmonics filtration. page 93
refer to
Refer to page 91 for details. FR-BU2 All page 91
For an improvement of the brake capacity. For high inertia loads and active loads. FR-D700 SC,
Brake units Used in combination with a resistor unit. FR-E800, refer to
Refer to page 91 for details. BU-UFS + RUFC FR-A700, page 91
FR-F800
FR-D700,
External high-duty To improve the brake capacity of the inverter; refer to
Refer to page 92 for details. FR-ABR(H) FR-E800,
brake resistor used in combination with the internal brake transistor page 92
FR-A800
79
a This choke is essential for operation and must be installed. It has to be ordered according to the application.
Noise filters

EMC

1st and 2nd environment Norms and directives These days, the operator or user of the system
is responsible for complying with the statutory
Different interference levels are permissible The limits for the respective environments
directives and norms. With the help of solutions
depending on the place of use. Differentiation are specified in norms. The environmental
provided by the manufacturer, he must ensure
is made between 1st and 2nd environment. norm EN 55011 defines the limits of the basic
that any interference which occurs is eliminated.
The first environment includes residential and environments in the industrial area with Classes
Mitsubishi Electric offers a wide range of EMC
business areas which are connected directly A1 and A2 and in the residential area with Class
filters, chokes, harmonic filters and much
to the low-voltage network, i.e. which are B. In addition, the product norm EN 61800-3
1 not supplied via dedicated high-voltage or
medium-voltage transformers. In contrast, the
for electrical drive systems, which defines the
categories C1 to C4,
more, which are optimized for use with the
appropriate inverter. To ensure that all units
are capable of fulfilling their function without
second environment is not connected directly has been in force since June 2007.
2 to the public low-voltage network. The second
environment is also referred to as the industrial
interference, the user of the system must also
take into account the connection requirements
of the local power supply company.
environment.
3
Product norm EN 61800-3 (2005-07) for electrical drive systems
Accessories

Assignment by category C1 C2 C3 C4
1st or 2nd environment
Environment 1st environment 2nd environment
(user’s decision)
<1000 V; In >400 A ,
Voltage/Current <1000 V connection to IT network
EMC expertise No requirements Installation and commissioning by an EMC specialist EMC plan required
Class A1 Class A2
Limit according to EN 55011 Class B Values exceed Class A2
(+ warning notice) (+ warning notice)

Unrestricted distribution
Category C1 Restricted distribution
Category C2
Medium-voltage power supply

1st environment:
Propagation of conducted

Public low-voltage
mains power supply
interference

(TT and TN networks)

2nd environment: C3 rated current <100 A


2nd environment: C4 rated current >100 A

2nd environment:
Industrial low-voltage
power supply (TT, TN
and IT networks)

80
Noise filters

Overview of noise filters


Noise filter for environment 1 Noise filter for environment 1
No. Frequency inverter (EC/E1/E6/2-60) Art. no. Art. no.
category C2 conforming 55011A category C1 conforming 55022B
FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1 312348 FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1 312348
D1 FR-D720S-008–042SC
FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1-LL 312351 FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1-LL 312351
FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1 312349 FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1 312349
D2 FR-D720S-070SC
FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1-LL 312352 FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1-LL 312352
FFR-CS-110-26A-SF1 312350 FFR-CS-110-26A-SF1 312350
D3 FR-D720S-100SC
FFR-CS-110-26A-SF1-LL 312353 FFR-CS-110-26A-SF1-LL 312353
FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1 312332 FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1 312332
D4 FR-D740-012–036SC
FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1-LL
FFR-CSH-080-16A-SF1
312334
312333
FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1-LL
FFR-CSH-080-16A-SF1
312334
312333
1
D5 FR-D740-050/080SC
FFR-CSH-080-16A-SF2-LL 312345 FFR-CSH-080-16A-SF2-LL 312345

D6 FR-D740-120/160SC
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1-LL
312356
312346
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1-LL
312356
312346 2
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SB2-LL 404037 FFR-MSH-170-30A-SB2-LL 404037

3
FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1 312348 FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1 312348
E1 FR-E820S-008–030
FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1-LL 312351 FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1-LL 312351
FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1 312349 FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1 312349
E2 FR-E820S-050/080
FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1-LL 312352 FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1-LL 312352

Accessories
FFR-E-CS-110-26A-SF1 572856 FFR-E-CS-110-26A-SF1 572856
E3 FR-E820S-110
FFR-E-CS-110-26A-SF1-LL 572857 FFR-E-CS-110-26A-SF1-LL 572857
FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1 312332 FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1 312332
E4 FR-E840-0016/0026/0040
FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1-LL 312334 FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1-LL 312334
E5 FR-E840-060/095 FFR-MSH-095-16A-SF1 312355 FFR-MSH-095-16A-SF1 312355
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1 312356 FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1 312356
E6 FR-E840-120/170 FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1-LL 312346 FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1-LL 312346
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SB2-LL 404037 FFR-MSH-170-30A-SB2-LL 404037
AF1 FR-A840/F840-00023–00126 FFR-BS-00126-18A-SF100 193677 FFR-BS-00126-18A-SF100 193677
AF2 FR-A840/F840-00170/00250 FFR-BS-00250-30A-SF100 193678 FFR-BS-00250-30A-SF100 193678
AF3 FR-A840/F840-00310/00380 FFR-BS-00380-55A-SF100 193679 FFR-BS-00380-55A-SF100 193679
AF4 FR-A840/F840-00470/00620 FFR-BS-00620-75A-SF100 193680 FFR-BS-00620-75A-SF100 193680
AF5 FR-A840/F840-00770 FFR-BS-00770-95A-SF100 193681 FFR-BS-00770-95A-SF100 193681
AF6 FR-A840/F840-00930 FFR-BS-00930-120A-SF100 193682 FFR-BS-00930-120A-SF100 193682
AF7 FR-A840/F840-01160/01800 FFR-BS-01800-180A-SF100 193683 FFR-BS-01800-180A-SF100 193683
AF8 FR-A840/F840-02160/02600 FN3359-250-28 104663
AF9 FR-A840/F840-03250–04320 FN3359-400-99 104664
AF10 FR-A840/F840-04810–06100 FN3359-600-99 104665
FR-A840/F840-06830
AF11 FN3359-1000-99 104666
FR-CC2-500K/F842-09620
AF12 FR-F842-10940/12120 FN3359-1600-99 130229
A1 FR-A741-5.5K/7.5K FFR-RS-7.5K-27A-EF100 227840 FFR-RS-7.5K-27A-EF100 227840
A2 FR-A741-11K/15K FFR-RS-15K-45A-EF100 227841 FFR-RS-15K-45A-EF100 227841
A3 FR-A741-18.5K/22K FFR-RS-22K-65A-EF100 227842 FFR-RS-22K-65A-EF100 227842
A4 FR-A741-30K/37K/45K FFR-RS-45K-127A-EF100 227843 FFR-RS-45K-127A-EF100 227843
A5 FR-A741-55K FFR-RS-55K-159A-EF100 227844 FFR-RS-55K-159A-EF100 227844

81
Noise filters

„ Noise filters for FR-D700 SC

Rated Leakage
Power loss Weight Protective
Filter Frequency inverter ­current current Art. no.
[W] [kg] structure
[A] [mA]
FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1 1 FR-D720S-008–042SC 9 12 <20 0.4 312348
FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1-LL 2 FR-D720S-008–042SC 9 12 <3.5 0.4 312351
FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1 1 FR-D720S-070SC 13 20 <20 0.7 312349
FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1-LL 2 FR-D720S-070SC 13 20 <3.5 0.8 312352

1 FFR-CS-110-26A-SF1 1
FFR-CS-110-26A-SF1-LL 2
FR-D720S-100SC
FR-D720S-100SC
18
18
26
26
<20
<3.5
0.9
1.0
312350
312353
FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1 FR-D740-012–036SC 6 8 <20 0.8 IP20 312332

2 FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1-LL 3
FFR-CSH-080-16A-SF1
FR-D740-012–036SC
FR-D740-050/080SC
6
14
8
16
<3.5
<20
0.8
0.9
312334
312333
FFR-CSH-080-16A-SF2-LL 3 FR-D740-050/080SC 14 16 <3.5 0.9 312345

3 FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1-LL 3
FR-D740-120/160SC
FR-D740-120/160SC
42
42
30
30
<20
<3.5
1.8
1.8
312356
312346
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SB2-LL FR-D740-120/160SC 42 30 <3.5 1.4 404037
Accessories

The maximum motor cable length must not be exceeded in order to meet the required limits. Usually, the European filters of Mitsubishi Electric can be used
for motor cable lengths up to 20 m C1/100 m C2. The following filters don't fulfill this standard:
a C1: 25 m/C2: 50 m
b C1: 10 m/C2: —
c C1: 10 m/C2: 30 m

„ Noise filters for FR-E800

Rated Leakage
Power loss Weight Protective
Filter Frequency inverter ­current current Art. no.
[W] [kg] structure
[A] [mA]
FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1 1 FR-E820S-0008–0030 9 12 <20 0.4 312348
FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1-LL 2 FR-E820S-0008–0030 9 12 <3.5 0.4 312351
FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1 1 FR-E820S-0050–0080 13 20 <20 0.7 312349
FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1-LL 2 FR-E820S-0050–0050 13 20 <3.5 0.8 312352
FFR-E-CS-110-26A-SF1 1 FR-E820S-0110 10 26 <20 0.9 572856
FFR-E-CS-110-26A-SF1-LL 2 FR-E820S-0110 15.6 26 <3.5 1.1 572857
IP20
FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1 4 FR-E840-0016/0026/0040 6 8 <20 0.8 312332
FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1-LL 3 FR-E840-0016/0026/0040 6 8 <3.5 0.8 312334
FFR-MSH-095-16A-SF1 4 FR-E840-0060/0095 26 16 <20 1.0 312355
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1 4 FR-E840-0120/0170 42 30 <20 1.8 312356
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1-LL 3 FR-E840-0120/0170 42 30 <3.5 1.8 312346
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SB2-LL 3 FR-E840-0120/0170 42 30 <3.5 1.4 404037
The maximum motor cable length must not be exceeded in order to meet the required limits. Usually, the European filters of Mitsubishi Electric can be used
for motor cable lengths up to 20 m C1/100 m C2. The following filters don't fulfill this standard:
a C1: 20 m/C2: 50 m
b C1: 10 m/C2: —
c C1: 10 m/C2: 30 m
d C1: 20 m/C2: 100 m

82
Noise filters

„ Noise filters for FR-A840/F840-00023–01800

Rated Leakage
Power Weight Protective
Filter Frequency inverter ­current current Art. no.
loss [W] [kg] structure
[A] [mA]
L1 L2 L3 E

FFR-BS-00126-18A-SF100 FR-A840/F840-00023–00126 11.5 18 <30 1.25 193677


FFR-BS-00250-30A-SF100 FR-A840/F840-00170/00250 15.8 30 <30 1.8 193678
FFR-BS-00380-55A-SF100 FR-A840/F840-00310/00380 27.1 55 <30 2.42 193679
FFR-BS-00620-75A-SF100 FR-A840/F840-00470/00620 43.9 75 <30 4.25 IP20 193680
FFR-BS-00770-95A-SF100
FFR-BS-00930-120A-SF100
FR-A840/F840-00770
FR-A840/F840-00930
45.8
44.9
95
120
<30
<30
6.7
10.0
193681
193682 1
FFR-BS-01800-180A-SF100 FR-A840/F840-01160/01800 60.7 180 <30 12.0 193683
The filters can provide conformity with following limits: C1 up to 20 m, C2 up to 100 m.
These filters are UL/cUL ertified.
2
3
L1’ L2’ L3’ E

Accessories
„ Noise filters for FR-A840/F840-02160–12120

Rated Leakage
Power loss Weight Protective
Filter Frequency inverter current current Art. no.
[W] [kg] structure
[A] [mA]
FN 3359-250-28 FR-A840/F840-02160/02600 38 250 <6 7 104663
FN 3359-400-99 FR-A840/F840-03250–04320 51 400 <6 10.5 104664
FN 3359-600-99 FR-A840/F840-04810–06100 65 600 <6 11 IP00 104665
FR-A840/F840-06830
FN 3359-1000-99 84 1000 <6 18 104666
FR-CC2-H500K
FN 3359-1600-99 FR-CC2-H560K/FR-CC2-H630K 130 1600 <6 27 130229
The filters can provide conformity with following limits: C2 up to 100 m.

Plastic covers for the copper rails

Filter Cover Art. no.


FN 3359-250-28 1151-051 252702
FN 3359-400-99 1151-052 252703
FN 3359-600-99 1151-053 252704
FN 3359-1000-99 1151-054 252705

83
Noise filters

„ Noise filters for FR-A741-5.5K–55K

Rated Leakage
Power loss Weight Protective
Filter Frequency inverter current current Art. no.
[W] [kg] structure
[A] [mA]
FFR-RS-7.5k-27A-EF100 FR-A741-5.5K–7.5K 12 27 6.8 6 227840
FFR-RS-15k-45A-EF100 FR-A741-11K–15K 25 45 6.8 8.5 227841
FFR-RS-22k-65A-EF100 FR-A741-18.5K–22K 37 65 12.2 13 IP20 227842
FFR-RS-45k-127A-EF100 FR-A741-30K–45K 64 127 15.9 18 227843

1 FFR-RS-55k-159A-EF100 FR-A741-55K 73 159


The filters can provide conformity with following limits: C1 up to 20 m, C2 up to 100 m.
15.9 28 227844

2
3
Accessories

„ Noise filters for FR-CS80

Rated Leakage
Power loss Weight Protective
Filter Frequency inverter ­current current Art. no.
[W] [kg] structure
[A] [mA]
FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1 1 FR-CS82S-025-042 9 14 11.8 0.39 312348
FFR-C-CS-050-14A-SF1-LL 2 FR-CS82S-025-042 9 14 2.59 0.49 334917
FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1 1 FR-CS82S-070 13 20 11.8 0.64 312349
FFR-C-CS-080-20A-SF1-LL 2 FR-CS82S-070 13 20 2.59 0.8 334918
FFR-C-CS-100-26A-SF1 1 FR-CS82S-100 18 26 11.8 0.75 334867
FFR-C-CS-100-26A-SF1-LL 2 FR-CS82S-100 18 26 2.59 0.9 334874
FFR-C-CSH-022-6A-SF1 4 FR-CS84-012-022 6 6 5 0.51 334868
FFR-C-CSH-022-6A-SF1-LL 3 FR-CS84-012-022 6 6 3.11 0.51 IP20 334871
FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1 5 FR-CS84-036 6 8 4.98 0.77 312332
FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1-LL 3 FR-CS84-036 6 8 3.11 0.77 312334
FFR-CSH-080-16A-SF1 7 FR-CS84-050-080 14 16 6.01 0.9 312333
FFR-C-CSH-080-16A-SF1-LL 3 FR-CS84-050-080 14 16 2.31 0.9 334872
FFR-C-MSH-160-30A-SF1 6 FR-CS84-120-160 42 30 6.79 1.7 334869
FFR-C-MSH-160-30A-SF1-LL 3 FR-CS84-120-160 42 30 2.56 1.7 334873
FFR-C-MSH-295-50A-SF1 FR-CS84-230-295 26 50 6.89 2.4 334870
The maximum motor cable length must not be exceeded in order to meet the required limits. Usually, the European filters of Mitsubishi Electric can be used
for motor cable lengths up to 20 m C1/100 m C2. The following filters don't fulfill this standard:
a C1: 20 m/C2: 35 m
b C1: 10 m/C2: —
c C1: 10 m/C2: 30 m
d C1: 20 m/C2: 50 m
e C1: 20 m/C2: 60 m
f C1: 20 m/C2: 70 m
g C1: 20 m/C2: 75 m

84
du/dt filters and sinusoidal filters

„ du/dt filters for FR-D700 SC/E800/F800/A700/A800

du/dt filter
The du/dt output filter efficiently reduces
the voltage rise time, motor heat generation,
insulation stressing and motor noise generation.

Motor output power


du/dt Filter [kW] 1
400 V 230 V 200 V
Rated
current [A]
Power
loss [W]
Weight
[kg]
Protective
structure
Dimensions
(WxHxD) Art. no. 1
FFR-DT-10A-SS1 4 2.2 2.2 10 25 1.2 100x120x65 209755
FFR-DT-25A-SS1
FFR-DT-47A-SS1
11
22
5.5

5.5
11
25
47
45
60
2.5
6.1
125x140x80
155x195x110
209756
209757
2
FFR-DT-93A-SS1 45 — 22 93 75 7.4 190x240x100 209758
FFR-DT-124A-SS1
FFR-DT-182A-SS1
55
90


30
75
124
182
110
140
8.2
16
190x170x150
210x185x160
209759
209760
3
FFR-DT-330A-SS1 160 — 90 330 240 32 IP00 240x220x240 209761

Accessories
FFR-DT-500A-SS1 250 — — 500 340 35 240x325x220 209762
FFR-DT-610A-SS1 315 — — 610 380 37 240x325x230 209763
FFR-DT-683A-SS1 400 — — 683 410 38 240x325x230 209764
FFR-DT-790A-SS1 450 — — 790 590 43 300x355x218 209765
FFR-DT-1100A-SS1 630 — — 1100 760 66 360x380x250 209766
FFR-DT-1500A-SS1 800 — — 1500 1045 97 360x485x265 209767
a Selection based on 4pole (50 Hz 1500 rpm) standard motor

„ Sinusoidal filter for FR-D700 SC/E800/F800/A700/A800

Sinusoidal filter
The sinusoidal output filter ensures a sinusoidal It also reduces leakage current, motor heat and
output voltage with low voltage ripple. This noise generation.
makes it possible to use motors with lower
insulation resistance and it also increases the
maximum possible motor power cable length.

Motor output power Dimensions


[kW] 1 Rated Power loss Weight Protective
Filter (WxHxD) Art. no.
current [A] [W] [kg] structure
400 V 230 V 200 V [mm]
FFR-SI-4.5A-SS1 1.5 0.75 0.75 4.5 45 3.1 125x180x75 209735
FFR-SI-8.3A-SS1 3.0 1.5 1.5 8.0 65 6.9 155x205x95 209736
FFR-SI-18A-SS1 7.5 4.0 4.0 18 118 12.4 190x210x130 209737
FFR-SI-25A-SS1 11 5.5 5.5 24 130 15.7 210x270x125 209738
FFR-SI-32A-SS1 15 7.5 7.5 32 140 16.1 210x270x135 209739
FFR-SI-48A-SS1 22 — 11 48 230 25 240x300x210 209740
FFR-SI-62A-SS1 30 — 15 62 270 27 240x300x220 209741
FFR-SI-77A-SS1 37 — 18.5 75 290 34.4 300x345x210 209742
FFR-SI-93A-SS1 45 — 22 90 360 37.2 300x345x215 209743
FFR-SI-116A-SS1 55 — 30 110 430 46.8 300x360x237 209744
IP00
FFR-SI-180A-SS1 90 — 45 180 870 72.4 420x510x235 209745
FFR-SI-260A-SS1 132 — 55 260 1300 123.4 420x550x295 209746
FFR-SI-432A-SS1 220 — 90 432 1580 162.8 510x650x320 209747
FFR-SI-481A-SS1 250 — — 480 2170 196.8 510x750x340 209748
FFR-SI-683A-SS1 355 — — 660 2650 218 600x880x390 209749
FFR-SI-770A-SS1 400 — — 770 3900 410 600x990x430 209750
FFR-SI-880A-SS1 500 — — 880 3970 570 600x1000x500 209751
FFR-SI-1212A-SS1 630 — — 1212 5900 660 870x1050x420 209752
FFR-SI-1500A-SS1 800 — — 1500 On request On request On request 209754
FFR-SI-10940-SS1 — — — 1094 4450 550 600x1100x500 499509
a Selection based on 4pole IE2 motor (1500 rpm-1)

85
Harmonic filter

„ Harmonic filter

THiD ≤16 %, 10 % combined with a DC choke


RHF-A AC choke integrated/RHF-AS with external AC choke
Motor output Rated cur- Power Dimensions
power [kW] 1 Weight Protective
Filter rent dissipation (WxHxD) Art. no.
[kg] structure
400 V [A] [W] [mm]
RHF-A 10-400-50-20-A 0.75/1.5/2.2/4.0/5.5 10 93 13.5 190x347x206 240698

1 RHF-A 14-400-50-20-A
RHF-A 22-400-50-20-A
7.5
11
14
22
118
206
16.3
22
190x347x206
232x451x248
240699
240700
RHF-A 29-400-50-20-A 15 29 224 25 232x451x248 240701

2 RHF-A 35-400-50-20-A
RHF-A 43-400-50-20-A
18.5
22
35
43
233
242
37
39
378x605x242
378x605x242
240702
240703
RHF-A 58-400-50-20-A 30 58 274 44 378x634x333 240704

3 RHF-A 72-400-50-20-A
RHF-A 86-400-50-20-A
37
45
72
86
352
374
56
62
378x634x333
418x747x333
240705
240706
RHF-A 101-400-50-20-A 55 101 428 74 418x747x333 240707
Accessories

RHF-A 144-400-50-20-A 75/90 144 488 85 418x778x400 240708


RHF-A 180-400-50-20-A 110 180 692 102 418x778x400 240709
IP20
RHF-A 217-400-50-20-A 132 217 743 119 468x911x450 240710
RHF-A 252-400-50-20-A 160 252 864 136 468x911x450 240711
RHF-A 304-400-50-20-A 185 304 905 142 468x911x450 240712
RHF-A 380-400-50-20-A 200/220 380 1175 185 468x911x450 240714
RHF-A 433-400-50-20-A 250 433 1542 203 468x911x515 240715
RHF-AS 480-400-50-20-A 280 480 635 80 420x380x230 295045
RHF-AS 550-400-50-20-A 315/630 550 650 100 420x380x245 295046
RHF-AS 600-400-50-20-A 355 600 690 125 420x380x280 295047
RHF-AS 670-400-50-20-A 400 670 730 130 420x380x280 295048
RHF-AS 750-400-50-20-A 450 750 900 140 480x440x270 295049
RHF-AS 850-400-50-20-A 500 850 1070 150 480x440x285 295050
RHF-AS 980-400-50-20-A 560 980 1250 160 480x440x300 295051
a S election based on 4pole IE2 motor (1.500 rpm-1). RHF-A mmm-400-50-20A mmm= filter rated current. The selection of the filter should
be checked individually.

THiD ≤10 %, 5 % combined with a DC choke


RHF-B AC choke integrated/RHF-BS with external AC choke
Motor output Rated Power Dimensions
power [kW] 1 Weight Protective
Filter current dissipation (WxHxD) Art. no.
[kg] structure
400 V [A] [W] [mm]
RHF-B 10-400-50-20-A 0.75/1.5/2.2/4.0/5.5 10 131 18 190x347x206 240716
RHF-B 14-400-50-20-A 7.5 14 184 20 190x347x206 240717
RHF-B 22-400-50-20-A 11 22 258 30 232x451x248 240718
RHF-B 29-400-50-20-A 15 29 298 34 232x451x248 240719
RHF-B 35-400-50-20-A 18.5 35 335 53 378x605x242 240720
RHF-B 43-400-50-20-A 22 43 396 75 378x605x242 240721
RHF-B 58-400-50-20-A 30 58 482 82 378x634x333 240722
RHF-B 72-400-50-20-A 37 72 574 96 378x634x333 240723
RHF-B 86-400-50-20-A 45 86 688 104 418x747x333 240724
RHF-B 101-400-50-20-A 55 101 747 106 418x747x333 240725
RHF-B 144-400-50-20-A 75/90 144 841 126 418x778x400 240726
RHF-B 180-400-50-20-A 110 180 962 135 418x778x400 240727
IP20
RHF-B 217-400-50-20-A 132 217 1080 171 468x911x450 240728
RHF-B 252-400-50-20-A 160 252 1194 206 468x911x450 240729
RHF-B 304-400-50-20-A 185 304 1288 221 468x911x515 240730
RHF-B 380-400-50-20-A 200/220 380 1510 265 468x911x515 240732
RHF-B 433-400-50-20-A 250 433 1852 272 468x911x515 240733
RHF-BS 480-400-50-20-A 280 480 1560 185 540x520x300 295052
RHF-BS 550-400-50-20-A 315/630 550 1550 200 540x560x300 295053
RHF-BS 600-400-50-20-A 355 600 1640 225 600x640x300 295054
RHF-BS 670-400-50-20-A 400 670 1730 240 600x640x310 295055
RHF-BS 750-400-50-20-A 450 750 1870 260 600x640x325 295056
RHF-BS 850-400-50-20-A 500 850 2020 285 600x640x340 295057
RHF-BS 980-400-50-20-A 560 980 2180 310 600x640x360 295058
86
a S election based on 4pole IE2 motor (1.500 rpm-1). RHF-B mmm-400-50-20A mmm= filter rated current. The selection of the filter should
be checked individually.
AC chokes

„ AC chokes for FR-D700 SC/E800/F800/A800

Mains supply chokes


The mains supply chokes compensate voltage The use of a power choke is especially
fluctuations and simultaneously increase the recommended for main circuits where high
efficiency. Applying the appropriate power capacities are switched, for example via
choke an overall efficiency of up to 90 % can be thyristors.
achieved.

Motor out-
1
L Current Power loss Weight Protective
Choke put power Art. no.
[mH] [A] [W] [kg] structure
FR-BAL-S-B-0.2K
Single- FR-BAL-S-B-0.4K
[kW]
0.2 10 3 14 0.7 134968 2
0.4 10 5.5 16 1.2 134969
phase
FR-BAL-S-B-0.75K
FR-BAL-B-0.4K
0.75
0,4
10
42
8
2
34
25
4.5
1.1
134970
134971 3
FR-BAL-B-0.75K 0,75 24 3.5 38 3.0 134973

Accessories
FR-BAL-B-4.0K 4.0 2.340 12 31 3.0 87244
FR-BAL-B-5.5K 5.0 1.750 16 44 3.7 87245
FR-BAL-B-7.5K 7.5 1.220 23 59 5.5 87246
FR-BAL-B-11K/-15K 11/15 0.667 42 68 10.7 71053
FR-BAL-B-22K 22 0.483 58 77 11.2 87247
FR-BAL-B-30K 30 0.369 76 86 11.6 87248
IP00
FR-BAL-B-37K 37 0.295 95 113 18.6 87249
Three-
phase FR-BAL-B-45K 45 0.244 115 118 21.4 71044
FR-BAL-B3-55K 55 0.221 106 Approx. 145 16.0 296225
FR-BAL-B3-75K 75 0.170 144 Approx. 150 22.0 296226
FR-BAL-B3-90K 90 0.123 180 Approx. 255 25.0 296227
FR-BAL-B3-110K 110 0.111 216 Approx. 275 29.0 296228
FR-BAL-B3-132K 132 0.088 260 Approx. 255 29.0 296229
FR-BAL-B3-160K 160 0.068 325 Approx. 285 32.0 296230
FR-BAL-B3-185K 185 0.061 361 Approx. 320 33.0 296231
FR-BAL-B3-220K 220 0.051 432 Approx. 390 47.0 296232
FR-BAL-B3-250K 250 0.046 481 Approx. 340 48.0 296233

87
DC chokes

„ DC chokes

DC link chokes
The FFR-HEL DC chokes meet the requirements By adding the optional DC choke to the inverter
of the EN 61558 standard. The IP20 version is system, compliance to EN61000-3-12 can be
soaked and cast into a housing with resin. reached.

1
Motor output Power Weight Protective
Choke Art. no.
power [kW] loss [W] [kg] structure
FFR-HEL-0.4K-E 0.4 9.8 0.6 238357
FFR-HEL-0.75K-E 0.75 12.3 0.6 238358
2 FFR-HEL-1.5K-E
FFR-HEL-2.2K-E
1.5
2.2
19.1
19.6
1.2
1.2
238359
238360
FFR-HEL-3.7K-E 3.7 19.8 1.5 238361
3 FFR-HEL-5.5K-E
FFR-HEL-7.5K-E-1
5.5
7.5
31.3
30.4
3.1
3.1
IP20 238362
283575
200 V type FFR-HEL-11K-E-1 11 32.5 3.1 283576
Accessories

FFR-HEL-15K-E-1 15 32.5 4 283577


FFR-HEL-18.5K-E 18.5 37.2 4 238366
FFR-HEL-22K-E 22 44.1 5.5 238367
FFR-HEL-30K-E 30 60.8 8.2 238368
FFR-HEL-37K-E 37 58.8 10.7 238369
IP00
FFR-HEL-45K-E 45 72.4 11.3 238370
FFR-HEL-55K-E 55 65.5 14.4 238371
FFR-HEL-H0.4K-E 0.4 8.8 0.35 238342
FFR-HEL-H0.75K-E 0.75 9.4 0.6 238343
FFR-HEL-H1.5K-E 1.5 15.2 0.61 238344
FFR-HEL-H2.2K-E 2.2 17.8 1.2 238345
FFR-HEL-H3.7K-E 3.7 19.4 1.2 238346
FFR-HEL-H5.5K-E 5.5 19.5 1.5 238347
FFR-HEL-H7.5K-E 7.5 25.4 2.2 IP20 238348
400 V type FFR-HEL-H11K-E 11 24.9 3.1 238349
FFR-HEL-H15K-E 15 33.5 3 238350
FFR-HEL-H18.5K-E-1 18.5 34.6 4 283571
FFR-HEL-H22K-E-1 22 40.5 5.3 283572
FFR-HEL-H30K-E-1 30 48.7 5.75 283573
FFR-HEL-H37K-E-1 37 44.3 8 283574
FFR-HEL-H45K-E 45 64.6 11.3 238355
IP00
FFR-HEL-H55K-E 55 72.6 14.4 238356

„ DC chokes

DC link chokes
In 800 series a DC choke needs to be ordered
separately, based on the motor kW. This is
mandatory from 75 kW and above.

Motor output Power loss Weight Protective


Choke Art. no.
power [kW] [W] [kg] structure
FR-HEL-75K 75 130 17 275836
200 V type FR-HEL-90K 90 130 19 275837
FR-HEL-110K 110 160 20 275838
FR-HEL-H75K 75 130 16 273304
FR-HEL-H90K 90 130 20 273305
FR-HEL-H110K 110 140 22 273306
FR-HEL-H132K 132 140 26 273307
IP00
FR-HEL-H160K 160 170 28 273308
400 V type FR-HEL-H185K 185 230 29 273309
FR-HEL-H220K 220 240 30 273310
FR-HEL-H250K 250 270 35 273311
88
FR-HEL-H280K 280 300 38 273312
FR-HEL-H315K 315 360 42 273313
FR-HEL-H355K 355 360 46 273314
Mounting frame and floor standing unit

„ External heatsink frame for FR-F800/A800

External heatsink frame


Frame for installing the inverter heatsink
outside the switchgear cabinet (IP20).

Frame Frequency inverter Art. no.


FR-A8CN01 FR-A840/F840-00023–00126
FR-A820-00105/00250 277880
1
FR-A840/F840-00170/00250
FR-A8CN02 FR-A820-00340/00490
FR-A840/F840-00310/00380
277881
2
FR-A8CN03 277882
FR-A820-00630
FR-A8CN04 FR-A840/F840-00470/00620
FR-A820-00770/01250 277883 3
FR-A840/F840-00770
FR-A8CN05 277884
FR-A820-01540

Accessories
FR-A840/F840-00930/01160/01800
FR-A8CN06 277945
FR-A820-01870/02330
FR-A8CN07 FR-A840/F840-02160 277946
FR-A840/F840-03250/03610
FR-A8CN08 277947
FR-A820-03800/04750
FR-A8CN09 FR-A840/F840-02160/02600 277948

89
Parameter units

„ Parameter units

The parameter unit FR-LU08 is an optional Spanish, Swedish, Italian, Finnish, and Japanese.
operation panel adopting an LCD panel capable In addition to the functions of the standard
of displaying text and menus. It can save parameter unit the FR-PU07 displays and
parameter settings for up to three inverters, monitors 21 different values (like frequency,
which can be transferred to other inverters. When current, voltage, etc.) and states in total.
the FR-LU08 is connected to the inverter, the
internal clock of the inverter can be synchronized The parameter unit FR-PU07 is used instead
of the standard control units FR-DU04 and
1 with the clock of FRLU08. (Real time clock
function). FR-DU07 and can be replaced by this after use.

The parameter unit displays text in the following The parameter unit FR-PU07 conforms to the
protection rating IP40.
2 selectable languages: English, German, French,

3
FR-PU07-01

Parameter unit Frequency inverter Description Art. no.


FR-DU07 FR-D/E/A700 Interactive parameter unit with 7 Segment display 157514
Accessories

FR-DU07-IP54 FR-D/E/A700 Interactive parameter unit with LC display 207067


FR-PU07 FR-D/E/A700 Interactive parameter unit with LC display 166134
FR-DU07 Interactive parameter unit like FR-PU07 but with additional AUTO/
PWR
FR-PU07-01 1 FR-E800/F800/A800 HAND keys and advanced PID monitor 242151
ALM

FR-PU07BB-L FR-D700 SC/FR-E800/F800/A800 Interactive parameter unit with LC display and battery pack 209052
FR-PA07 FR-D700 SC/FR-E800 Interactive parameter unit with 7 Segment display 214795
FR-DU08 FR-E800/F800/A800 Interactive parameter unit with 12 Segment display 286226
FR-LU08 FR-E800/F800/A800 Interactive parameter unit with LC display 274525
FR-LU08-01 FR-E800/F800/A800 Interactive parameter unit with LC display (IP55) 296613
a The parameter unit FR-PU07-01 can be used for FR-A800/F800 series per connection cable. It cannot be mounted directly on the frequency inverter.
FR-LU08

„ Transparent mode
Simplified commissioning and troubleshooting PC with software for
programming and USB
Simplify the commissioning if industrial automation systems. configuration
Ethernet
When connected to a personal computer, the GOT acts
as a transparent gateway that enables programming, Ethernet
commissioning and fine-tuning of an industrial automation
system. The user can communicate with several frequency Hub
inverters via the network connection (RS485/Ethernet) Ethernet Ethernet
without opening the control cabinet.
Simplified commissioning, maintenance, and
troubleshooting is possible via the plain text display. Programmable FR-A800-E
controller
FR-F800-E

FR-E800

90
Brake units

„ Brake units BU-UFS

For a braking torque higher than 20 % or a duty The brake units here are not fitted with brake
cycle higher than 30 % an external brake unit resistors, which must be ordered separately (see
including the adequate brake resistors has to be below).
installed. The configurations in the table are only general
The brake units BU-UFS listed below are recommendations. Please consult Mitsubishi
cascadable so that the optimum size can always Electric for advice on matching the correct brake
be achieved. modules and brake resistors for your application.
1
2
3

Accessories
Rated Max. Max. instanta­ Max. Power loss Weight Protective
Brake unit Frequency inverter voltage peak current neous power duty cycle Art. no.
[W] [kg] structure
[V] [A] [kW] [%]
FR-D740/FR-E740 SC
BU-UFS22 400 34 25 10 37 2.5 127947
FR-A/F840-00023–00250
IP20
BU-UFS40 FR-A/F840-00250–00470 400 55 41 10 42 2.5 127948
BU-UFS110 FR-A/F840-00470–01160 400 140 105 5 48 3.9 127950

„ Brake units FR-BU2

The brake unit FR-BU2 is used when a large The brake units FR-BU2 listed below are
brake torque is necessary such as when cascadable so that the optimum size can always
the motor is made to run by the load, quick be achieved.
deceleration is required, etc. The brake units here are not fitted with brake
It is equipped with a control panel for resistors, which must be ordered separately
monitoring different values, setting parameters (brake resistors available soon).
and displaying the alarm history.

Applicable motor Multiple (parallel) Powerloss Protective


Brake unit Weight [kg] Art. no.
capacity operation 0 % ED 10 % ED 50 % ED 100 % ED structure
FR-BU2-1.5K 5 8 18 31 0.9 202420
FR-BU2-3.7K 5 10 27 49 0.9 202421
FR-BU2-7.5K 5 12 36 67 0.9 202422
200 V class
FR-BU2-15K 5 23 86 165 0.9 202423
10 units maximum
FR-BU2-30K Capacity of the motor to be 5 38 149 288 5 202424
(Note that torque generated
used with differs according
FR-BU2-55K is not more than the toler- 5 91 318 601 5 IP00 202425
to the braking torque and
FR-BU2-H7.5K able overcurrent amount of 5 10 27 47 5 202426
duty (% ED) ­connected inverter)
FR-BU2-H15K 5 13 40 74 5 202427
400 V class FR-BU2-H30K 5 20 72 137 5 202428
FR-BU2-H55K 5 37 140 268 5 202429
91
FR-BU2-H75K 5 49 174 331 5 202430
Brake Resistors

„ Brake resistors for brake unit BU-UFS

The brake resistors RUFC are designed for the Please note that the specifications for the
exclusive use in combination with a brake unit allowed duty cycle (ED max.) included in the
BU-UFS. instruction manual for the brake unit.

Regenerative Resistance Capacity Protective


Type Application brake duty Art. no.
[Ω] [W] structure
1 RUFC22 BU-UFS 22
[%]
10 1 x 24 2000 129629
RUFC40 (Set) BU-UFS 40 10 2 x 6.8 2000 IP20 129630

2 RUFC110 (Set) BU-UFS 110 10 4 x 6.8 2000 129631

3
Accessories

„ External brake resistors FR-ABR-(H)mmK for FR-D700 SC/E800/A800

Among the capacity range of the ­FR- An improvement of the brake duty is achieved
D720S-025–100/FR-D740 (all) and ­FR-E720S-030– by the use of an external brake resistor with
110SC/FR-E740 SC (all) the inverter is equipped a higher rated capacity.
with an internal brake transistor as standard. The duty cycle is selectable via parameter 30
and can be specified, according to the inverter,
up to 10 % respectively 30 % via parameter 70.

Regenerative Protective
Brake resistor Frequency inverter Resistor [Ω] Art. no.
brake duty structure
FR-D720S-025SC, FR-E720S-030SC,
FR-ABR-0.4K 10 % (ED) 200 46788
FR-A820-00046
FR-D720S-042SC, FR-E720S-050SC,
FR-ABR-0.75K 10 % (ED) 100 46602
FR-A820-00077
FR-D720S-070/100SC, FR-E720S-080/110SC,
FR-ABR-2.2K 10 % (ED) 60 46787
FR-A820-00167
FR-ABR-3.7K FR-A820-00240 10 % (ED) 40 46604
FR-ABR-5.5K FR-A820-00340 10 % (ED) 25 48301
FR-ABR-7.5K FR-A820-00490 10 % (ED) 20 50048
FR-ABR-11K FR-A820-00630 10 % (ED) 13 191574
FR-ABR-15K FR-A820-00770 10 % (ED) 18 191575
FR-ABR-22K FR-A820-01250 10 % (ED) 13 191576
FR-D740-012SC, FR-E740-016SC,
FR-ABR-H 0.4K 10 % (ED) 1200 46601
FR-A840-00023
FR-D740-022SC, FR-E740-026SC, IP20
FR-ABR-H 0.75K 10 % (ED) 700 46411
FR-A840-00038
FR-D740-036SC, FR-E740-040SC,
FR-ABR-H 1.5K 10 % (ED) 350 46603
FR-A840-00052
FR-D740-050SC, FR-E740-060SC,
FR-ABR-H 2.2K 10 % (ED) 250 46412
FR-A840-00083
FR-D740-080SC, FR-E740-095SC,
FR-ABR-H 3.7K 10 % (ED) 150 46413
FR-A840-00126
FR-D740-120SC, FR-E740-120SC,
FR-ABR-H 5.5K 10 % (ED) 110 50045
FR-A840-00170
FR-D740-160SC, FR-E740-170SC,
FR-ABR-H 7.5K 10 % (ED) 75 50049
FR-A840-00250
FR-ABR-H 11K FR-E740-230SC, FR-A840-00310 6 % (ED) 52 191577
FR-ABR-H 15K FR-E740-300SC, FR-A840-00380 6 % (ED) 2x18 serial 191578
FR-ABR-H 22K FR-A840-00620 6 % (ED) 2x52 parallel 191579

92
Harmonic converter

„ Harmonic converter FR-HC2

The harmonic converter FR-HC2 can supply the z Effective suppression of harmonics with
DC-bus of several inverters and can feedback a THDi <4 % (THDi = Total Harmonic
energy to the grid in case of regenerative energy Distortion of Current)
due to braking operation. One FR-HC2 can z Energy saving by up to 200 % full regeneration
be used as the common DC bus for up to 10
frequency inverters. The harmonic converter is z DC Bus boost function, to adopt easily to
also equipped with a powerful filter for reducing different input voltage levels
main disturbances by suppressing the power
supply harmonics.
z Parallel operation of 10 Frequency inverters
with one unit (DC bus) 1
z Compact dimensions
z Longlife components and monitoring of
operation time
2
z Easy to operate with digital dial
DANGER: Risk of injury and electric shock

Isolate from supply and wait 10


Ensure proper earth connection

Mount
safety instructions before use.
Read the manual and follow theminutes before removing this cover.

the inverter on a non-combustible


surface. z Network communication 3

Accessories
200V

Output range:
7.5–560 kW,
200–220 V AC (50 Hz)/200–230 V AC (60 Hz)/
380–460 V AC (50/60 Hz)

Technical details FR-HC2


200 V type FR-HC2-mK 400 V type FR-HC2-HmK 1
Product line
7.5 15 30 55 75 7.5 15 30 55 75 110 160 220 280 400 560
Applicable inverter capacity kW 7.5 15 30 55 75 7.5 15 30 55 75 110 160 220 280 400 560
Rated output capacity 3 kW 10.7 19.8 38 71 92 11 20.2 37 73 92 135 192 264 336 476 660
Rated input voltage 3-phase 200–220 V, 50 Hz/200–230 V, 60 Hz 2 3-phase 380–460 V, 50/60 Hz 2
Rated input current A 33 61 115 215 278 17 31 57 110 139 203 290 397 506 716 993
Overload capacity 4 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s
170–
170–242 V, 50 Hz
Permissible power supply voltage fluctuation 230 V 323–506 V, 50/60 Hz 323–460 V, 50/60 Hz
170–253 V, 60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Permissible power supply frequency fluctuation ±5 %
Input power factor 0.99 or more (when load ratio is 100 %)
Power supply capacity kVA 14 25 47 88 110 14 26 47 90 113 165 235 322 410 580 804
Enclosed type Enclosed type
Protective structure 5 (IP20) 6 Open type (IP00) Open type (IP00)
(IP20) 6
Cooling Fan cooling

Order Information Art.no 270271 270272 270273 270274 270285 270286 270287 270288 270289 270290 270291 270292 270293 270294 270295 270296
Remarks:
a Model name of the 400 V class ends with H.
b The permissible voltage imbalance ratio is 3 % or less. (Imbalance ratio = (highest voltage between lines – average voltage between three lines)/average voltage between three lines x 100).
c DC output capacity when the input voltage is 200 V AC (400 V for the 400 V class).
d The % value of the overload current rating indicates the ratio of the overload current to the converter’s rated input current. For repeated duty, allow time for the converter and the inverter to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
e The protective structure is IP40 for FR-DU07-CNV (except the PU connector) and IP00 for the outside box (220 K or lower) and the choke regardless of their capacities.
f When the hook of the converter front cover is cut off for installation of the plug-in option, the protective structure changes to the open type (IP00).

93
Harmonic converter

Common specifications FR-HC2


FR-HC2 Description
Control Modulation control PWM
specifica- Frequency range 50–60 Hz
tions Current limit level Current limit value selectable (0–220 % variable)
The following signals can be assigned to Pr. 3 to Pr. 7 (Input terminal function assignment): converter stop, monitor switching, converter reset, external
Input signals (5 terminals) thermal relay, and inrush resistance overheat detection.
Operating status
Control Output signals
signals for For meter The following signals can be assigned to Pr. 11 to Pr. 16 (Output terminal function assignment): inverter run enable signal, converter reset, converter
open-collector
1 operation outputs (5 outputs)
Relay output
Pulse train output
(Max. 2.4 kHz: 1 terminal)
Analog output
running, overload alarm, power supply phase detection, output voltage match, instantaneous power failure detection, regenerative drive recognition,
electronic thermal relay pre-alarm, fan alarm, heatsink overheat pre-alarm, during retry, input current detection, zero current detection, life alarm,
maintenance timer, instantaneous power failure detection hold, alarm, and fault output.
(1 output)
Max. 10 V DC: 1 terminal

2 Parameter Operating status


Power supply frequency, input current, input voltage, fault or alarm indication, converter output voltage, electronic thermal relay load factor, cumulative
energization time, cumulative power, input power, input power (with regenerative display), I/O terminal status a, power/regenerative drive indication,
unit display option fitting state b
Display
3
(FR-DU07-CNV/ Alarm definition is displayed when the protective function is activated
FR-PU07) Alarm definition Past eight fault records and the data right before the fault (input voltage/current/bus voltage/cumulative energization) are stored.
Interactive guidance Operation guide/trouble shooting with a help function b
Overcurrent, overvoltage, converter protection thermal, fin overheat, instantaneous power failure, undervoltage, input phase loss, HC2 dedicated board
Accessories

disconnection, input power supply fault, external thermal relay operation d, parameter error, PU disconnection d, retry count excess d, converter CPU
Protective functions fault, operation panel power supply short circuit, 24 V DC power output short circuit, input current detection value exceeded d, inrush current limit circuit
Protection fault, internal circuit fault, option fault e, communication option fault e
Fan alarm, overload signal detection, electronic thermal relay function pre-alarm, PU stop, maintenance timer alarm 4, parameter write error, copy opera-
Warnings tion error, operation panel lock, parameter copy alarm, no-phase detection
Ambient temperature -10–+50 °C (non-freezing)
Ambient humidity Max. 90 % (non-condensing)
Environ-
ment Storage temperature c -20–+65 °C
Ambient conditions For indoor use only (without corrosive gas, flammable gas, oil mist, dust and dirt etc.)
Altitude/Vibration resistance Maximum 1000 m above sea level. 5.9 m/s² f or less f at 10 to 55 Hz (directions of X, Y, Z axes)
Remarks:
a Can be displayed only on the operation panel (FR-DU07-CNV).
b Can be displayed only on the option parameter unit (FR-PU07).
c Temperature applicable for a short time, e. g. in transit.
d This protective function does not function in the initial status.
e This protective function is only availible with option FR-A7NC mounted.
f 2.9 m/s² or less for capacity class of 160 K or higher

94
Harmonic converter

Provided peripheral devices

Peripheral device Protective


Description Designation Number
model name structure
Filter choke 1 FR-HCL21-(H)mK 1
FR-HC2-H7.5K–55K
Filter choke 2 FR-HCL22-(H)mK IP00 1
FR-HC2-H7.5K–H220K Outside box FR-HCB2-(H)mK 1
FR-HC2-H7.5K–H560K Y-Capacitor-Box FFR-HC2-Y-Capacitor-Box-01 IP20 1

1
a T he filter box must be installed towards the mains power supply. All three phases of the filter box must be protected against overload by a suitable protec-
tive device. The protective device must be set to 5.5 A.

Peripheral device Designation


Model name of consisting parts Number 2
model name Protective 280K 400K 560K
structure
Filter choke 1
Filter choke 2
FR-HCL21-(H)mK-B1
FR-HCL22-(H)mK-B1


1
1
1
1
1
1
3

Accessories
Filter capacitor FR-HCC2-(H)mK 1 2 3
Filter capacitor FR-HCC2-(H)mK
Filter capacitor alarm detector MDA-1 — 2 3
Inrush current limit resistor 0.96OHM BKO-CA1996H21 8 15 15
Inrush current (without thermostat)
FR-HCR2-(H)mK
limit resistor Inrush current limit resistor 0.96OHM BKO-CA1996H31 1 3 3
(with thermostat)
FR-HC2-H280–H560K IP00 MC power supply stepdown 1PH 630VA BKO-CA2001H06 1 1 1
transformer (400–200 V)
S-N400FXYS AC200V 2A2B — 3 3
Inrush current limit MC
S-N600FXYS AC210V 2A2B 1 — —
Buffer relay SR-N4FX AC210V 4A 1 2 2
Voltage converter FR-HCM2-(H)mK
Terminal block TS-807BXC-5P 6 — —
Mini relay for filter capacitor MYQ4Z AC200/220 — 1 1
alarm detector
Mini relay terminal block PYF14T — 1 1
Mini relay clip PYC-A1 — 2 2

Compatible inverter for the harmonic converter

Up to ten frequency inverters can be connected to one FR-HC2. The For maximum harmonic suppression, the cumulative capacity of all
capacity of the FR-HC2 is determined in that way, that it is equal or higher connected inverters should be greater than half the rated capacity of the
as the cumulative capacity of all connected inverters. FR-HC2.

Compatible frequency inverters by means of capacity class


Harmonic converter
Compatible Restricted compatible *
FR-HC2-7.5K 3.7–7.5 kW <3.7 kW
FR-HC2-15K 7.5–15 kW <7.5 kW
200 V FR-HC2-30K 15–30 kW <15 kW
FR-HC2-55K 30–55 kW <30 kW
FR-HC2-75K 37–75 kW <37 kW
FR-HC2-H7.5K 3.7–7.5 kW <3.7 kW
FR-HC2-H15K 7.5–15 kW <7.5 kW
FR-HC2-H30K 15–30 kW <15 kW
FR-HC2-H55K 30–55 kW <30 kW
FR-HC2-H75K 37–75 kW <37 kW
400 V FR-HC2-H110K 55–110 kW <55 kW
FR-HC2-H160K 90–160 kW <90 kW
FR-HC2-H220K 110–220 kW <110 kW
FR-HC2-H280K 160–280 kW <160 kW
FR-HC2-H400K 200–400 kW <200 kW
FR-HC2-H560K 280–560 kW <280 kW
* The converter can be used as a common converter or a regenerative converter, but its harmonic suppression effect reduces, because the choke is not operated at the nominal point.
95
Software

„ Software FR Configurator2

The setup software FR Configurator2 is Parameter setting


a powerful tool for the operation of your
frequency inverter.
The software runs under all versions of
MS ­Windows and therefore allows the inverter
operation via any conventional personal computer.
Several frequency inverters can be set up,
1 operated, and monitored simultaneously across a
network or via a personal computer or laptop.
The FR Configurator2 software can be used for
2 all Mitsubishi Electric frequency inverters.
The Fr-Configurator2 software supports all
Mitsubishi Electric VSD from 500 series up-to
3 800 series
Depending on the frequency inverter, the
Accessories

PC and frequency inverter are connected via


Ethernet, an RS485 network or directly with the
separately available adapter cable SC-FR PC and
optionally via USB.

Display and monitor

MITSUBISHI

FREQROL-F 700

and electric shock


! DANGER: Risk of injuryfollow the safety instructions before use.
Read the manual and r.
removing this cover.
wait 10 minutes before
Isolate from supply and
Ensure proper earth connection
! CAUTION: Risk of fire a non-combustible surface.
Mount the inverter on

400V
FR–F740–2.2K

Benefits
z System settings
Due to the Ethernet network capability
of the frequency inverter, it is possible to
communicate with up to 120 frequency
inverters simultaneously via the software.
z Parameter settings Test operation
By means of overall and function related
overviews, different parameters can be
adjusted easily.
z Display functions
The comprehensible display functions enable
data, analog, oscillograph, and alarm displays.
z Diagnostics and online Trace function
The analysis of the inverter status provides
a thorough error correction.
z Test operation
The test operation provides a simulation of
the operation and adjustment via the auto-
tuning function.
z Positioning Wizzard
For easy setup of positioning applications Positioning Wizzard
z File management
Parameters can be saved on the personal
computer and printed out.
z Help
The extensive online help provides support
concerning all questions regarding settings
and operation.
z FR-Confirurator2 include built-in PLC
programming functionality, to program build
in PLC of 800 series.
96
z FR Configurator2 include Maisart (Mitsubishi
Electric's AI technology), to analyze data and
help identify the cause of a fault.
Dimensions

„ Parameter units FR-PA07 and FR-DU07/FR-DU07-IP54

FR-PA07 FR-DU07
Max. 3,2

3
44
50
1

3
3 72
78
3
16 2
25
3
81

All dimensions in mm
4
„ Parameter units FR-PU07/FR-PU07/FR-DU07-IP54

Dimensions
FR-PU07 FR-PU07BB-L
25,05 83
14,2 11,45 8.2 46.7
Panel cutting drawing 18
83

6
2,5
50

135

44.7

All dimensions in mm

„ Parameter unit FR-LU08/FR-LU08-01-IP55


FR-LU08 FR-LU08-01
3.2 max 21 80±0.5 19
3.5±0.3

68±0.5 15
3

0
3 -0.5
5±0.3
20
78.5
72.5

72.5

89.5±0.3
96.5±0.5
5

22

27.8 66
3

3 66 3 16

72 17

97

All dimensions in mm
Dimensions

„ FR-CS80

φC 2×φC

H1
H
H1

1
H

2
3 W1 D W1
W
4 W

All dimensions in mm
Dimensions

Type D H H1 W W1 C
FR-CS82S-025-60– FR-CS82S-042-60 118 128 118 68 56
5
FR-CS82S-070-60– FR-CS82S-100-60 160 128 118 108 96
FR-CS84-012-60– FR-CS84-022-60 118 128 118 68 56
FR-CS84-036-60– FR-CS84-050-60 130 128 118 108 96
5
FR-CS84-080-60 160 128 118 108 96
FR-CS84-120-60– FR-CS84-160-60 134 150 138 197.5 185.5
FR-CS84-230-60– FR-CS84-295-60 165 260 244 180 164 6

„ FR-D720S-008–042SC

Type D D1
FR-D720S-008–014SC 80.5 10
FR-D720S-025SC 142.5 42
FR-D720S-042SC 162.5 62

All dimensions in mm

„ FR-D720S-070SC/FR-D740-012–080SC

Type D D1
FR-D720S-070SC 155.5 60
FR-D740-012/022SC 129.5 54
FR-D740-036SC 135.5
FR-D740-050SC 155.5 60
FR-D740-080SC 165.5

All dimensions in mm

98
Dimensions

„ FR-D720S-100SC

1
2
All dimensions in mm
3
„ FR-D740-120/160SC 4

Dimensions
All dimensions in mm

99
Dimensions

„ FR-E800

FR-E820-0008–0050 • FR-E820-0008–0330
• FR-E840-0016–0170
• FR-E860-0017–0120
When used with the
plug-in option
φC
φC

1
2
H1

H1
H

H
3
4 W1 W1 D1 D1
W W D D2
Dimensions

All dimensions in mm

Type D D1 D2 H H1 W W1 C
FR-E820S-0008–FR-E820S-0015, 80.5 10 108,1 68 56
FR-E820S-0030, 142.5 42 170.1 68 56
FR-E820S-0050 135 45.5 162.6 128 118 108 96 5
FR-E820S-0080 161 45 188.6 108 96
FR-E820S-0110 142.5 52.5 170.1 140 128

Type D D1 D2 H H1 W W1 C
FR-E820-0008–FR-E820-0015 80.5 10 108.1 68 56
FR-E820-0030, 112.5 42 140.1 68 56
FR-E820-0050 132.5 42 160.1 128 118 68 56 5
FR-E820-0080–FR-E820-0110 135.5 46 163.1 108 96
FR-E820-0175 142.5 52.5 170.1 140 128
FR-E820S-0240– FR-E820-0330 165 71.5 192.6 260 244 180 164 6

Type D D1 D2 H H1 W W1 C
FR-E840-0016–FR-E840-0026 129.5 40 157.1 128 118 108 96
FR-E840-0040 135 46 157.1 128 118 108 96
5
FR-E840-0060–FR-E840-0095 135 43.5 162.6 150 138 140 128
FR-E840-0120–FR-E840-0170 147 68 174.6 150 138 220 208

Type D D1 D2 H H1 W W1 C
FR-E860-0017–FR-E860-0040 135 43.5 162.6 150 138 140 128
5
FR-E860-0061–FR-E860-0120 147 68 174.6 150 138 220 208

100
Dimensions

„ FR-F800

FR-F840-00023, FR-F840-00038, FR-F840-00052, FR-F840-00170, FR-F840-00250, FR-F840-00310, FR-F840-00380


FR-F840-00083, FR-F840-00126
2-φ

( 7.5)
2-φ

7.5
FAN
FAN

1
2

H1
H
245
260

3
2.3
4

7.5
H2
5 6
(1.5)

6
(7.5)

12.5 195
12.5 125 140 220 D
150

Dimensions
D1
45.5

All dimensions in mm All dimensions in mm

Type D D1 H H1 H2
FR-F840-00170, FR-F840-00250 170 84 260 245 1.5
FR-F840-00310, FR-F840-00380 190 101.5 300 285 3

FR-F840-00470, FR-F840-00620

2-φ
(10)

FAN
380
400

10 2.3
10
(1.5)

10 230
250 190
93.3

All dimensions in mm

101
Dimensions

FR-F820-00046, FR-F820-00077 FR-F820-00105, FR-F820-00167, FR-F820-00250

2-Ø6

7.5
2-Ø6

7.5
FAN

1
245
260
310

245
260
318
2
6

7.5
3
7.5

6
12.5 125

2.3
7.5 95 D1
2.3

D 150 141.6
110

4 4-Ø28
32.5 45 32.5 3-Ø35
28 47 47 28
23.1
Dimensions

37
D1 28.5

86.1

All dimensions in mm
All dimensions in mm

Type D D1
FR-F820-00046 111.6 21.6
FR-F820-00077 126.6 36.6

FR-F820-00340, FR-F820-00490, FR-F820-00630 FR-F820-00770, FR-F820-00930, FR-F820-01250

2-φ6 2-φ10
10
7.5

FAN
FAN
H2
H1
H

517.3
380
400

6
7.5

10

10
2.3

12.5 195
220 D
10 230
2.3

250 190
45 65 65 45
3-φ44
43.8 81.2 81.2 43.8

3-φ63
19
D1

119

All dimensions in mm All dimensions in mm

Type H H1 H2 D D1
FR-F820-00340, FR-F820-00490, 324 84 260 245 1.5
FR-F820-00630 190 101.5 300 285 3

102
Dimensions

FR-F820-01540, FR-F820-01870, FR-F820-02330, FR-F820-03160, FR-F820-03800,


FR-F840-00770 FR-F820-04750
FR-F840-00930, FR-F840-01160, FR-F840-01800, FR-F840-02160,
FR-F840-02600, FR-F840-03250, FR-F840-03610

4-φ 20 17

(10)
2-φ 10

(15)
2-φ d 4-φ d1 D1

(H4)
(H2)
FAN

1
2

H3
550

520
530

H1
H
3
4

Dimensions
10 3.2 15 W2 3.2
W1
10

H4
195

10
270 W D
325

Type d d1 D D1 H H1 H2 H3 H4 W W1 W2
FR-F820-01870,
FR-F820-02330,
FR-F840-00930, 12 25 250 24 550 525 15 514 18 435 380 12
FR-F840-01160,
FR-F840-01800
FR-F820-03160 12 25 250 22 700 675 15 664 18 465 410 12
FR-F820-03800, 12 24 360 22 740 715 15 704 18 465 400 12
FR-F820-04750
FR-F840-02160, 12 24 300 22 620 595 15 584 18 465 400 12
FR-F840-02600
FR-F840-03250, 25 25 360 22 740 715 15 704 18 465 400 12
FR-F840-03610

All dimensions in mm

FR-F840-04320, FR-A840-04810 FR-F840-05470, FR-F840-06100, FR-F840-06830


22 22

(13)
3-φ 4-φ
(13)
(15)

(13)

3-φ 4-φ

FAN
FAN
1010
984

984
1010

984
985

12 3.2
13

13

12 3.2 300 300


200 200 380
10

13

680 380
498

All dimensions in mm 103


Dimensions

„ FR-F842

FR-F842-07700, FR-F842-08660

185 23
3-φ 8-φ

(17)
(15)
1
2
3
4
1300
1330

1296
Dimensions

12 4.5 4.5
15

17
70 200 200 (70) 185
540 440

FR-F842-09620, FR-F842-10940, FR-F842-12120

185 23
3-φ 8-φ
(15)

(17)
1550
1580

1546

104 12 4.5 4.5


17
15

100 240 240 (100) 185


680 440
Dimensions

„ FR-F846

FR-F846-00023–00170

2- Ø 8

(7)
1
2

508
520
3
4

Dimensions
8 2.3
5
18.5 201 (18.5) 271
238

All dimensions in mm

FR-F846-00250–00470

2-φ10 23
(20)

4-φ20
(9)

FAN
632.5
650

610

10
8.5

20

18.5 201 (18.5) 2.3


238 285

105

All dimensions in mm
Dimensions

FR-F846-00620–01160

2-φ12 4-φ25 24

(10)

(18)
FAN

1
2

790
770

754
3
4
Dimensions

12 2.3

18
10

22.5 300 (22.5) 357


345

All dimensions in mm

FR-F846-01800–03610

24
3-φ15 4-φ25
(H2)

(23)

FAN
H3
H1
H

15
10

23

35 175 175 (35) 2.3


456.6
420

Type H H1 H2 H3
FR-F846-01800–FR-F846-02600 1360 1334 16 1314
FR-F846-03250, FR-F846-03610 1510 1482 18 1464
106

All dimensions in mm
Dimensions

„ FR-A741

Bx
Type A A1 Ax B B1 Bx C Cx
FR-A741-5.5K/7.5K 250 190 10 470 454 8 270 2.3
FR-A741-11K/15K 300 220 10 600 575 15 294 3.2
FR-A741-18.5K/22K 360 260 12 600 575 15 320 3.2
FR-A741-30K 450 350 12 700 675 15 340 3.2
FR-A741-37K/45K 470 370 14 700 670 15 368 3.2
FR-A741-55K 600 480 14 900 870 15 405 3.2
Please consider also the dimensions of the corresponding DC chokes (see page 127) 1
B1
B

2
3
Ax Cx 4
Bx

A1
A C All dimensions in mm

Dimensions

107
Dimensions

„ FR-A800

FR-A840-00023, FR-A840-00038, FR-A840-00052, FR-A840-00170, FR-A840-00250, FR-A840-00310, FR-A840-00380


FR-A840-00083, FR-A840-00126
2-φ

( 7.5)
2-φ

7.5
FAN
FAN

H1
2

H
245
260

3
2.3

7.5
H2
6
5
(1.5)

6
(7.5)

12.5 195
12.5 125 140 220 D
150
Dimensions

D1
45.5

All dimensions in mm All dimensions in mm

Type D D1 H H1 H2
FR-A840-00170, FR-A840-00250 170 84 260 245 1.5
FR-A840-00310, FR-A840-00380 190 101.5 300 285 3

FR-A840-00470, FR-A840-00620

2-φ
(10)

FAN
380
400

10 2.3
10
(1.5)

10 230
250 190
93.3

All dimensions in mm

108
Dimensions

FR-A820-00046, FR-A820-00077 FR-A820-00105, FR-A820-00167, FR-A820-00250

2-Ø6 2-Ø6

7.5

7.5
FAN

245
260
310

245
260
318
6
2
7.5

7.5
6
7.5 95 D1 3
2.3

12.5 125

2.3
110 D
150 141.6
4-Ø28
32.5 45 32.5
28 47 47 28 4
23.1

3-Ø35

Dimensions
37
D1 28.5

86.1

All dimensions in mm
All dimensions in mm

Type D D1
FR-A820-00046 111.6 21.6
FR-A820-00077 126.6 36.6

FR-A820-00340, FR-A820-00490, FR-A820-00630 FR-A820-00770, FR-A820-00930, FR-A820-01250

2-φ10
2-φ6
10
7.5

FAN
FAN
H2
H1
H

517.3
380
400

6
7.5

10

10
2.3

12.5 195
220 D
10 230
2.3

250 190
45 65 65 45
3-φ44
43.8 81.2 81.2 43.8

3-φ63
19
D1

119

All dimensions in mm All dimensions in mm

Type H H1 H2 D D1
FR-A820-00340, FR-A820-00490 324 84 260 245 1.5
FR-A820-00630 190 101.5 300 285 3

109
Dimensions

FR-A820-01540, FR-A820-01870, FR-A820-02330, FR-A820-03160, FR-A820-03800,


FR-A840-00770 FR-A820-04750
FR-A840-00930, FR-A840-01160, FR-A840-01800, FR-A840-02160,
FR-A840-02600 FR-A840-03250, FR-A840-03610
4-φ 20 17

(10)
2-φ 10

(15)
2-φ d 4-φ d1 D1

(H4)
(H2)
FAN

1
2

H3
550

520
530

H1
H
3
4
Dimensions

10 3.2 W2 3.2
15

W1
10

H4
195

10
270 W D
325

Type d d1 D D1 H H1 H2 H3 H4 W W1 W2
FR-A820-01870,
FR-A820 02330,
FR-A840-00930, 12 25 250 24 550 525 15 514 18 435 380 12
FR-A840-01160,
FR-A840-01800
FR-A820-03160 12 25 250 22 700 675 15 664 18 465 410 12
FR-A820-03800, 12 24 360 22 740 715 15 704 18 465 400 12
FR-A820-04750
FR-A840-02160, 12 24 300 22 620 595 15 584 18 465 400 12
FR-A840-02600
FR-A840-03250, 25 25 360 22 740 715 15 704 18 465 400 12
FR-A840-03610

All dimensions in mm

FR-A840-04320, FR-A840-04810 FR-A840-05470, FR-A840-06100, FR-A840-06830


22 22

(13)
3-φ 4-φ
(13)
(15)

(13)

3-φ 4-φ

FAN
FAN
1010
984

984
1010

984
985

12 3.2
13

13

12 3.2 300 300


200 200 380
10

13

680 380
498

110 All dimensions in mm


Dimensions

„ FR-A840-LC (Liquid cooled type)

FR-A840-03250(110K), 03610(132K)-LC FR-A840-04320(160K), 04810(185K)-LC

2-12ø 400 4-ø25 22 3-ø12 200 200 4-ø16

(18)
(15)
22

(13)
15
1
2
(795)

704
757
732

(1077)
1015
1042

1016
3
4
12 3.2
35

280 2-R3/8
10

88.4

Dimensions
46 373 (46) 115.4 14 3.2

13
360 290 2-R3/8 110.1

12
70
465 55 388 (55) 137.1
79 380
498

All dimensions in mm All dimensions in mm

FR-A840-05470(220K), 06100(250K), 06830(280K)-LC

22
300 4-ø16
(13)

3-ø12 300
(13)

FAN
(1064)
1010
984

984

3.2
12
187.5 2-R3/8 137.1
13
13

252.5 39 380
330 270
680

All dimensions in mm

111
Dimensions

„ FR-A842

FR-A842-07700(315K), 08660(355K)(-E)(GF)

185 23
3-φ 8-φ

(17)
(15)
1
2
3
4
1300
1330

1296
Dimensions

12 4.5 4.5
15

17
70 200 200 (70) 185
540 440 All dimensions in mm

FR-A842-09620(400K), 10940(450K), 12120(500K)(-E)(GF)(-P)

185 23
3-φ 8-φ
(15)

(17)
1550
1580

1546

112 12 4.5 4.5


17
15

100 240 240 (100) 185


680 440
All dimensions in mm
Dimensions

„ FR-CC2-H

FR-CC2-H315K, H355K

3-φ 8-φ 185 23

(15)

(17)
1
∗1

2
∗1 3
4

1296
1300
1330

Dimensions
12 4.5 4.5
15

17
100 200 200 (100) 185
600 440 All dimensions in mm

FR-CC2-H400K(-P), H450K(-P), H500K(-P), H560K(-P), H630K

3-φ 8-φ 185 23


(15)

(17)

∗1

∗1
1546
1550
1580

113
12 4.5 4.5
15

17

100 200 200 (100) 185


600 440
All dimensions in mm
Dimensions

„ FR-A860

FR-A860-00027, FR-A860-00061, FR-A860-00090

2-φ6

(7.5)
FAN

1
2

245
260
318
3
4 6

7.5
(58)
5
Dimensions

12.5 125 (12.5 )

(2.3)
150 140

3-φ35 28 47 47 (28)
84.5

45.5

All dimensions in mm

FR-A860-00170, FR-A860-00320

2-φ6
(7.5)

FAN
H3
H1
H
(H2)

6 2.3
7.5

D1
(2.3)

12.5 195 (12.5) D


220

45 65 65 (45)
3-φ44
Type H H1 H2 H3 D D1 D2
FR-A860-00170 324 260 64 245 170 89.3 126.8
FR-A860-00320 363 300 63 285 190 109.3 146.8
D2

114

All dimensions in mm
Dimensions

FR-A860-00450

2-φ10

(10)
FAN

400
380

517.3
2
3
2.3

10
(117.3 )
10 4

Dimensions
74.5
230

(2.3 )
10
250 190
43.8 81.2 81.2 (43.8 )

3-φ63
19
119

All dimensions in mm

FR-A860-00680, FR-A860-01080, FR-A860-01440, FR-A860-01670, FR-A860-02430

D1
(18)

4-φd
(15)

2-φ12

FAN
H2
H1
H

12 3.2
10

18

27.5 W1 (27.5) D
W

Type W W1 H H1 H2 d D D1
FR-A860-00680, FR-A860-01080 435 380 550 525 514 25 250 24
FR-A860-01440, FR-A860-01670, 465 400 620 595 584 24 300 22
FR-A860-02430 115

All dimensions in mm
Dimensions

FR-A860-02890, FR-A860-03360

22

(13)
(15)
3-φ12 4-φ16

FAN

1
2

1010

984
985
3
4
Dimensions

12 3.2
200 200 380
10

13
498

All dimensions in mm

FR-A860-04420

22 4-φ16
3-φ12
(13)
(13)

FAN
1010
984

984

12 3.2
13
13

300 300

680 380

All dimensions in mm
116
Dimensions

„ FR-A862

FR-A862-05450

185 23
3-φ12 8-φ25

(17)
(15)
1
2
3
4
1300
1330

1296

Dimensions
12 4.5 4.5
15

17
70 200 200 (70) 185
540 440 All dimensions in mm

FR-A862-06470, FR-A862-08500

185 23
3-φ12 8-φ25
(15)

(17)
1550
1580

1546

12 4.5 4.5 117


17
15

100 240 240 (100) 185


680 440
All dimensions in mm
Dimensions

„ FR-CC2-C

FR-CC2-C355K

3-φ12 8-φ25 185 23

(15)

(17)
1
2
3
4

1296
1300
1330
Dimensions

12 4.5 4.5
15

17
100 200 200 (100) 185
600 440 All dimensions in mm

FR-CC2-C400K, C560K

3-φ12 8-φ25 185 23


(15)

(17)
1546
1550
1580

118 12 4.5 4.5


17
15

100 200 200 (100) 185


600 440 All dimensions in mm
Dimensions

„ FR-A870

FR-A870-02300/02860

25.3
12 4-ø24

(14)

(17)
1
2
3
871

900

860
4

Dimensions
FAN

12 4.6

17
15

50 280 (50) 410

380
All dimensions in mm

„ FR-A870-LC (Liquid cooled)

FR-A870-03590(280K), 04560(355K)-LC

3-ø12 185 23
(17)
(15)

240 240 8-ø24

FAN
1430
1460

1426
(1517)

12
2-R3/8
17

185 4.5
15

250 39 143.1
280 200 440
675

All dimensions in mm 119


Dimensions

„ TMdrive®-MVe2/MVG2

left front right

(400)

(490)
1
2500

2300
H1

H2
2
3 30 1270
100

100
1470 30 700 2900 2800 600 D2
D1 W

4 All dimensions in mm
Dimensions

MVe2

Type W H1 H2 D1 D2 Weight kg
3.3 kV–200/300/400 kVA 1900 — 2050 1200 900 3800
4.16 kV–500 kVA
3.3 kV–600/800 kVA 1900 — 2050 1300 1000 4000
4.16 kV–1000 kVA
3.3 kV–950/1100 kVA 2800 — 2050 1300 1000 5300
4.16 kV–1380 kVA
3.3 kV–1300/1500 kVA 2900 — 2050 1400 1100 5600
4.16 kV–1890 kVA
6.6 kV–400/600/800 kVA 3200 — 2050 970 — 3400
6.6 kV–1000/1200/1400/1600 kVA 3400 — 2050 1000 — 4700
6.6 kV–1900/2200/2600/3000 kVA 4800 — 2050 1100 — < 7150
11 kV–660/990/1320/2000/2640 kVA 5500 — 2400 1500 1300 < 8000
11 kV–3080/3630/4290/5000 kVA 7000 2600 2400 1500 1300 < 13500

MVG2

Type H2 D1 D2 Weight kg
3.3 kV–200/300/400/440 kVA 2690 2100 900 2900
3.3 kV–600/800/880 kVA 2690 2200 1000 3850
3.3 kV–950/1100/1200 kVA 2860 2800 1000 4700
3.3 kV–1300/1500/1650 kVA 2860 3100 1100 5800
3.3 kV–1800 kVA 2860 4000 1100 6450
3.3 kV–2000/2200 kVA 2860 4100 1100 6850
3.3 kV–2400/3000 kVA 2860 4600 1300 8300
3.3 kV–3750 kVA 2860 5400 1700 10000
3.3 kV–4500 kVA 3100 5700 1800 12000
3.3 kV–5700 kVA 2860 12800 1300 —
4.16 kV–2770kVA 2808 5730 1200 9850
4.16 kV–3780 kVA 2910 5750 1300 12300
4.16 kV–5050 kVA 2910 5750 1500 13600
4.16 kV–6000 kVA 3013 7050 1800 15600

120
Dimensions

Type H2 D1 D2 Weight kg
6.6 kV–400/600/800/880 kVA 2640 3200 900 4320
6.6 kV–1000/1200 kVA 2690 4000 900 5550
6.6 kV–1400/1600/1760 kVA 2690 4000 1000 6250
6.6 kV–1900/2200/2400 kVA 2740 5000 1000 7500
6.6 kV–2600/3000/3300 kVA 2760 5100 1100 9100
6.6 kV–3600/4000/4400 kVA 2860 5900 1200 10850
6.6 kV–4800/5400/6000 kVA 2860 5900 1400 13050
6.6 kV–6500/7000/7500 kVA 2760 7100 1800 17350
6.6 kV–8200 kVA 3125 10400 1800 25000
6.6 kV–9000 kVA
6.6 kV–9100 kVA
3125
2860
13000
16200
1800
1400
30000

1
6.6 kV–10260 kVA 2860 16600 1400 —
6.6 kV–11400 kVA
11 kV–660/990/1320/1460 kVA
2860
3060
16800
5600
1400
1400

8620
2
11 kV–1650/2000/2310/2640/2930 kVA 3060 6800 1400 10280
11 kV–3080/3630/4000 kVA
11 kV–4290/5000/5500 kVA
3110
3110
7500
7700
1500
1500
13560
15880
3
11 kV–6000/6600/7350 kVA 3110 12200 1500 24490
11 kV–8000/9000/10000 kVA
11 kV–11000/12600 kVA
3110
3107
12200
13700
1500
1500
28520
31050
4
11 kV–13600/15000 kVA 3125 14500 1800 39350

Dimensions
11 kV–16100 kVA — — 1800 —
11 kV–19500 kVA 3110 14500 3860 65240

121
Dimensions

„ Noise filters for FR-D720S SC

B C Filter Frequency inverter A B C D E


FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1
FR-D720S-008–042SC 168 70 40 158 56
FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1-LL
FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1
FR-D720S-070SC 168 113 42 158 96
FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1-LL
FFR-CS-110-26A-SF1
1
FR-D720S-100SC 214 145 46 200 104
FFR-CS-110-26A-SF1-LL
D

A
All dimensions in mm

2
3
E

4
Dimensions

„ Noise filters for FR-D740 SC

B C Filter Frequency inverter A B C D E


E FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1
FR-D740-012–036SC 168 114 45 158 96
FFR-CSH-036-8A-SF1-LL
FFR-CSH-080-16A-SF1
FR-D740-050/080SC 168 114 45 158 96
FFR-CSH-080-16A-SF2-LL
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1
210 225 55 198 208
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1-LL FR-D740-120/160SC
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SB1-LL 210 55 150 200 30
A
D

All dimensions in mm

122
Dimensions

„ Noise filters for FR-E820S

B C Filter Frequency inverter A B C D E


FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1
FR-E820S-0008–0030 168 70 40 158 56
FFR-CS-050-14A-SF1-LL
FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1
FR-E820S-0050–0080 168 113 42 158 96
FFR-CS-080-20A-SF1-LL
FFR-E-CS-110-26A-SF1
FR-E820S-0110 194 145 46 — —
FFR-E-CS-110-26A-SF1-LL

D
1
A
All dimensions in mm

2
3
E

Dimensions
„ Noise filters for FR-E840

B C Filter Frequency inverter A B C D E


E FFR-MSH-095-16A-SF1 FR-E840-0060/0095 210 145 45 198 128
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1
210 225 55 198 208
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SF1-LL FR-E840-0120/0170
FFR-MSH-170-30A-SB2-LL 210 55 150 200 30

All dimensions in mm
A
D

123
Dimensions

„ Noise filters for FR-A/F840-00023–01800

Filter Frequency inverter A A1 B B1 C


FFR-BS-00126-18A-SF100 FR-A/F840-00023–00126 150 110 315 260 50
FFR-BS-00250-30A-SF100 FR-A/F840-00170/00250 220 180 315 260 60
FFR-BS-00380-55A-SF100 FR-A/F840-00310/00380 221.5 180 360 300 80
FFR-BS-00620-75A-SF100 FR-A/F840-00470/00620 251.5 210 476 400 80
FFR-BS-00770-95A-SF100 FR-A/F840-00770 340 280 626 550 90
FFR-BS-01160-120A-SF100 FR-A/F840-01160 450 380 636 550 120
1 FFR-BS-01800-180A-SF100 FR-A/F840-00930/01800 450 380 652 550 120

All dimensions in mm
2
3
4
„ Noise filters for FR-A/F840-02160–12120
Dimensions

Filter Frequency inverter A A1 B B1 C


FN 3359-250-28 FR-A/F840-02160–02600 230 205 360 300 125
FN 3359-400-99 FR-A/F840-03250–04320 260 235 386 300 115
FN 3359-600-99 FR-A/F840-04810–06100 260 235 386 300 135
FN 3359-1000-99 FR-A/F840-06830–09620 280 255 456 350 170
FN 3359-1600-99 FR-A/F840-10940–12120 300 275 586 400 160
B1
B

All dimensions in mm

C
A1
A

„ Noise filters for FR-A741-5.5K–55K


B C
Filter Frequency inverter A B C D E
FFR-RS-7.5k-27A-EF100 FR-A741-5.5K–7.5K 560 250 60 525 200
FFR-RS-15k-45A-EF100 FR-A741-11K–15K 690 300 70 650 250
FFR-RS-22k-65A-EF100 FR-A741-18.5K–22K 690 360 80 650 300
FFR-RS-45k-127A-EF100 FR-A741-30K–45K 815 470 90 775 400
FFR-RS-55k-159A-EF100 FR-A741-55K 995 600 107 955 500
D

All dimensions in mm

124
Dimensions

„ du/dt filters

du/dt filter A B C D E F G Type


Filter type A

FFR-DT-10A-SS1 100 65 120 56 43 4.8x8 2.5 mm2 A


FFR-DT-25A-SS1 125 80 140 100 55 5x8 4 mm2 A
FFR-DT-47A-SS1 155 110 195 130 70 8x12 10 mm2 A
FFR-DT-93A-SS1 190 100 240 130 70 8x12 16 mm2 A
FFR-DT-124A-SS1 190 150 170 130 67 8x12 35 mm2 B
FFR-DT-182A-SS1 210 160 185 175 95 8x12 ø10 B
FFR-DT-330A-SS1 240 240 220 190 135 11x15 ø12 B 1
FFR-DT-500A-SS1 240 220 325 190 119 11x15 ø10 B
FFR-DT-610A-SS1 240 230 325 190 128 11x15 ø11 B
FFR-DT-683A-SS1 240 230 325 190 128 11x15 ø11 B 2
FFR-DT-790A-SS1 300 218 355 240 136 11x15 ø11 B
FFR-DT-1100A-SS1 360 250 380 310 144 11x15 ø11 B
FFR-DT-1500A-SS1 360 a 250 a a a a a a
B 3
FFR-DT-1920A-SS1 360 a 250 a a a a a a
B
a Under review, may be subject to change
All dimensions in mm
4
Filter type B

Dimensions
„ Sinusoidal filters

Sinusoidal Filter A B C D E F G Type


Filter type A

FFR-S I-4.5A-SS1 125 75 180 100 55 5x8 2.5 mm2 A


FFR-SI-8.3A-SS1 155 95 205 130 70 8x12 4 mm2 A
FFR-SI-18A-SS1 190 130 210 170 78 8x12 10 mm2 A
FFR-SI-25A-SS1 210 125 270 175 85 8x12 10 mm2 A
FFR-SI-32A-SS1 210 135 270 175 95 8x12 10 mm2 A
FFR-SI-48A-SS1 240 210 300 190 125 11x15 16 mm2 B
FFR-SI-62A-SS1 240 220 300 190 135 11x15 16 mm2 B
FFR-SI-77A-SS1 300 210 345 240 134 11x15 35 mm2 B
FFR-SI-93A-SS1 300 215 345 240 139 11x15 35 mm2 B
FFR-SI-116A-SS1 300 237 360 240 161 11x15 95 mm2 B
FFR-SI-180A-SS1 420 235 510 370 157 11x15 11 mm2
FFR-SI-260A-SS1 420 295 550 370 217 11x15 11 mm2
FFR-SI-432A-SS1 510 320 650 430 238 13x18 11 mm2
FFR-SI-481A-SS1 510 340 750 430 247 13x18 14 mm2
Filter type B

FFR-SI-683A-SS1 600 390 880 525 270 13x18 18 mm2


FFR-SI-770A-SS1 600 430 990 525 290 13x18 18 mm2
FFR-SI-880A-SS1 600 500 1000 525 350 13x18 18 mm2
FFR-SI-1212A-SS1 870 420 1050 750 320 13x18 2x18 mm2
FFR-SI-1500A-SS1 a a a a a a a a

FFR-SI-1700A-SS1 a a a a a a a a

a Under review, may be subject to change

All dimensions in mm

125
Dimensions

„ Harmonic filter
Weight Weight
Filter A B C Filter A B C
[kg] [kg]
RHF-A 10-400-50-20-A 13.5 RHF-B 10-400-50-20-A 18
347 190 206 347 190 206
RHF-A 14-400-50-20-A 16.3 RHF-B 14-400-50-20-A 20
RHF-A 22-400-50-20-A 22 RHF-B 22-400-50-20-A 30
451 232 248 451 232 248
RHF-A 29-400-50-20-A 25 RHF-B 29-400-50-20-A 34
RHF-A 35-400-50-20-A 37 RHF-B 35-400-50-20-A 53
A

605 378 242 605 378 242

1
RHF-A 43-400-50-20-A 39 RHF-B 43-400-50-20-A 75
RHF-A 58-400-50-20-A 44 RHF-B 58-400-50-20-A 82
634 378 333 634 378 333
RHF-A 72-400-50-20-A 56 RHF-B 72-400-50-20-A 96

2
RHF-A 86-400-50-20-A 62 RHF-B 86-400-50-20-A 104
747 418 333 747 418 333
RHF-A 101-400-50-20-A 74 RHF-B 101-400-50-20-A 106
B C RHF-A 144-400-50-20-A 85 RHF-B 144-400-50-20-A 126
778 418 400 778 418 400

3
RHF-A 180-400-50-20-A 102 RHF-B 180-400-50-20-A 135
RHF-A 217-400-50-20-A 119 RHF-B 217-400-50-20-A 171
911 468 450
RHF-A 252-400-50-20-A 136 RHF-B 252-400-50-20-A 206
911 468 450

4
RHF-A 304-400-50-20-A 142 RHF-B 304-400-50-20-A 221
RHF-A 380-400-50-20-A 185 RHF-B 380-400-50-20-A 911 468 515 265
RHF-A 433-400-50-20-A 911 468 515 203 RHF-B 433-400-50-20-A 272
Dimensions

RHF-AS 480-400-50-20-A 380 420 230 80 RHF-BS 480-400-50-20-A 520 540 300 185
RHF-AS 550-400-50-20-A 380 420 245 100 RHF-BS 550-400-50-20-A 560 540 300 200
RHF-AS 600-400-50-20-A 125 RHF-BS 600-400-50-20-A 640 600 300 225
380 420 280
RHF-AS 670-400-50-20-A 130 RHF-BS 670-400-50-20-A 640 600 310 240
RHF-AS 750-400-50-20-A 440 480 270 140 RHF-BS 750-400-50-20-A 640 600 325 260
RHF-AS 850-400-50-20-A 440 480 285 150 RHF-BS 850-400-50-20-A 640 600 340 285
RHF-AS 980-400-50-20-A 440 480 300 160 RHF-BS 980-400-50-20-A 640 600 360 310
C
All dimensions in mm

„ AC chokes FR-BAL-S-B-mmK
Weight
Choke B T H L1 L3 d1 [kg]
FR-BAL-S-B-0.2K 66 70 86 50 41 4.5 0.7
FR-BAL-S-B-0.4K 78 88 95 56 47 4.5 1.2
FR-BAL-S-B-0.75K 96 120 115 84 86 5.5 4.5

All dimensions in mm

„ Three-phase AC chokes FR-BAL-B-mmK


U1 V1 W1U2 V2 W2
Weight
Choke B T H L1 L3 d1 [kg]
FR-BAL-B-4.0K 125 82 130 100 56 5x8 3.0
FR-BAL-B-5.5K 155 85 145 130 55 8x12 3.7
FR-BAL-B-7.5K 155 100 150 130 70 8x12 5.5
FR-BAL-B-11K/-15K 190 115 210 170 79 8x12 10.7
FR-BAL-B-22K 190 115 210 170 79 8x12 11.2
FR-BAL-B-30K 190 118 230 170 79 8x12 3.0
H

FR-BAL-B-37K 210 128 265 175 97 8x12 3.7


FR-BAL-B-45K 230 165 280 180 122 8x12 5.5
FR-BAL-B3-55K 210 190 185 175 95 8x12 16
FR-BAL-B3-75K 230 210 200 180 122 8x12 22
d1
FR-BAL-B3-90K 240 170 325 190 110 11x15 25
FR-BAL-B3-110K 240 185 325 190 120 11x15 29
L3
L1 FR-BAL-B3-132K 240 185 325 190 120 11x15 29
126 B T FR-BAL-B3-160K 240 205 325 190 130 11x15 32
FR-BAL-B3-185K 285 205 325 190 130 11x15 33
FR-BAL-B3-220K 300 220 330 240 155 11x15 47
FR-BAL-B3-250K 300 240 330 240 160 11x15 48

All dimensions in mm
Dimensions

„ DC choke FFR-HEL-(H)-E

Weight
Choke A B C D E [kg]
FFR-HEL-0.4K-E 88 53.5 70 75 13 0.6
FFR-HEL-0.75K-E 88 53.5 70 75 13 0.6
FFR-HEL-1.5K-E 112.5 71.5 81 98 33 1.2
FFR-HEL-2.2K-E 112.5 71.5 81 98 33 1.2
FFR-HEL-3.7K-E 120 74.7 86 102 33 1.5
FFR-HEL-5.5K-E
FFR-HEL-7.5K-E
133.2
133.2
85
85
112
112
115
115
50
50
3.1
3.1
1

200 V types
FFR-HEL-11K-E 133.2 85 112 115 50 3.1
FFR-HEL-15K-E
FFR-HEL-18.5K-E
133.2
133.2
85
85
156
163
115
115
64
64
4
4
2
FFR-HEL-22K-E 172 107 166 150 65 5.5
FFR-HEL-30K-E
FFR-HEL-37K-E
150
150
237
237
94
114
125
125


8.2
10.7
3
FFR-HEL-45K-E 150 237 134 125 — 11.3
FFR-HEL-55K-E
FFR-HEL-H0.4K-E
150
75
237
43
134
60
125
62

12
14.4
0.35
4
Enclosure type IP20
FFR-HEL-H0.75K-E 88 53.5 70 75 13 0.6

Dimensions
FFR-HEL-H1.5K-E 88 53.5 70 75 13 0.61
FFR-HEL-H2.2K-E 112.5 71.5 81 98 33 1.2
FFR-HEL-H3.7K-E 112.5 71.5 81 98 33 1.2
FFR-HEL-H5.5K-E 120 74.7 86 102 33 1.5
FFR-HEL-H7.5K-E 120 74.7 100 102 45 2.2
400 V types

FFR-HEL-H11K-E 133.2 85 112 115 50 3.1


FFR-HEL-H15K-E 133.2 85 112 115 50 3
FFR-HEL-H18.5K-E 133.2 85 128 115 64 4
FFR-HEL-H22K-E 172 107 166 150 65 5.3
FFR-HEL-H30K-E 172 107 166 150 65 5.75
FFR-HEL-H37K-E 172 107 186 150 85 8
FFR-HEL-H45K-E 150 202 114 125 — 11.3
FFR-HEL-H55K-E 150 212 134 125 — 14.4

All dimensions in mm
Enclosure type IP00

„ DC choke FR-HEL-H75K/H90K

Weight
Choke A A1 B B1 C [kg]
FR-HEL-75K 150 130 340 310 190 17
200 V types

FR-HEL-90K 150 130 340 310 200 19


FR-HEL-110K 175 150 400 365 200 20
400 V types

FR-HEL-H75K 140 120 320 295 185 16

FR-HEL-H90K 150 130 340 310 190 20

All dimensions in mm

127
Dimensions

„ DC chokes FR-HEL-H110K–H160K

Weight
Choke A A1 B B1 C S S1 [kg]
FR-HEL-H110K 150 130 340 310 195 M6 M6 22
FR-HEL-H132K 175 150 405 370 200 M8 M6 26
FR-HEL-H160K 175 150 405 370 205 M8 M6 28

All dimensions in mm

1
2
3
„ DC chokes FR-HEL-H185K–H355K
4
Dimensions

Weight
Choke A A1 B B1 C S S1 S2 Ø [kg]
FR-HEL-H185K 175 150 405 370 240 M8 M6 — M12 29
FR-HEL-H220K 175 150 405 370 240 M8 M6 M6 M12 30
FR-HEL-H250K 190 165 440 400 250 M8 M8 M8 M12 35
FR-HEL-H280K 190 165 440 400 255 M8 M8 M8 M16 38
FR-HEL-H315K 210 185 495 450 250 M10 M8 M8 M16 42
FR-HEL-H355K 210 185 495 450 250 M10 M8 M8 M16 46

All dimensions in mm

„ DC chokes FR-HEL-H400K–H450K

Weight
Choke A C [kg]
FR-HEL-H400K 235 250 50
FR-HEL-H450K 240 270 57

All dimensions in mm

„ DC chokes FR-HEL-H500K–H630K

Weight
Choke B C C1 [kg]
FR-HEL-H500K 345 455 405 67
FR-HEL-H560K 360 460 410 85
FR-HEL-H630K 360 460 410 95

All dimensions in mm

128
Dimensions

„ DC chokes FR-HEL-N355K

Weight
P1 Choke W H D [kg]
P1
FR-HEL-N355K ≤360 384 ±5 240 ±2.5 80

5
324

384
P All dimensions in mm
P

4.5
1
2
≤ 360

3
215 1.5

240 2.5 4

Dimensions
„ DC chokes FR-HEL-N560K

Weight
Choke W H D
P1 [kg]
P1
FR-HEL-N560K ≤390 450 ±10 ≤230 105
10

10

10
405

445

450

All dimensions in mm
P
P

4.5
≤ 390

150 1

215 2

≤ 230

„ Brake units BU-UFS

A
A'
C Brake unit A A’ B B’ C Weight [kg]
BU-UFS22J 100 50 250 240 175 2.4
BU-UFS22 100 50 250 240 175 2.5
BU-UFS40 100 50 250 240 175 2.5
BU-UFS110 107 50 250 240 195 3.9

All dimensions in mm
220
B'
B

129

M5 x 15
Dimensions

„ Brake units FR-BU2-1.5K–15K, FR-BU2-H7.5K/H15K

Brake unit H W D Weight [kg]


FR-BU2-1.5k 128 68 132.5 0.9
FR-BU2-3.7k 128 68 132.5 0.9
FR-BU2-7.5k 128 68 132.5 0.9
FR-BU2-15k 128 68 132.5 0.9
FR-BU2-H7.5k 128 68 132.5 5
FR-BU2-H15k 128 68 132.5 5
1 All dimensions in mm

2
3
4
Dimensions

„ Brake units FR-BU2-30K/H30K

Brake unit H W D Weight [kg]


FR-BU2-30k 128 108 129.5 5
FR-BU2-H30k 128 108 129.5 5

All dimensions in mm

„ Brake units FR-BU2-55K/H55K/H75k

Brake unit H W D Weight [kg]


FR-BU2-55k 128 68 132.5 5
FR-BU2-H55k 128 68 132.5 5
FR-BU2-H75k 128 68 132.5 5

All dimensions in mm

130
Dimensions

„ External brake resistors RUFC

Brake resistor A A’ B Weight [kg]


RUFC22 310 295 75 4.7
RUFC40 365 350 75 9.4

B
RUFC110 365 350 75 18.8
Remark:
A’ 70 RUFC40 contains a set of two brake resistors, and RUFC110 contains a set of four brake resistors as shown on the left.
A 100
All dimensions in mm 1
2
3
4

Dimensions
„ External brake resistors FR-ABR-mmK

A 500+20 Brake resistor A B C D E F Weight [kg]


B±1 FR-ABR-0.4K 140 125 100 40 21 2.5 0.2
C FR-ABR-0.75K 215 200 175 40 21 2.5 0.4
FR-ABR-2.2K 240 225 200 50 26 2.5 0.5
FR-ABR-3.7K 215 200 175 61 33 2.5 0.8
FR-ABR-5.5K 335 320 295 61 33 2.5 1.3
FR-ABR-7.5K 400 385 360 80 40 2.5 2.2
FR-ABR-11K 400 385 360 100 50 2.5 3.5
FR-ABR-15K 300 285 260 100 50 2.5 4.8
D
FR-ABR-22K 400 385 360 100 50 2.5 6.6
F
E

All dimensions in mm

„ External brake resistors FR-ABR-HmmK

Brake resistor A B C D E X Weight [kg]


A X+10
B±1 FR-ABR-H0.4K 115 100 75 40 20 500 0.2
C FR-ABR-H0.75K 140 125 100 40 20 500 0.2
FR-ABR-H1.5K 215 200 175 40 20 500 0.4
FR-ABR-H2.2K 240 225 200 50 25 500 0.5
FR-ABR-H3.7K 215 200 175 60 30 500 0.8
FR-ABR-H5.5K 335 320 295 60 30 500 1.3
FR-ABR-H7.5K 400 385 360 80 40 500 2.2
FR-ABR-H 11K 400 — — 100 50 700 3.2
D FR-ABR-H 15K 300 — — 100 50 700 2.4 (x2) serial
FR-ABR-H 22K 400 — — 100 50 700 3.3 (x2) parallel
E

All dimensions in mm

131
Dimensions

„ Harmonic converter FR-HC2-(H)mK

High power factor Weight


Filter type A

W W1 H H1 D d Type
converter [kg]
FR-HC2-7.5K 220 195 260 245 170 6 A 7
FR-HC2-15K 250 230 400 380 190 10 A 12

200 V types
FR-HC2-30K 325 270 550 530 195 10 A 24
FR-HC2-55K 370 300 620 595 250 10 A 39
FR-HC2-75K 465 400 620 595 300 12 A 53
1 FR-HC2-H7.5K/H15K
FR-HC2-H30K
220
325
195
270
300
550
285
530
190
195
6
10
A
A
9
26
FR-HC2-H55K 370 300 670 645 250 10 A 43
2

400 V types
FR-HC2-H75K 325 270 620 595 250 10 A 37
FR-HC2-H110K 465 400 620 595 300 12 A 56
FR-HC2-H160K/H220K 498 200 1010 985 380 12 B 120
Filter type B

3 FR-HC2-H280K
FR-HC2-H400K/H560K
680
790
300
315
1010
1330
984
1300
380
440
12
12
B
B
160
250

4 All dimensions in mm
Dimensions

„ Filter chokes FR-HCL21-(H)mK for FR-HC2

Weight
Filter chokes W* W1 H D* D1 d [kg]
FR-HCL21-7.5K 132 50 ±0.5 150 100 86 +0/-2.5 M6 4.2
FR-HCL21-15K 162 75 ±0.5 172 126 107 +0/-2.5 M6 7.0
200 V types

FR-HCL21-30K 195 75 ±0.5 210 150 87 +0/-2.5 M6 10.7


MAX H

FR-HCL21-55K 210 75 ±0.5 180 200.5 97 +0/-2.5 M6 17.4


FR-HCL21-75K 240 150 ±1 215 215.5 109 +0/-2.5 M8 23
FR-HCL21-H7.5K 132 50 ±0.5 140 105 90 +0/-1 M6 4
FR-HCL21-H15K 162 75 ±0.5 170 128 105 +0/-1 M6 6
FR-HCL21-H30K 182 75 ±0.5 195 145.5 90 +0/-1 M6 9
FR-HCL21-H55K 282.5 255 ±1.5 245 165 112 ±1.5 M6 18
W1 D1 FR-HCL21-H75K 210 75 ±1 175 210.5 105 +0/-2.5 M6 20
400 V types

4-d
MAX W MAX D FR-HCL21-H110K 240 150 ±1 230 220 99 +0/-5 M8 28
FR-HCL21-H160K 280 150 ±1 295 274.5 150 +0/-5 M8 45
FR-HCL21-H220K 330 170 ±1 335 289.5 150 +0/-5 M10 63
FR-HCL21-H280K 330 170 ±1 335 321 203 +0/-5 M10 80
FR-HCL21-H400K 402 250 ±1 460 550 All dimensions
305 ±10 M10 in
121mm
FR-HCL21-H560K 452 300 ±1 545 645 355 ±10 M12 190
* The sizes indicated by W and D are not the sizes of the legs. These indicate the sizes of whole chokes.

All dimensions in mm

132
Dimensions

„ Filter chokes FR-HCL22-(H)mK for FR-HC2

MAX D Filter chokes W* W1 H D* D1 d Weight


[kg]
FR-HCL22-7.5K 237.5 210 ±1.5 230 140 110 ±1.5 M6 9.8
FR-HCL22-15K 257.5 230 ±1.5 260 165 120 ±1.5 M6 19

200 V types
FR-HCL22-30K 342.5 310 ±1.5 305 180 130 ±1.5 M8 36
FR-HCL22-55K 432.5 270 ±1.5 380 280 240 ±1.5 M8 65
FR-HCL22-75K 474 430 ±2 460 280 128 ±2 M12 98

MAX H
FR-HCL22-H7.5K
FR-HCL22-H15K
237.5
257.5
210 ±1.5
230 ±1.5
220
260
140
165
110 ±1.5
120 ±1.5
M6
M6
9.8
19
1
FR-HCL22-H30K 342.5 310 ±1.5 300 180 130 ±1.5 M8 36
FR-HCL22-H55K
FR-HCL22-H75K
392.5
430
360 ±1.5
265 ±1.5
365
395
200
280
130 ±1.5
200 ±1.5
M8
M10
65
120
2

400 V types
FR-HCL22-H110K 500 350 ±1.5 440 370 260 ±1.5 M10 175
FR-HCL22-H160K
FR-HCL22-H220K
560
620
400 ±1.5
400 ±1.5
520
620
430
480
290 ±1.5
320 ±1.5
M12
M12
250
345
3
W1 D1
MAX W FR-HCL22-H280K 690 500 ±2 700 560 350 ±2 M12 450
4-d FR-HCL22-H400K
FR-HCL22-H560K
632
632
400 ±2
400 ±2
675
720
705
745
435 ±10
475 ±10
M12
M12
391
507
4

Dimensions
* The sizes indicated by W and D are not the sizes of the legs. These indicate the sizes of whole chokes.

All dimensions in mm

„ Outside box FR-HCB2-(H)mK for FR-HC2-7.5K–75K, FR-HC2-H7.5K–H220K*

2 holes Weight
Outside box W W1 H H1 D Type [kg]
FR-HCB2-7.5K/15K 190 130 320 305 165 A 7
200 V types

FR-HCB2-30K 11
270 200 450 435 203 A
FR-HCB2-55K 13
FR-HCB2-75K 400 175 450 428 250 A 27
Type A

H1
H

FR-HCB2-H7.5K–H30K 190 130 320 305 165 A 8


FR-HCB2-H55K 270 200 450 435 203 A 16
400 V types

FR-HCB2-H75K 300 250 350 328 250 B 16


FR-HCB2-H110K 350 125 450 428 380 B 37
D FR-HCB2-H160K/
W1 400 175 450 428 440 B 54
W H220K
3 holes * Peripheral devices are separately provided for the FR-HC2-H280K or higher (not provided as the outside box).

holes All dimensions in mm

7
10
H1

13
Type B

W1 W1

133
Dimensions

„ Filter capacitor FR-HCC2-(H)mK for FR-HC2-H280K–H560K

FR-HCC2-H280K FR-HCC2-H400K
Installation foot 400 3 Installation foot
365 3

130

4.5
.5

4.5
R7.5 R7

130

88
300
370 3 370 3
394 3
52.5 102.5

22.5
300 394 3

1
90 5 90 5
90 5 90 5

≤ 315
5
5
≤ 365

365 3

250
300

400 3
200 3

150
(25)

38
(70)
38

370 3
370 3 394 3 80 2

4 394 3 80 2

FR-HCC2-H560K Weight
Dimensions

Installation foot Filter capacitor W H D [kg]


500 3 FR-HCC2-H280K 394 ±3 ≤365 130 17
FR-HCC2-H400K 394 ±3 ≤315 130 15
4.5

5
R7.
115

FR-HCC2-H560K 494 ±3 ≤340 115 21

400 470 2
494 3 All dimensions in mm
140 5 140 5
≤ 340
250 3
165 2

470 2
80 2
494 3

„ Inrush current limit resistor FR-HCR2-(H)mK for FR-HC2-H280K–H560K

0.96OHM BKO-CA1996H21 (without thermostat) 0.96OHM BKO-CA1996H31 (with thermostat)


2-5.3 0.3

13 0.5
2-5.3 0.3

13 0.5

8.5 0.5
8.5 0.5

2-(17) 2-(17)

215 2 2-500 10 215 2 2-500 10


200 1.2 2-6 1 200 1.2 325 15
175 2 175 2
2-6 1 2-6 1

60 1.5 60 1.5
30 1

1
30

2.5 2.5
(30) (30)

134
Dimensions

„ Voltage converter FR-HCM2-(H)mK for FR-HC2-H280K–H560K

MC power supply stepdown transformer BKO-CA2001H06


Weight
Tranformer Voltage converter W H D [kg]

81 2
V3 V3 V2 V2 V1 V1 7 ≥ 18

≥ 24
R/L1 S/L2
1PH 630VA BKO-CA2001H06 FR-HCM2-H280K–H560K 153 ±2 166 ±3 ≤180 10
E

(21)
8
5 2 All dimensions in mm
100 1
8 1

1
R5/L15 S5/L25

2
166 3
132 2

3
2.3

(30)
100 1 81 2
153 2 115 2
≤ 180
4
S-N600FXYS AC210V 2A2B S-N400FXYS AC200V 2A2B

Dimensions
M16 400 3
13.5 263 365 3
20 250
17.5

.5

4.5
156
R7
130
30

88
370 3
52.5 102.5
22.5

300 394 3

90 5 90 5
275
250

270
310

≤ 315
5
3

250
150
38

M4 80 40 10.5
70 370 3
12 10 235
4-M10 394 3 80 2
290

Weight
Inrush current limit MC Voltage converter W H D [kg]
S-N600FXYS AC210V 2A2B FR-HCM2-H280K 290 310 235 24
S-N400FXYS AC200V 2A2B FR-HCM2-H400K/560K 163 243 195 9.5

All dimensions in mm

135
Specifications overseas types

Specifications of overseas types FR-D710W

FR-D710W
Product line
0.1K 0.2K 0.4K 0.75K
Rated motor capacity [kW] 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.75
Rated current [A] 0.8 1.4 2.5 4.2
Output Overload capacity 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 0.5 s (inverse-time characteristics)
Voltage 3-phase, 0 to 230 V AC

1 Frequency range
Power supply voltage
0.2–400 Hz
Single-phase, 100–115 V AC,
Input Voltage range 90–132 V AC at 50/60 Hz

2 Others
Power supply frequency
Ambient temperature
50/60 Hz
50 °C

Order information Art. no. 219059 219060 219061 219062


3
4
Specifications of overseas types FR-D720
5
FR-D720
Specifications overseas types

Product line
0.1K 0.2K 0.4K 0.75K 1.5K 2.2K 3.7K 5.5K 7.5K 11k 15k
Rated motor capacity [kW] 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15
Rated current [A] 0.8 1.4 2.5 4.2 7 10 16.5 23.8 31.8 45A 58A
Output Overload capacity 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 0.5 s (inverse-time characteristics)
Voltage 3-phase, 0 V up to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–400 Hz
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 200–240 V AC,
Input Voltage range 170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz
Others Ambient temperature 50 °C

Order information Art. no. 217399 217400 217401 217402 217403 217404 217415 217416 217417 243781 243782

Specifications of overseas types FR-E710W

Product line FR-E710W-008-NA FR-E710W-015-NA FR-E710W-030-NA FR-E710W-050-NA


Rated motor capacity [kW] 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.75
Rated current [A] 0.8 1.5 3 5
Output Overload capacity 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (inverse-time characteristics)
Voltage 3-phase, 0 to 230 V AC
Frequency range 0.2–400 Hz
Power supply voltage Single-phase, 100–115 V AC,
Input Voltage range 90–132 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz
Others Ambient temperature 50 °C

Order information  Art. no. 225922 225923 225924 225935

136
Note

137
Index

A FR-CS80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Specifications
Accessories FR-D700 SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 FR-A741 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
EMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 FR-E800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 FR-A820 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
External options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 FR-F800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 FR-A840 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Internal and external options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 FR-F842 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 FR-A842 and FR-CC2-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Internal options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 FR-F846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 FR-A860 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Overview of noise filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Harmonic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 FR-A862 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
AC chokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Harmonic filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 FR-A870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Assignment of signal terminals MVe2/MVG2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 FR-CS80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
FR-A741 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Noise filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 FR-D700 SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 20
FR-A800 and FR-CC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Parameter units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 FR-E800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
FR-CS80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Sinusoidal filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 FR-F820 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
FR-E800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Three-phase AC chokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 FR-F840 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
FR-F800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 du/dt filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 FR-F842 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
FR-F846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
B E
MVe2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Block diagram External heatsink frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
MVG2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
FR-A741 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 G Overseas types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
FR-A800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 System configuration
General operating conditions for all inverters . . . . . . . . . 73
FR-A842 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 FR-A800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
FR-A860 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 H FR-A842 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
FR-A870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Harmonic converter FR-HC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
FR-CC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 66 Harmonic filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
FR-CS80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
M
FR-D700 SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Maintenance and standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
FR-E800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30, 31
FR-F800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 P
Brake Resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Parameter overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Brake units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Parameter units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
C Product overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Common specifications S
FR-A741 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Sinusoidal filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
FR-A800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Software
FR-CC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 FR Configurator2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
FR-E800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Special functions
FR-F800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 24 V DC power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
MVe2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Advanced PID controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
MVG2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Automatic restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Braking without resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
D Easy configuration with parameter unit . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Easy monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
DC chokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Easy-to-read operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Dimensions
Easy to start up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
AC chokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Fire override mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Brake units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Flexible 5-point V/f curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
DC choke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Intelligent energy optimisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
du/dt filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Intelligent load detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
External brake resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Magnetic flux vector control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FR-A741 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Mechanical resonance suppression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
FR-A800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Motor preheat function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
FR-A840-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Parameter setting protection with password function 9
FR-A842 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
PM sensorless vector control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FR-A860 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Pump clean function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
FR-A862 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Ready for crane applications due to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
FR-A870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Regeneration avoidance function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
FR-A870-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Safety function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
138
FR-CC2-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Surrounding air temperature measured by inverter . . 9
FR-CC2-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
The cutting-edge auto tuning function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Your solution partner

Your solution partner

Low voltage: MCCB, MCB, ACB

Medium voltage: VCB, VCC

Power monitoring, energy management

Mitsubishi Electric offers a wide range of automation equipment from PLCs and HMIs to CNC and
EDM machines

Compact and modular controllers

A name to trust This is why you can rely on Mitsubishi


Electric automation solution - because
Since its beginnings in 1870, some we know first hand about the need Inverters, servos and motors
45 companies use the Mitsubishi for reliable, efficient, easy-to-use
name, covering a spectrum of finance, automation and control in our own
commerce and industry. factories.
The Mitsubishi brand name is recognized As one of the world’s leading companies
around the world as a symbol of with a global turnover of over 4 trillion
Visualization: HMIs, software, MES connectivity
premium quality. Yen (over $40 billion), employing over
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation is active 130,000 people, Mitsubishi Electric
in space development, transportation, has the resource and the commitment
semiconductors, energy systems, to deliver the ultimate in service and
Numerical control (NC)
communications and information support as well as the best products.
processing, audio-visual equipment and
home electronics, building, and energy
management and automation systems,
and has 237 factories and laboratories
Robots: SCARA, articulated arm
worldwide in over 121 countries.

Processing machines: EDM, lasers, IDS

Air-conditioning, photovoltaic, EDS


Global Partner. Local Friend.

European Offices
Germany Czech Rep. France Ireland Italy Netherlands Poland
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
Mitsubishi-Electric-Platz 1 Pekařská 621/7 25, Boulevard des Bouvets Westgate Business Park, Ballymount Viale Colleoni 7 Palazzo Sirio Nijverheidsweg 23C ul. Krakowska 48
D-40882 Ratingen CZ-155 00 Praha 5 F-92741 Nanterre Cedex IRL-Dublin 24 I-20864 Agrate Brianza (MB) NL-3641RP Mijdrecht PL-32-083 Balice
Phone: +49 (0)2102 / 486-2048 Phone: +420 734 402 587 Phone: +33 (0)1 / 55 68 56 95 Phone: +353 (0)1 4198800 Phone: +39 039 / 60 53 1 Phone: +31 (0) 297 250 350 Phone: +48 (0) 12 347 65 00

Russia Spain Sweden Turkey UK


Mitsubishi Electric (Russia) LLC Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Mitsubishi Electric Turkey Elektrik Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
2 bld. 1, Letnikovskaya st. Carretera de Rubí 76-80 Apdo. 420 (Scandinavia) Ürünleri A.Ş. Travellers Lane
RU-115114 Moscow E-08190 Sant Cugat del Vallés Hedvig Möllers gata 6 Şerifali Mahallesi Kale Sokak No:41 UK-Hatfield, Herts. AL10 8XB
Phone: +7 495 / 721 2070 (Barcelona) SE-223 55 Lund TR-34775 Ümraniye-İSTANBUL Phone: +44 (0)1707 / 28 87 80
Phone: +34 (0) 93 / 5653131 Phone: +46 (0) 8 625 10 00 Phone: +90 (216) 969 25 00

Representatives
Austria Belarus Bosnia and Herzegovina Bulgaria Croatia Czech Republic Denmark
GEVA OOO TECHNIKON INEA RBT d.o.o. AKHNATON INEA CR AutoCont C.S. S.R.O. HANS FØLSGAARD A/S
Wiener Straße 89 Prospect Nezavisimosti 177-9 Stegne 11 4, Andrei Ljapchev Blvd., PO Box 21 Losinjska 4 a Kafkova 1853/3 Theilgaards Torv 1
A-2500 Baden BY-220125 Minsk SI-1000 Ljubljana BG-1756 Sofia HR-10000 Zagreb CZ-702 00 Ostrava 2 DK-4600 Køge
Phone: +43 (0)2252 / 85 55 20 Phone: +375 (0)17 / 393 1177 Phone: +386 (0)1/ 513 8116 Phone: +359 (0)2 / 817 6000 Phone: +385 (0)1 / 36 940 - 01/ -02/ -03 Phone: +420 595 691 150 Phone: +45 4320 8600

Estonia Finland Greece Hungary Kazakhstan Latvia Lithuania


Electrobit OÜ UTU Automation Oy UTECO A.B.E.E. MELTRADE Kft. TOO Kazpromavtomatika OAK Integrator Products SIA Automatikos Centras, UAB
Pärnu mnt. 160i Peltotie 37 5, Mavrogenous Str. Fertő utca 14. Ul. Zhambyla 28 Ritausmas iela 23 Pramonės pr. 17H
EST-11317, Tallinn FIN-28400 Ulvila GR-18542 Piraeus HU-1107 Budapest KAZ-100017 Karaganda LV-1058 Riga LT-51327 Kaunas
Phone: +372 6518 140 Phone: +358 (0)207 / 463 500 Phone: +30 (0)211 / 1206-900 Phone: +36 (0)1 / 431-9726 Phone: +7 7212 / 50 10 00 Phone: +371 67842280 Phone: +370 37 262707

Malta Moldova Portugal Romania Serbia Slovakia Slovenia


ALFATRADE Ltd. INTEHSIS SRL Fonseca S.A. Sirius Trading & Services INEA SR d.o.o. SIMAP SK INEA RBT d.o.o.
99, Paola Hill bld. Traian 23/1 R. João Francisco do Casal 87/89 Aleea Lacul Morii Nr. 3 Ul. Karadjordjeva 12/217 Dolné Pažite 603/97 Stegne 11
Malta-Paola PLA 1702 MD-2060 Kishinev PT-3801-997 Aveiro, Esgueira RO-060841 Bucuresti, Sector 6 SER-11300 Smederevo SK-911 06 Trenčín SI-1000 Ljubljana
Phone: +356 (0)21 / 697 816 Phone: +373 (0)22 / 66 4242 Phone: +351 (0)234 / 303 900 Phone: +40 (0)21 / 430 40 06 Phone: +381 69 172 27 25 Phone: +421 (0)32 743 04 72 Phone: +386 (0)1 / 513 8116

Switzerland Ukraine
OMNI RAY AG CSC- AUTOMATION Ltd.
Im Schörli 5 4 B, Yevhenа Sverstyuka Str.
CH-8600 Dübendorf UA-02002 Kiev
Phone: +41 (0)44 / 802 28 80 Phone: +380 (0)44 / 494 33 44

Egypt Israel Lebanon South Africa


EIM Energy SHERF MOTION TECHN. Ltd. CEG LIBAN ADROIT TECHNOLOGIES
3 Roxy Square Rehov Hamerkava 19 Cebaco Center/Block A 20 Waterford Office Park 189
ET-11341 Heliopolis, Cairo IL-58851 Holon Autostrade DORA Witkoppen Road
Phone: +202 24552559 Phone: +972 (0)3 / 559 54 62 Lebanon-Beirut ZA-Fourways
Phone: +961 (0)1 / 240 445 Phone: + 27 (0)11 / 658 8100

Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. / FA - European Business Group / Mitsubishi-Electric-Platz 1 / D-40882 Ratingen / Germany /
Version check

Tel.: +49(0)2102-4860 / Fax: +49(0)2102-4861120 / info@mitsubishi-automation.com / https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com

Art. no. 206313-J / 12.2020 / Specifications subject to change / All trademarks and copyrights acknowledged.

You might also like